# What is FlytBase?

Explore the FlytBase User Manual – your ultimate guide to mastering our drone autonomy platform.

## Introduction to FlytBase

FlytBase is an enterprise-grade drone autonomy platform that fully automates aerial data collection workflows. You can conduct scheduled and repeatable BVLOS drone flights using docking stations from their command centers with little to no human intervention. FlytBase allows you to remotely control and manage a hybrid and geographically distributed fleet of drones and docks from anywhere in the world.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/s7CgREs68D4>" %}
Meet FlytBase
{% endembed %}

## Platform Overview

The FlytBase 'Internet of Drones' platform has been designed to address the unique challenges, presented by the emergence of connected intelligent drones, that need to be deployed at scale.

<figure><img src="/files/6iesjaEu8POdTIeGNdn4" alt=""><figcaption><p>FlytBase Cloud Data Flow</p></figcaption></figure>

## Understanding FlytBase's Platform Architecture

FlytBase offers a drone autonomy software platform tailored for enterprise system integrators, enabling the deployment of fully automated, cloud-connected commercial drone applications. Adaptable across various industries, the platform supports custom hardware, software, and workflows. It provides comprehensive workflow management, advanced flight automation, BVLOS capabilities, robust flight safety, and stringent data security, all from a single, powerful, and connected drone platform.

<figure><img src="/files/N5gqQx1dCSv4ezlRZBc5" alt=""><figcaption><p>FlytBase Platform Architecture</p></figcaption></figure>

At FlytBase, we're committed to ensuring a smooth and seamless onboarding process for you. In the following sections, you will find focused modules, detailed guides, and instructional videos designed to equip you with the necessary tools to quickly kickstart your journey. Now, let's get started!


# FlytBase Advantage

FlytBase enables enterprises to deploy and scale a fleet of automated drones and docking stations. The reliable & modular platform enables users to mix & match various components to build automated workflows, connect existing systems & data analytics apps, and integrate with third-party BVLOS enablers for regulatory approvals. FlytBase ensures enterprise-grade data security & compliance and offers flexible deployment options based on business requirements.

<figure><img src="/files/54iRltReghGyHHzn1FFW" alt=""><figcaption><p>FlytBase: Enterprise Drone Autonomy Software Platform</p></figcaption></figure>

## Automated Drone Workflows

* Integrate Waze, IoT systems, and another third-party alert system for automated incident response.
* Utilize third-party software apps for post-data analysis, mapping, AI-based detection, and analytics.
* Add drone data with your existing Video Management Systems (VMS), ERP, and other custom interfaces or apps.

## BVLOS ready

* Third-party detect & avoid systems, UTMs, external ADS-B, and parachute integrations available for safe BVLOS operations.
* Advanced flight planning routines such as dynamic path planning, corridor fly zones, NFZ, Smart-RTH, and customized flight workflows as per regulatory requirements.
* BVLOS documentation templates for waivers & approvals.

## Enterprise-grade data security & compliance

* The platform is ISO 27001 certified and is GDPR and SoC 2 Type II compliant.
* Flexible choices for in-country cloud hosting or on-premises deployments for large enterprise clients.
* Comprehensive security features include end-to-end encryption, single sign-on, and firewall controls, along with third-party VAPT reports to meet the custom data security needs of enterprise customers.

## Reliable & scalable

* Deploy, operate, and manage a fleet of automated hybrid drones and docks distributed geographically.
* High reliability with 99.99% uptime with redundant systems for all safety-critical modules.
* Continuous 24×7 monitoring to identify faults, raise alerts, and automatically redirect traffic to multiple backup servers.

## Supercharged by Apps and Integrations

FlytBase offers API access, custom app integration for docking, and tailored data analytics, empowering enterprise drone teams to enhance autonomous operations, gain insights, and drive innovation

## Enterprise customer support & success

* Enterprise-level support via call/email/chat & the opportunity to upgrade to custom SLAs.
* Dedicated business and technical account manager for enhanced customer/partner success.
* On-ground support for extensive/critical deployments.

Keen to expand your expertise? Explore in-depth how-to guides and video tutorials in the next sections (since you’re here already!).


# Creating a FlytBase Profile

A guide on creating a new FlytBase profile or logging in to an existing profile.

## Operating System and Browser Requirements

The FlytBase Dashboard is optimized for desktop use and is compatible with Windows, macOS, and Linux operating systems. You can access the Dashboard through popular web browsers. For the best experience, we recommend using the latest versions of Chrome, Safari, Edge, or Firefox.

## Passwordless Signup and Login for FlytBase

FlytBase provides a passwordless signup and login experience. Users can create a profile with their email address and login using a **Magic Link** sent to their registered email. This method streamlines the process by eliminating password management while ensuring secure access to the Dashboard.

## Creating a FlytBase Profile

To create a new FlytBase profile, follow these steps:

* Open a supported web browser (Chrome, Microsoft, Safari, Edge, or Firefox) and navigate to [console.flytbase.com](https://console.flytbase.com).
* Select **Single Sign-On (SSO)** with a **Google** account, or **enter your preferred email address** and click **Continue**.

<figure><img src="/files/iKpjZRRqPVhMV1HNNzsG" alt=""><figcaption><p>FlytBase Login Page, with options to use SSO or email address</p></figcaption></figure>

* A notification will appear indicating that a **Magic Link** has been sent to your email.

<figure><img src="/files/N3S5in6qEfjsu2vwIy94" alt=""><figcaption><p>Notification for Magic Link, with option to Resend</p></figcaption></figure>

* Check your email inbox for a message from FlytBase (*<no-reply@flytbase.com>*) and click the **Verify** link within the email.

<figure><img src="/files/wiWD6bRdzQCbdRBO9qDv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Email from FlytBase, with Verify button (Magic Link)</p></figcaption></figure>

* A new tab will open with a Welcome message from FlytBase. Select **Get Started**.

<figure><img src="/files/29B6VcvEHWR87Egg3Rue" alt=""><figcaption><p>Welcome to FlytBase page for a new user</p></figcaption></figure>

* Review the **Privacy Policy** and **Terms of Use**, then check the box to agree. Click **Continue**.

<figure><img src="/files/vk04yX80VqXc0wxLIwFE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Review FlytBase's Privacy Policy and Terms of Use</p></figcaption></figure>

* Enter your personal information, including your name and phone number (required). Optionally, add a profile picture. Click **Continue**.

<figure><img src="/files/twsdljpb5sSiPbjkJ1oq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Enter personal details for the user profile</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
If you have an existing account, your details will be fetched automatically.
{% endhint %}

* On the next screen, select your Country, enter your Company Name, and choose your Company’s Business model. If not listed, select **Other** and provide the relevant details. Click **Finish**.

<figure><img src="/files/uFFYDoohFSHUlC9EetiQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Enter country and company details for the user profile</p></figcaption></figure>

* The Management Console will open, allowing you to [create](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/creating-an-organization), [join](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/joining-an-organization), and [manage](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/managing-your-organization) Organizations on FlytBase.

<figure><img src="/files/YjfJMXJ0tlENsw5bX31U" alt=""><figcaption><p>FlytBase Management Console</p></figcaption></figure>

Your FlytBase profile has now been successfully created.

## Logging into an Existing FlytBase Profile

To log in to an existing FlytBase profile:

1. Open a supported web browser (Chrome, Safari, Edge, or Firefox) and navigate to [console.flytbase.com](https://console.flytbase.com).
2. Select **SSO Login** with a **Google** or a Microsoft account or **enter your registered email address**.

{% hint style="info" %}

### SSO Login

If you are already logged in to your SSO account, no Magic Link will be required for login. You will be redirected to the FlytBase **Management Console,** completing the login process.\
\
If you are not logged into your SSO account, you will be redirected to your account login page. Upon completion of login process, You will be redirected to the FlytBase **Management Console.**
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}

### **Registered Email Address**

To login using an email address:

* Enter the email address in the specified field, and click on **Continue.**
* A notification will confirm that a **Magic Link** has been sent to your email.
* Open your inbox and locate the email from FlytBase (*<no-reply@flytbase.com>*). Click the **Verify** link within the email.
* You will be redirected to the FlytBase **Management Console,** completing the login process.
  {% endhint %}

Once you have logged in, you can [create](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/creating-an-organization), [join](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/joining-an-organization), and [manage](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/managing-your-organization) Organizations on FlytBase.


# Enterprise Single Sign-On (SSO)

<figure><img src="/files/VyrtUZiwOhSWK1bWUIFe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

FlytBase supports Enterprise Single Sign-On (SSO), allowing organizations to integrate their existing Identity Provider (IdP) — such as Azure Active Directory, Okta, or Ping Identity — to authenticate users.

This feature is designed for enterprises operating drone-in-a-box systems at scale, where security and compliance are critical. By connecting your IdP, you can centralize authentication, enforce existing corporate security policies, and simplify user onboarding without creating separate FlytBase credentials.

### How It Works

FlytBase implements OAuth 2.0 with OpenID Connect (OIDC) as the authentication standard. When a user attempts to log in:

1. FlytBase redirects the login request to your IdP.
2. The IdP validates the user’s identity (including MFA, password policies, or conditional access rules).
3. On successful authentication, the IdP issues tokens back to FlytBase.
4. FlytBase validates these tokens using the IdP’s JWKS (JSON Web Key Set) and grants access.

This flow ensures that FlytBase never handles your users’ passwords directly.

### Supported Standards

* Protocol: OAuth 2.0 + OIDC
* Flows: Authorization Code Flow (with PKCE support)
* Scopes: openid, profile, email
* Encryption: TLS 1.2+ enforced on all connection

### Configuration Steps

#### Step 1 — Register FlytBase in Your IdP

* In your IdP console (Azure AD, Okta, etc.), create a new application/client.
* Select OIDC / OAuth 2.0 as the authentication protocol.
* Add the Redirect URI provided by FlytBase (example: https\://\<org>.flytbase.com/auth/callback).
* Grant the following scopes: openid, profile, email.

#### Step 2 — Share IdP Details with FlytBase

Your IT team must provide the following to your FlytBase technical lead:

* Authorization Endpoint URL
* Token Endpoint URL
* JWKS Endpoint URL
* Client ID and Client Secret

#### Step 3 — FlytBase Configuration

The FlytBase team will configure your organization with the provided IdP metadata.

#### Step 4 — Validate Integration

* Test login flow in staging.
* Confirm token exchange and user identity mapping.
* Once successful, deploy to production.

### User Mapping and Roles

* If an existing FlytBase account email matches the IdP email, the user is automatically linked — no data loss.
* New users are created on first login (Just-In-Time provisioning).
* Roles (Admin, Operator, Viewer) continue to be managed in FlytBase using Role-Based Access Control (RBAC).

### Deployment Considerations

* Cloud: Works out-of-the-box.
* On-Prem: Requires connectivity between the FlytBase server and IdP endpoints.
* Air-Gapped: Supported with pre-shared IdP metadata and offline validation; consult FlytBase Support.

### Troubleshooting

* Redirect URI mismatch → Ensure URIs match exactly in IdP and FlytBase.
* Invalid scope error → Confirm openid, profile, and email are granted.
* Token validation failure → Verify JWKS endpoint is reachable.
* User not found → Check if the user’s email in IdP matches their FlytBase profile.

System logs for authentication attempts can be reviewed under Admin Console → System Logs → Authentication Events.


# Creating an Organization

Learn more about organization creation and management with role-based access control and the ability to manage organizations.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/wW_-jskwyeE>" %}
Team Management Walkthrough on FlytBase
{% endembed %}

## To create an organization:

* Click on **My Organizations** by clicking on the Account button in the right corner.

<figure><img src="/files/1sRggamwWTlGIFT59sEy" alt=""><figcaption><p>Profile</p></figcaption></figure>

* To create an Organization on the FlytBase dashboard, Click on **Create**.

{% hint style="info" %}
If you are logging in for the first time, you will be required to create an organization once you enter the Console dashboard.
{% endhint %}

![Administration Page](/files/siDdUqUxw5ja2WpZ3rtP)

* Add the Organization name and the sub-domain

![Setting up an Organization](/files/rVNI5xhHIXtFqEkg9sCX)

* Once you confirm the Organization name and URL, you will be redirected to the Admin dashboard.

![Confirmation](/files/6mH99F3wbBcAk3XxZajm)

To know more about how to add members to your organization, refer to the following documentation.<br>

{% content-ref url="/pages/CkgQxkK8YX9aRf1frfa0" %}
[Managing Your Organization](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/managing-your-organization)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Joining an Organization

## To join an organization: <a href="#qirlp5aks7w7" id="qirlp5aks7w7"></a>

* Click on the **Join Organization** butto&#x6E;**.**

<figure><img src="/files/AXvyNOJPOPKmWvEouo76" alt=""><figcaption><p>Joining an Organization</p></figcaption></figure>

* Invites received by the user will be listed here and one can click on the **Join** button to proceed.

<figure><img src="https://files.gitbook.com/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FTfYUUwVnoRyxqEi8UiRV%2Fuploads%2FtioTdsr97o0sdRHhshpT%2F11.jpeg?alt=media" alt=""><figcaption><p>Joining an invited Organization</p></figcaption></figure>

* The Organization will be reflected on the All-Organizations page once the user joins.

<figure><img src="/files/hQ9PKmUvQpGMoo2o6CXK" alt=""><figcaption><p>All Organizations Overview</p></figcaption></figure>

#### ​Switch Between Organizations <a href="#id-20lk6qco9qoj" id="id-20lk6qco9qoj"></a>

To switch between Organizations, click on the Organization you would like to get into in the All Organization's page.

<figure><img src="/files/hC5dPCDs7VHMLNXP2Roa" alt=""><figcaption><p>Switch Organizations</p></figcaption></figure>


# Managing Your Organization

Learn how to manage your organization on FlytBase, including viewing organization info, managing members, configuring permissions, updating settings, and handling device subscriptions.

Owners, Administrators, and Users can manage an organization by clicking on the **Manage** option from the All Organizations page. Select the organization to open the Management Console.

## Organization Info

Navigate to **Organization Info** to view key details about the organization:

* **URL** - the organization's FlytBase URL
* **Created on** - the date the organization was created
* **Created by** - the user who created the organization
* **Owner** - the current owner of the organization
* **Offering** - the FlytBase plan associated with the organization
* **Your role** - the role assigned to the current user

![Organization Info page showing URL, creation date, owner, and role details](/files/AHN3w84ihBzBGHwr3iXp)

## Members

The **Members** tab displays all members in the organization along with their name, email ID, role, and assigned site.

![Members page listing all organization members with their roles and site assignments](/files/3NgVkhwJuP1DlIz2wvEx)

### Adding Members to the Organization

Owners and Administrators can add new members to the organization.

1. **Click** on the **Add** button in the upper right corner of the Members page.
2. **Enter** the email ID of the user to invite.
3. **Select** the role to assign to the user from the **Role** dropdown.
4. **Click** on **Send Invite** to send the invitation.

![Add Member dialog showing email input, role selection, and Send Invite button](/files/j3nrIh1MYVMgzw4bPor5)

* To add multiple users at once, **click** on the **Add More** option before sending the invite.
* The invited user joins the organization by accepting the invitation sent to their email.

{% hint style="info" %}
The maximum number of members that can be added to an organization is 100. Monitor your current count displayed in the Add Member dialog.
{% endhint %}

### Changing the Role of a User

Owners and Administrators can change the roles of users in the organization.

1. In the **Members** tab, **click** on the user whose role needs to be changed.
2. **Click** on the role dropdown to select the new role.
3. **Close** the sidebar to receive a confirmation prompt.
4. **Click** on **Confirm** to apply the role change.

{% hint style="info" %}
Administrators can change the role of other administrators and users. However, administrators cannot change the role of the Owner.
{% endhint %}

### Removing Users from the Organization

Owners and Administrators can remove users from the organization.

1. In the **Members** tab, **click** on the user to remove.
2. **Locate** the **Remove from Organization** button on the right side of the panel.
3. **Click** on **Remove** when the confirmation message appears.

{% hint style="info" %}
Owners and administrators can remove administrators and users. However, administrators do not have the authority to remove the Owner.
{% endhint %}

## Permissions

The **Permissions** page displays the Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) matrix for the organization. It shows the actions available to each role - Owner, Admin, and User - across the following categories:

* **Members** - Transfer Ownership, Delete Organizations, Create Organizations, Edit Organizations Info, View Organizations Info, Add/edit/remove Members
* **Devices** - Add/edit/delete Device Slots, Add/edit/delete Devices, Manage Billing
* **Operations** - Perform Live Operations, Add/edit/delete Site, and more

![Permissions page showing the RBAC matrix with Owner, Admin, and User columns](/files/ZWrj4o9OOxYArGlvHFjw)

Use this page to understand which actions are allowed, restricted, or configurable for each role.

## Settings

Navigate to **Settings** to manage the organization name and subdomain.

* **Organization name** - **click** on **Edit** to change the organization name at any time.
* **Organization sub-domain** - **click** on **Change** to update the subdomain used in the organization URL.

![Settings page showing organization name, sub-domain, and 30-day change limit](/files/OCgSsRTt07u0WQVVesOO)

{% hint style="warning" %}
The organization subdomain can only be changed up to 3 times within a 30-day period. Inform the Solution Engineering (SE) team or customer support before changing the subdomain so they can stay updated with the organization URL.
{% endhint %}

## Device Subscriptions

The **Device Subscriptions** page has two tabs: **Plans** and **Video Viewer Minutes**.

### Plans

The Plans tab displays all active device subscriptions, including the plan name, description, device name, subscription ID, activation and expiry dates, and associated partner.

![Device Subscriptions Plans tab showing active subscriptions with device details and expiry dates](/files/CjNcGkAlXovL1u7gkDUc)

To add a new subscription:

1. **Click** on the **Add subscription** button.
2. **Select** the device from the **Select device** dropdown - the dock and drone registered on the platform appear here.
3. **Enter** the activation code provided by the partner.
4. **Click** on **Next** to activate the subscription for the selected device.

![Add subscription dialog with device selection dropdown and activation code field](/files/qWr41A0tLD01hd4RUvkb)

### Video Viewer Minutes

Video Viewer Minutes (VVM) are available as add-ons. An activation code is shared by the partner or directly by customer support.

1. **Click** on the **New add-on** button in the Video Viewer Minutes tab.
2. **Enter** the activation code sent by the partner.
3. **Click** on **Next** to activate the add-on.

![Video Viewer Minutes tab showing the New add-on dialog with activation code field](/files/kyg6RAh84TNMW1zSaoqZ)

***

Once an organization has been established and members have been added, proceed to create a Site on the map. This involves adding devices, missions, and members to the site while implementing selective access controls.

{% content-ref url="/pages/wmbXJhsapWugpwy95WKY" %}
[Site Management](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/site-management)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Roles and Permissions

In the FlytBase dashboard, there are various roles available within the Organization, allowing users to categorize and assign specific roles to individuals. This ensures that users are granted appropriate permissions without unnecessary access privileges within the Organization.

#### Viewing Permissions <a href="#flhgifco9q19" id="flhgifco9q19"></a>

Users can access the permissions from the permissions tab. There are three roles in the Organization. The following are the permissions provided to each of the user roles.

### Accessing the Permissions tab

The permissions given to each of these roles are shown below in a table.

<figure><img src="/files/QLMB9kDiWdTNjT7BWZ2q" alt=""><figcaption><p>Access to each role in the Organization - Dashboard</p></figcaption></figure>

### Accessing your Operations Dashboard <a href="#o3j28kjzrops" id="o3j28kjzrops"></a>

FlytBase Operations Dashboard enables users to perform Operations with the DJI Dock.

<figure><img src="/files/myOAKCONzH0PAe0mlVCR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Navigating to Operations Dashboard</p></figcaption></figure>

Viewing Operations Dashboard

* The Organization name will be displayed on the dashboard at the top left corner of the dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/2HyoCoNDz2AiEvdKolXJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Operations Dashboard</p></figcaption></figure>

To know more about how to set up your first flight, refer to [this page](/in-flight-modules/setting-up-your-first-flight).


# Site Management

Learn how to configure a site and give members in your organization selective access for the registered devices for each site.

A **Site** is a logical grouping of Members, Devices, and Missions within FlytBase. Sites let you organize operations into self-contained units, typically by physical location, business unit, or project, so each team works only with the resources relevant to them.

Each Site is pinned to a **geographical marker**, focusing Members on operations within a defined area.

{% hint style="info" %}
Members(Users assigned to the site) can only perform operations on the sites they belong to. This keeps each team's work isolated and prevents accidental changes to resources outside their scope.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Configuring a Site with the desired Devices, Missions, and Members is a mandatory process for flight operations.
{% endhint %}

### Who can manage Sites

| Role  | View Sites                          | Create / edit / delete Sites |
| ----- | ----------------------------------- | ---------------------------- |
| Owner | Yes                                 | Yes                          |
| Admin | Yes                                 | Yes                          |
| User  | Yes (only the sites they belong to) | No                           |

{% hint style="info" %}
If a User isn't on any Site, they won't see any Site-scoped data in Operations. Owners and Admins always see every Site, regardless of which Sites they're listed on.
{% endhint %}

### Why use Sites

* **Scoped access** — Members(Users assigned to the site) in an organization can only perform operations on the sites they are part of. This keeps each team's work isolated and prevents accidental changes to resources outside their scope.
* **Geographical focus** — A Site's geographical marker anchors the team's operations to a defined area, making it easier to plan and monitor Missions within that region.
* **Cleaner organization** — Grouping Devices, Members, and Missions per Site reduces clutter and makes large Fleets easier to manage.

<figure><img src="/files/neApAojOJcWPiVeStxbO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Site Management</p></figcaption></figure>

### The Default Site

When your organization is first created, FlytBase automatically adds one Site named **Site 01**:

* The organization Owner is its only Member.
* It has no location set, so it's marked with a caution icon on the Sites list until an Admin or Owner edits it and marks a point on the map.

<figure><img src="/files/tmzhzfDSqFKPVp4D074X" alt=""><figcaption><p>Mission caution icon as no location set</p></figcaption></figure>

* You can rename it, change its location, or assign new Members and devices at any time.
* You can't delete it while it's your only Site — your organization must always have at least one Site.

## Navigating to Sites

Sites live in the **Sites** tab of the Operations app's navigation drawer. The list shows every site you have access to, with a quick view of how many devices, missions, and members are on each one, and who last modified it.

* Navigate to the 'Sites' tab inside the 'Navigation Drawer'.

<figure><img src="/files/U2QZQUgnkpWdMh3Lsfnk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Site Management</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/R2ylEj21lrR8YGudz5pU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Default Site</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
You cannot delete the default site, as an organization must have at least one site to perform operations.
{% endhint %}

## Creating a New Site

* To create a new Site, click on the '<img src="/files/ICj6TVdQsEkuThcwKYcX" alt="" data-size="line">' button.

<figure><img src="/files/nAUOdRPXT9rxk9a25n1a" alt=""><figcaption><p>New Site</p></figcaption></figure>

* Refer to the following steps while creating a new 'Site':
  1. Assign a name for the Site.
  2. Pan and zoom the map until your Site's location is centered and visible, then left-click on the map to place the marker. This marker anchors the site geographically and is used for mission planning and operational focus, so make sure the map is positioned correctly *before* you click.
  3. Add registered devices that need to be assigned to the Site. There is no limit to the number of Devices that can be added to a Site.\
     Note: Site Members can only operate devices assigned to their particular Site.
  4. Assign Members to the particular Site.

{% hint style="info" %}
Members in an organization can only perform operations on those Sites they are part of.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Use a separate Site for each physical location or each fleet you want to manage independently. A drone or dock should never be assigned across Sites.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
A 'Device' can only be added to a single Site.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/FU3ro5iiHabQSuTpUEhc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Site Management</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Only Admins and Owners within an organization can Create or Edit a Site on the dashboard.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/UAOnj7SYAoXQGdb6MjJV" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a New Site</p></figcaption></figure>

### Editing configurations for a Site

* Left-click on the <img src="/files/zETLku5nd7BlrVVUSArj" alt="" data-size="line">icon for a particular Site and then select the 'Edit' option.
* Easily modify configurations for a particular Site, such as Location, assigned Devices, or Members.

<figure><img src="/files/QQJc1l5WY04WnmwC7Mbf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Editing configurations of a Site</p></figcaption></figure>

### Assigning Missions for a Site

* To assign Missions to a particular Site, refer to the following documentation:

{% content-ref url="/pages/Dj4SjoUKykqp8dMsNUIH" %}
[Mission Planning](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## Best Practices

* Create Sites for different drone and dock fleets registered on the dashboard, where each setup is located at various locations.
* Assign Members to specific Sites to ensure a seamless Fleet management experience.
* Ensure that every new device has been assigned to a Site.


# Setup Private Cloud Storage (AWS S3)

Follow the instructions in this guide to set up your private cloud storage using AWS S3 and enable media storage on a secure Cloud for your autonomous BVLOS drone operations.

FlytBase supports the upload and storage of media captured during drone operations in a private Amazon S3 bucket. Click [here](https://aws.amazon.com/s3/) to learn more about Amazon S3, and follow the instructions below to set up your own S3 bucket.

### Step 1: Create/ Sign in your AWS Account

Sign in to your AWS Account here: [https://aws.amazon.com/.](https://aws.amazon.com) Click on **Create an Account** if an account does not exist.

### Step 2: Create Bucket

Go to the **Bucket** tab in the Amazon S3 console. Click on **Create Bucket** to create a bucket in the preferred region.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/qFveXsoUSxiKXQ0hhMXvimBau8hWdYMAAkA8joYFBEiSmZl6PPoH-6zdFH_qy2tEeHo4wHBHo2eTubsJyhLOAAOgczg8vZn9EKRZn3s1V3P2tiouq6cLWOZIgFnc5KPPTS8nIQOAfX3rDogn4zg7tp4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Create a Bucket in the Amazon S3 Console</p></figcaption></figure>

### Step 3: ACL and Object Ownership

Click on **ACLs Enabled** and select the Object Ownership to **Bucket owner preferred**.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/5_23McLv0llTvCecrgBpXE31AdArmvXLFy3EMEaWAQwZUvplAwWtEJsUprTiaKBgCFCggVjkZ-30vTgQwC84HQRFFwDeD7U393rV2fDI9vOY5-BVe-UzYS4-AHYRJFz_lNRhOU60Hiac5qzIKuu2H08" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selected options under the Object Ownership tab</p></figcaption></figure>

### Step 4: Edit Block Public Access

Under the **Edit Block public access** tab, enable **Block&#x20;*****all*****&#x20;public access** by checking the square box.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/zJGwbcp4N62WAHspcgtJzr2llXa-MGLHyIaCvSXM106RmqDHSRihJbCIN5_5cR0zHrJTNllN0w9sXNpgFYOWWBlgWfq7XhEwxxqGmfAu_6TsS2S824KX-o3envJzIJ-510apEI9w4a65LOK3RQST2jk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Edit Block public access tab</p></figcaption></figure>

### Step 5: Bucket Versioning

Under the **Bucket Versioning** tab, click on **Disable**.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/GQfURsaO9i6ea7Kl88Dg_OQK4uQQiFxU4Z5MW8M69x7ob0T63gv_KU4fhjBNz0LZtaQ2JE4AZKuyulc2pEPh6t7uH6pE0nJMDCOMLBoXGDqUlyjT-oSNRKKsmcE9k02t6spxu_AEUZCGRSQGyRfy64c" alt=""><figcaption><p>Bucket Versioning tab</p></figcaption></figure>

### Step 6: Configuring Default Encryption

Now, under the Default Encryption tab, set the following options:

* For **Encryption type**, select **Server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3)**
* Set **Bucket Key** to **Enable**

Set the Encryption type to Server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3) and Bucket Key to Enable.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/jtvZcp6QyCJwjeHgdtrPY54OB3N0THntd6xLtJ1pvXeHIaTJU9JMwHU86uPrNQAewQ796xUajxdsmvEqEZx3hXbvtcd9fNzWDd5IS5ifYKPe8OrfXcbas3M2O5stC_aLDGBjWhrWNwcXRz3OG96JWko" alt=""><figcaption><p>Default Encryption tab</p></figcaption></figure>

### Step 7: Enable Transfer acceleration

Once the Bucket has been successfully created, navigate to **Bucket Name** -> **Properties** -> **Transfer acceleration** and edit it to **Enabled**.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/NJshSPFHSTAlISIirPX-LtPdS5HznDX-pY6Kz1povJMXs5sxBkgWsRdiaXqsXWFNH2LR2meJxQ7MXDWZQqyFCDdqButmPYNonQq7_Q_T6qM9c3AIYnY3HsVvBCMrlrNhkNeECR4bTAztljJdvrxbRAE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Transfer acceleration set to enabled</p></figcaption></figure>

### Step 8: Editing Bucket Policy

Navigate to **Bucket Name** -> **Permissions** -> **Bucket Policy**. Paste the following JSON code snippet, and replace **Bucket\_Name** with the actual name of the Bucket.

```json
{
    "Version": "2012-10-17",
    "Id": "Policy1586431420805",
    "Statement": [{
        "Sid": "Stmt1586431413927",
        "Effect": "Allow",
        "Principal": {
            "AWS": "arn:aws:iam::805060674250:user/storage-flytbase"
        },
        "Action": "*",
        "Resource": [
            "arn:aws:s3:::Bucket_Name",
            "arn:aws:s3:::Bucket_Name/*"
        ]
    }]
}
```

### Step 9: Update CORS Configuration

Now, proceed to **Bucket Name** -> **Permissions** -> **CORS Configuration**. To update the CORS Configuration, you will need your FlytBase Organization URL.

For instance, if your Organization's URL is **org\_sub\_domain.flytbase.com**, then update the **AllowedOrigins** array as follows:

```
[
    {
        "AllowedHeaders": [
            "*"
        ],
        "AllowedMethods": [
            "GET"
        ],
        "AllowedOrigins": [
            "https://org_sub_domain.flytbase.com/*"
        ],
        "ExposeHeaders": [],
        "MaxAgeSeconds": 1800
    }
]

```

### Step 10: Inform FlytBase Support for S3 Bucket Activation

Once you have completed all the steps, please share the **Bucket Name** and the **AWS Region ID** to <support@flytbase.com>. Our Support team will then link your AWS S3 Bucket to your Organization.

***

After creating your Organization, and linking an AWS S3 Bucket to it, the media files captured during flights will be uploaded to your private cloud storage automatically.


# Navigating Your FlytBase Platform

Explore the FlytBase platform interface, including the sidebar navigation, top bar, map toolbar, and all modules for flight operations, planning, monitoring, and management.

The FlytBase platform organizes all drone operation tools in a sidebar navigation panel on the left side of the screen. The sidebar is divided into functional categories - Flight Center, Verkos AI, Flinks and Flows, Flex Factory, Planning, Zones, Logs, and Management - each grouping related modules together. This page provides an overview of every module available in the platform and how to access it.

## Flight Center

The Flight Center is the operational hub of the platform, providing real-time access to drone control, situational awareness, and live video feeds.

<figure><img src="/files/3WFcvLmTDy5UUsRwLGbn" alt="FlytBase sidebar showing Flight Center, Verkos AI, Flinks and Flows, Flex Factory, and Planning sections"><figcaption><p>Platform sidebar - Flight Center, Verkos AI, Flinks and Flows, Flex Factory, and Planning</p></figcaption></figure>

### One-to-Many Console

The One-to-Many Console allows operators to monitor and control multiple drones simultaneously from a single interface. Use this console to manage fleet-wide operations, view live telemetry from all connected drones, and issue commands across the fleet.

### Home

The Home dashboard provides a centralized overview of the platform. It displays the interactive map, the number of registered devices, active sites, and key operational metrics at a glance.

### Video Wall

The Video Wall displays live video feeds from multiple drones in configurable grid layouts. Select from grid formats such as 2x2, 3x3, or 4x3 to monitor simultaneous video feeds. This module functions as a Remote Operations Center (ROC) interface for multi-drone surveillance and monitoring.

## Verkos AI

Verkos AI provides intelligent detection and reporting capabilities powered by artificial intelligence.

### Detect Anything Agents

Detect Anything Agents are AI-powered detection modules that analyze drone video feeds in real time. These agents can identify objects, anomalies, and events across a wide range of use cases. Refer to the Verkos AI documentation for the full list of supported detection capabilities.

### Reporting Agents

Reporting Agents automate the generation of structured reports from drone operations and detection results. This module is coming soon.

{% hint style="info" %}
Reporting Agents is currently under development and will be available in an upcoming release.
{% endhint %}

## Flinks and Flows

Flinks and Flows enable integration with external systems and automated drone workflows triggered by events.

### Flows

Flows allow operators to define automated actions that drones perform in response to external triggers. For example, when an alarm is triggered by an integrated security system, a Flow can command a drone to fly to a specific location, perform a mission, or execute a predefined action sequence. Use Flows to connect events to drone responses.

### Flinks

Flinks are integration connectors that link the FlytBase platform with external systems. Use Flinks to integrate alarm systems, Real-Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP) video feeds, and other third-party data sources with the platform.

## Flex Factory

Flex Factory is a collection of specialized applications that extend the capabilities of the core FlytBase platform. Instead of building every use case directly into the platform, Flex Factory provides purpose-built apps - such as AI-based analysis, forensic search, automated workflows, and other operational modules - that can be activated depending on specific operational requirements.

{% hint style="info" %}
Flex Factory apps are modular add-ons. Contact FlytBase for information on available apps and activation.
{% endhint %}

## Planning

The Planning section contains tools for mission creation, scheduling, and spatial annotation.

### 3D Missions

3D Missions provide a three-dimensional visualization of mission plans. Create grid missions, waypoint missions, and other mission types with full 3D visualization of the flight path, altitude, and terrain context before executing the mission.

### Missions (2D)

The Missions module offers a two-dimensional mission planning interface with the same core functionality as 3D Missions. This module provides a simpler view for standard mission planning workflows.

{% hint style="warning" %}
The 2D Missions module is scheduled for deprecation. Use 3D Missions for all new mission planning.
{% endhint %}

### Scheduler

The Scheduler is a calendar-based tool for planning drone missions in advance. Schedule missions to run at specific times, set up recurring schedules for periodic operations, or plan future missions across the fleet.

### Annotations

Annotations allow operators to add spatial markers to the map. Import annotation sets or create individual annotations in multiple formats - including points, lines, and polygonal shapes - to mark areas of interest, inspection targets, or operational boundaries.

## Zones

Zones define geographic boundaries that govern drone flight behavior.

<figure><img src="/files/sECkyBjyXpHEAcDDsiVb" alt="FlytBase sidebar showing Zones, Logs, and Management sections"><figcaption><p>Platform sidebar - Zones, Logs, and Management</p></figcaption></figure>

### Geofences

Geofences are virtual boundaries drawn on the map that define the operational area for drone flights. Configure geofences to restrict drone movement to a designated zone during missions.

### No-Fly Zones

No-Fly Zones are restricted areas where drone flight is prohibited. Define No-Fly Zones on the map to prevent drones from entering restricted airspace or sensitive locations.

## Logs

The Logs section stores all post-flight data, captured media, and operational reports.

### Flight Logs

Flight Logs capture all flight data and assign each flight a unique flight ID for tracking. View details such as the pilot who operated the drone, the time of the flight, and the mission that was performed. Flight Logs also include a playback feature that animates the drone's flight path on the map, allowing operators to review the complete mission trajectory.

### Gallery

The Gallery stores all images and videos captured during drone flights. Browse, view, and download media assets from completed missions.

### Reports

Reports allow operators to generate consolidated reports from one or more flights. Create post-flight reports that compile flight data, captured media, and operational metrics for review and documentation.

## Management

The Management section provides tools for configuring devices, sensors, sites, and access controls.

### Assets

Assets allow operators to organize drone operations around physical infrastructure - such as mine heaps, pipelines, substations, tanks, road segments, or other site assets. Structure assets and sub-assets in a hierarchy, associate drone missions and inspection workflows with each asset, and build a centralized operational view rather than treating every flight as an isolated mission.

### Devices

The Devices module displays all registered drones and docking stations along with their critical information. Add, configure, and maintain devices, access remote diagnostics, and view device health status.

### Sensors

The Sensors module shows all sensors integrated with the platform, including detect-and-avoid sensors, air data sensors, and other connected hardware.

### Sites

Sites represent physical locations where drone operations take place. Create and manage sites, assign devices and members to specific sites, and configure site-level access controls based on operational requirements.

### Map Overlays

Map Overlays allow operators to import and display additional geographic data layers on the platform map. Upload point cloud data, terrain models, or 2D overlay layers to visualize supplementary information on top of the base map at operational sites.

### Guest Sharing Links

Guest Sharing Links provide temporary access to the platform for external users. Generate shareable links that allow guests to view specific operations, video feeds, or data without requiring a full FlytBase account.

## Top Bar

The top bar at the top of the screen provides quick access to platform-wide tools and account settings. From left to right, the icons are:

<figure><img src="/files/f0Z3LzyYVGGQ2Oqpyqn1" alt="FlytBase top bar showing the Flex Factory banner and navigation icons for help, VVM usage, notifications, settings, releases, and profile"><figcaption><p>Top bar displaying the Flex Factory introduction banner and platform navigation icons</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Flex Factory** - access the Flex Factory app launcher and browse available apps
* **Help** (?) - report an issue, access documentation, or navigate to the tickets section
* **VVM Usage** (graph icon) - view Video Viewer Minutes (VVM) usage and consumption data
* **Notifications** (bell icon) - receive notifications about activity and events happening inside the platform
* **Settings** (gear icon) - configure flight parameters, device settings, and platform preferences
* **Releases** (gift icon) - view upcoming and recent platform releases and feature updates
* **Profile** (profile icon) - view profile information, switch organizations, and manage account settings

## Map Toolbar

The right side of the map view displays a vertical toolbar with quick-access buttons for third-party integrations and map controls.

<figure><img src="/files/2YQJaEe78AbidHMI7uuN" alt="Map toolbar on the right side showing third-party integration icons and map controls including 3D toggle, compass, and zoom"><figcaption><p>Map toolbar with third-party app integrations and map view controls</p></figcaption></figure>

The toolbar includes:

* **3D toggle** - switch between 2D and 3D map views
* **Compass** - orient the map to north
* **Zoom controls** - adjust the map zoom level
* **App integrations** - access connected third-party services and tools directly from the map view


# Maps on FlytBase

Learn how to interact with and customize maps on the FlytBase Dashboard for efficient mission planning and real-time operations, using 2D and 3D map views, layers, and overlays.

## Overview

Maps display geographic areas, including natural features, man-made structures, and other relevant information. FlytBase displays both **2D and 3D maps** on the Operations Dashboard.

* **2D** maps provide a **top-down** view for precise mission planning, while **3D** maps help maintain a **safe flight altitude** over natural terrain.
* 3D maps provide elevation-aware views, helps in maintaining safe flight altitudes over natural terrain.

This document will guide you on how to use these maps effectively for planning and monitoring drone operations.

## Map Interactions

You can interact with the Map on the FlytBase Dashboard using your **keyboard and mouse/trackpad**. Here’s a breakdown of the key actions:

### **1. Viewing Options:**

* **Switch Between 2D and 3D Maps:**
  * On the bottom-right of the Map, Use the **Toggle View** button to switch between 2D and 3D map views.
  * The **Compass** (located above the Toggle View button) shows the current map orientation. The default orientation is **North at the top**.
  * Switching between 2D and 3D views automatically **resets** the map orientation to default.

<figure><img src="/files/5GN8446LaWsDZi78omBJ" alt="" width="540"><figcaption><p>3D Toggle View Button</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Map Layers:**
  * FlytBase allows you to customize the visible layers on the map to suit to your needs.
  * **Base Layers:**
    * **Satellite** (default): Provides a realistic view of the terrain.
    * **Transit**: Displays simplified map visuals with emphasis on roads and boundaries.
  * **Additional Layers:** Enable or Disable additional layers for more detailed information.
    * **Map Labels**: Adds labels (e.g. names of streets) to the Satellite layer.
    * **Annotations**: Shows user-defined markers on the map.
    * **Geofences**: Displays the geographic boundaries that user has created for operations.
    * **No-Fly Zones (NFZs)**: Highlights the created restricted areas for drone flights.
    * **Map Overlays**: Adds high-resolution, site-specific images directly on the 2D Base Map.

<figure><img src="/files/Yy77iQy3wkLQjMy1mV94" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>Map Layers</p></figcaption></figure>

### **2. Navigating the Map:**

* **Pan the Map:**
  * Hold left-click and drag the mouse to move the map in any direction.
* **Rotate the Map:**
  * Hold the center mouse wheel (if clickable) or press Ctrl + left-click, and drag the mouse to rotate the map in 2D or 3D view.
  * The compass shows rotation and is located above the Toggle View button. Switch to 2D view to reset to default orientation (North on top).

### **3. Zooming In and Out:**

* Use the on-screen + and - buttons.
* Scroll with your mouse wheel.
* Hold right-click and move your mouse up or down.
* Swipe up or down with two fingers on your trackpad.

<figure><img src="/files/bS85oXYoxF4PFb62yasO" alt="" width="504"><figcaption><p>Zoom-In (+) and Zoom-Out (-)</p></figcaption></figure>

### **4. Centering the Map:**

Click to center the map on:

* Docking Station
* Drone
* Your location

<figure><img src="/files/rGMQaNksKL2MyEgV9MPC" alt="" width="464"><figcaption><p>Centering the map</p></figcaption></figure>

## Map Tiles and How to Update Them

* FlytBase uses map tiles and services provided by Cesium. Depending on the area, the map tiles may not be updates over a significant amount of time.
* Thus, the latest changes in the local terrain or changes at a fast-evolving site may not be reflected on the map. To mitigate this, Flytbase supports [**Map Overlays**](/maps-and-overlays/map-overlays).


# Map Overlays

Map Overlays allows users to import and display 3D models, 2D maps, enhancing mission planning and data accuracy. Operators can easily manage overlays, adjust visibility, and ensure precise missions.

## Overview

Map Overlays let you bring your own 2D orthomosaics, terrain, point clouds, and 3D models on top of the FlytBase base map. Use them whenever the default map tiles are out of date, are missing detail for your site, or do not reflect a fast-changing environment such as a construction zone or a freshly surveyed area.

Once uploaded, an overlay is assigned to one or more Sites and can be toggled on or off from the Map Overlays page and the Map Layers panel. Terrain overlays can additionally be promoted to the primary terrain source for terrain-aware mission planning.

## Supported Overlay Formats for Enhanced Map Visualization:

FlytBase supports four overlay categories. The **Type** you pick in the import dialog determines which file formats the dialog will accept.

| Overlay type    | What it is                                                                                                                                                  | Accepted formats                                                                       | Size limit                                         |
| --------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- |
| **2D Imagery**  | A flat georeferenced image draped on the 2D base map. Use this for orthophotos, scanned site plans, or any reference image you want to see at ground level. | `.tif`, `.tiff`, `.png`, `.jpg`, `.jpeg`                                               | No fixed cap — large files are uploaded in chunks. |
| **Terrain**     | A Digital Elevation Model that overrides the default terrain source for terrain-aware planning.                                                             | `.tif`, `.tiff`, `.img`, `.dem`                                                        | **500 MB** per file.                               |
| **Point Cloud** | A LIDAR or photogrammetry point set rendered as a 3D layer on top of the map.                                                                               | `.las`, `.laz`                                                                         | No fixed cap — uploaded in chunks.                 |
| **3D Model**    | A 3D tile set — typically a photogrammetry mesh or scan output — rendered as a 3D layer on top of the map.                                                  | A `.zip` containing a `tileset.json` at the root, along with its `b3dm` payload files. | No fixed cap — uploaded in chunks.                 |

{% hint style="info" %}
For **2D Imagery** uploads in `.png` or `.jpg` format, make sure the file is zipped together with its companion geolocation file. PNG and JPG are not georeferenced on their own, so the geolocation tells FlytBase where on the map to place the image.
{% endhint %}

### **2D Map Overlays**

* **TIFF/GeoTIFF (.tif/.tiff)** – Georeferenced orthophotos or scanned maps for flat overlays in mission planning or visual reference layers.
* **PNG (.png) & JPG (.jpg/.jpeg)** – Common raster formats for scanned maps or visual references without geospatial data.

<figure><img src="/files/1SXlgCBLGrDf5cq5UlkR" alt=""><figcaption><p>2D Imagery</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Terrain** Map Overlays

* **TIFF/GeoTIFF (.tif/.tiff)** – Ideal for georeferenced imagery used in detailed visualizations.
* **IMG (.img)** – Common in remote sensing applications, offering compatibility with large-scale data.
* **DEM (.dem)** – Digital Elevation Models for accurate terrain profiling and elevation rendering in point cloud visualizations.

### **Point Cloud Map Overlays**

* **LAS (.las)** – Standard for aerial LIDAR data, providing detailed 3D point cloud terrain representation.
* **LAZ (.laz)** – Compressed LAS format with no data loss, ideal for efficient storage and transmission of survey-grade datasets.

<figure><img src="/files/O0V9yEfkWD6hZgFIQTGx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Point Cloud Map Overlay</p></figcaption></figure>

### 3D Model

A 3D Model archive must be a `.zip` whose root directory contains the `tileset.json` and any folders it references (typically named after blocks or tiles, each holding the corresponding `b3dm` files). The import dialog shows an inline example of the expected layout — click the small information icon next to **Supported Formats** in the import dialog to see it.

<figure><img src="/files/urXsel1RzqK91XyMcfuu" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>Supported format</p></figcaption></figure>

If your scan or photogrammetry tool exports the tile set nested inside a vendor-specific folder (for example `terra_b3dms/tileset.json`, or `model/download/terra_b3dms/tileset.json`), you can upload the archive as-is. FlytBase detects the nested layout and silently re-bundles the archive so the tile set sits at the root before sending it to the conversion pipeline. You do not need to manually re-zip these exports.

<figure><img src="/files/JtZF8clw0BlcOsG3Ohfb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
The automatic re-bundling produces a standard (non-Zip64) archive, so the re-bundled output must stay below the per-entry and overall 4 GB limits of the classic ZIP format. If your source archive is larger than that, please re-bundle it manually with the tile set already at the root.
{% endhint %}

## Accessing Map Overlays

To access Map Overlays from the FlytBase Dashboard:

* Click on <img src="/files/r1zb2nrHxVj16WSG1fpG" alt="" data-size="line"> to open the **Navigation Drawer**
* Scroll down the list, and click on **Map Overlays**

<figure><img src="/files/XyCLQB1UnXVjFiaa0Xvw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Navigating to Map Overlays</p></figcaption></figure>

## Adding a Map Overlay

To add a new map overlay:

* Click on the <img src="/files/Z6js75Zb2tMHOcHEFEpZ" alt="" data-size="line"> to add a new overlay, this would open the import map overlay dialog box.

<figure><img src="/files/455vylhai8wI5dcWO8M4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Adding a new map overlay</p></figcaption></figure>

* Select the type of Map Overlay. You can choose between 2D Imagery, Terrain, Point clouds, and 3D models.

<figure><img src="/files/9qipVwXGDz31TWOyczTs" alt=""><figcaption><p>Assigning site to map overlay</p></figcaption></figure>

* Assign one or more Sites where the map overlay would be visible.
* Click on **Next.**
* To upload the overlay, you can either upload a file from your computer, or provide a downloadable link to the file.

<figure><img src="/files/TgNnpNO0SnPWG0xcLIwv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Importing map overlay using local file</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/I0yHDZZzVGArxJwyiJOi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Importing map overlay using downloadable link</p></figcaption></figure>

* After this, provide a name for the new overlay and click on **Upload**.

## Managing your Map Overlays

The Map Overlays manager allows you to add, delete, edit, and control the opacity of the files present.

* **Search and sort.** Use the search box to find an overlay by name. The sort control sorts the list by **Name**, **Date added**, or **Date updated**, in ascending or descending order.
* **Filter.** Use the **Type** and **Sites** filters to narrow the list down to a single overlay category or a single site.

<div align="center"><figure><img src="/files/zm3sNjwQcHueks9G4bpE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Configuring a map overlay</p></figcaption></figure></div>

* **Per-overlay visibility toggle.** Each overlay card has a switch in its top-right corner. Toggle it on to render the overlay on the map, off to hide it. The toggle state is persisted, so the next time you open the dashboard the overlay returns in the same state.
* **Per-overlay opacity slider.** **2D Imagery** and **3D Model** overlays have an opacity slider on the card. Drag the slider (or type a value in the number box) between 0 and 100 to control how strongly the overlay blends with whatever is underneath.
* **Center on overlay.** Click anywhere on the overlay card (outside the toggle and menu) to pan and zoom the map to the overlay's location.

<figure><img src="/files/drYh11zqCbBibD55iu9m" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Edit.** Open the three-dot menu on the card and click **Edit** to change the overlay's name, description, opacity, and site assignments. The site selector is multi-select — assign or unassign as many sites as you need, then click **Save**.
* **Delete.** Open the three-dot menu and click **Delete**. The map is immediately cleared of the overlay and the underlying files are removed.

<figure><img src="/files/xm1iGdrdDBJs4Tf9ccWT" alt=""><figcaption><p>Editing a map overlay</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Save.** Once you’ve assigned the overlay to the required sites and chosen an appropriate opacity, simply click **Save** to update the overlay.

<figure><img src="/files/iFoFUs5ASaSSdTfZguqc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Assigning a map overlay to multiple sites</p></figcaption></figure>


# DJI Dock 3 + FlytBase – The Future of Autonomous Ops Starts Here

Same Powerful Capabilities. Frictionless registration. Seamless operations. Built to scale.

## Welcome to the Future of Drone Autonomy!

DJI Dock 3 isn’t just another product update - it’s a revolutionary step forward. While the integration changes with FlytBase are minimal, the launch of DJI Dock 3 represents a pivotal evolution in how enterprises deploy and manage drone operations.

<figure><img src="/files/sqSuW3libwzO42cPj7n9" alt=""><figcaption><p>DJI Dock 3 in Action</p></figcaption></figure>

## What's New in the Dock 3

* **Improved Durability & Environmental Resilience:**\
  Dock 3 sports an upgraded IP56 rating (vs. IP55) and an expanded operating range from –30°C to 50°C, along with anti-icing propellers for reliable performance in extreme conditions.
* **Vehicle-Mounted & Dual-Dock Deployment:**\
  Unlike Dock 2’s fixed-location setup, Dock 3 supports mounting on vehicles - including the option for dual-dock configurations - enabling on-the-go, mobile operations and continuous drone rotation.
* **Faster Charging & Extended Flight Times:**\
  With a quicker charging cycle (15% to 95% in 27 minutes compared to 32 minutes on Dock 2) and support for drones that offer up to 54 minutes of flight time (versus 50 minutes), Dock 3 minimizes downtime and boosts operational efficiency.
* **Expanded Accessory Ecosystem:**\
  Dock 3 is compatible with new accessories like the D-RTK 3 Relay, gimbal-following spotlight, real-time voice speaker, and obstacle sensing modules, further elevating mission versatility and safety.

## Dock 3 is now fully supported with FlytBase

DJI Dock 3 is now fully integrated with FlytBase, ensuring a **seamless transition** for existing users. If you’ve been using Dock 1 or Dock 2, **good news - everything just works**.

* **No Changes Needed:** All your previous operations, mission plans, and automations will function **exactly as they did before**, without any modifications.
* **Frictionless Registration:** We’ve refined the registration flow to make setting up Dock 3 **faster and easier** than ever.
* **Same Powerful Capabilities:** Dock 3 benefits from FlytBase’s **fleet management, mission planning, and automation features** - just like its predecessors.
* Whether you’re scaling up from an earlier dock or deploying Dock 3 for the first time, you’ll experience **zero disruptions and** an **optimized onboarding process**.

## Make your DJI Dock 3 Enterprise Ready with FlytBase

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K3ArU0hn-tE>" %}

## Get Started Now

Setting up DJI Dock 3 with FlytBase is easier than ever! Follow these simple steps to register and start flying:

1. **Request Your Activation Code:**
   * Contact FlytBase Support at <support@flytbase.com> to obtain your **Dock 3 activation code**.
2. **Complete the Registration Process:**
   * Access the **FlytBase Dashboard** and navigate to the **Dock 3 Registration** page.
   * Follow the registration steps as provided here and then activate the activation code for the device on the FlytBase dashboard.
3. **Deploy & Start Flying:**
   * Once registered, your Dock 3 is ready to execute autonomous missions instantly.


# Add and Setup Your Device

Keywords - Device Registration, Add a Device, DJI Dock, DJI Dock 2, Hextronics Atlas, Hextronics Universal

FlytBase supports a wide range of Docks and Drones for Drone-in-a-Box (DiaB) operations. Thus, the steps to add and set up your Dock and Drone (collectively referred to as a Device) on FlytBase can vary. To find detailed registration instructions for your Device, please select your Dock from the list below.

<table data-card-size="large" data-view="cards" data-full-width="false"><thead><tr><th align="center"></th><th align="center"></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th><th data-hidden data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">DJI</td><td align="center">Dock and Dock 2</td><td><a href="/pages/3QOSAHUpNZKCpFtAcEMF">/pages/3QOSAHUpNZKCpFtAcEMF</a></td><td><a href="/files/b8xlIpgfyVfuiGSDCfft">/files/b8xlIpgfyVfuiGSDCfft</a></td><td></td></tr><tr><td align="center">Hextronics</td><td align="center">Atlas and Universal</td><td><a href="/pages/vV1Yg1tt3jRLlssAWyhA">/pages/vV1Yg1tt3jRLlssAWyhA</a></td><td><a href="/files/YAHK4TyjJhX9C9aa13Ld">/files/YAHK4TyjJhX9C9aa13Ld</a></td><td></td></tr><tr><td align="center">DJI</td><td align="center">Dock 3</td><td><a href="/pages/ZSFfsWnqMUgPPBYUnc0N">/pages/ZSFfsWnqMUgPPBYUnc0N</a></td><td><a href="/files/b8xlIpgfyVfuiGSDCfft">/files/b8xlIpgfyVfuiGSDCfft</a></td><td><a href="/pages/ZSFfsWnqMUgPPBYUnc0N">/pages/ZSFfsWnqMUgPPBYUnc0N</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Register Your DJI Dock 3

Keywords: Add Device, Registration, DJI Dock 3,  RC Plus 2, Third Party Cloud Service, MQTT

## Overview

This guide explains how to register your DJI Dock 3 along with its associated drone on FlytBase. The process is designed to be straightforward, ensuring that both the dock and the drone are correctly configured to connect with our platform. Follow these steps carefully to ensure a successful registration.

## Device Registration

### Before You Start

Before beginning the registration process, please make sure that:

* **Physical Access:** Both the DJI Dock 3 and its paired drone are easily accessible.
* **Bound Devices:** The drone and dock are already bound together.
* **Power & Connectivity:**
  * The dock is connected to a stable internet connection.
  * The drone is powered on throughout the registration process.
* **RC Plus 2 Ready:** You have the RC Plus 2 available and it’s ready to connect to the docking station.
* **Preparation:** Familiarize yourself with the "DJI Enterprise" app on the RC Plus 2, as this will be used to complete the configuration.

### Adding a Device

Follow these steps to register your DJI Dock 3 on FlytBase:

1. **Access Device Management:**
   * Log in to your FlytBase Dashboard.
   * Open the Navigation Drawer and select **Devices** to access the Device Management window.
2. **Initiate Device Registration:**
   * Click on **Add New Device** to open the registration dialog.
   * In Step 1, enter appropriate names for your new dock and drone. Also, choose the Site with which they will be associated, then click **Next**.
3. **Connect the RC Plus 2:**
   * Connect the RC Plus 2 to your DJI Dock 3.
   * Launch the **DJI Enterprise** app on the RC Plus 2.
   * On the app’s main screen, select your dock’s image or name to open the **Cloud Service Configuration** window.
4. **Configure Cloud Service:**
   * In the Cloud Service Configuration window, select **Third Party Cloud Service** from the drop-down menu.
   * Enter the following details:
     * **MQTT URL:** ssl://cloud.flytbase.com:8883
     * **MQTT Credentials:** These are dynamically generated. To obtain the credentials specific to your device, go to **FlytBase Operations Dashboard > Devices > Add**, then set up the name and site for your drone. The generated MQTT credentials will be displayed for you to enter.
     * **Organisation Code**: W
     * **Binding Code**: qwe
   * Confirm the settings by clicking **OK**. The RC Plus 2 should display a confirmation indicating that the device has been successfully registered.
5. **Complete the Registration:**
   * Return to the FlytBase registration dialog and click **Next** or **Finish** (as applicable) to complete the process.
   * Once completed, the DJI Dock 3 and its associated drone will appear in the Device Management window.
   * After this activate the subscription for your device in the Management Console by heading to Device Subscription.
6. **Post-Registration Step:**
   * It is recommended to reboot your DJI Dock 3 after registration. Disconnect the RC Plus 2 and then perform a physical reboot of the dock.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/iKr3LYW_wRU>" %}

### Final Notes

* **Subscription Activation:** Before using your DJI Dock 3 for operations, ensure that you activate your FlytBase subscription.
* **Support:** If you encounter any issues or have questions during the setup process, please contact our support team.


# Vehicle Mounted Mode Setup for DJI Dock 3

Keywords: Vehicle Mounted Mode, DJI Dock 3, DJI RC Plus 2, Dock Deployment, Mobile Deployment

## Overview

This guide explains how to configure **Vehicle Mounted Mode** for DJI Dock 3 using the **DJI RC Plus 2** on **DJI Enterprise app**.

Vehicle Mounted Mode is used when the DJI Dock 3 is deployed on a vehicle-mounted mode instead of a fixed mode. During this setup, the DJI Enterprise app guides you through the required deployment checks and calibrations to ensure the dock, aircraft, and vehicle-mounted mode is ready for safe operations.

### Before You Start

Before beginning the setup, make sure that:

* The DJI Dock 3 is securely mounted on the vehicle-mounted platform.
* The dock and aircraft are powered on.
* DJI RC Plus 2 is available and connected to the dock.
* DJI Enterprise app is installed on your RC
* The dock has a stable network connection.
* The RTK module and wind speed gauge are installed.
* The aircraft is available for compass calibration.
* The surrounding area is clear and safe for setup.

{% hint style="info" %}
Do not perform Vehicle Mounted Mode setup while the vehicle is moving. Complete the setup only when the vehicle is parked.
{% endhint %}

### Setup Flow

The setup process on the DJI Enterprise app includes the following checks and configurations:

1. **Dock deployment checks**\
   Verify dock grounding, cable connections, protective plugs, and AC power status.
2. **RTK and wind sensor checks**\
   Confirm that the RTK module and wind speed gauge are installed correctly.
3. **Vehicle-mounted deployment check**\
   Confirm that the dock base is securely fixed, the safety rope is attached, the dock tilt angle is within the required range, and the vehicle-mounted gimbal mount is installed.
4. **Network configuration**\
   Verify that the dock is connected to the required network.
5. **Cloud service configuration**\
   Confirm the cloud service, organization, dock name, and aircraft name.
6. **Dock location calibration**\
   Calibrate the dock location and verify the coordinate and height differences shown on the RC.
7. **Alternate Landing Location, or Safe Location**\
   Set an alternate landing location near the vehicle in case the aircraft cannot land inside the dock.
8. **Aircraft compass calibration**\
   Complete compass calibration as guided on the RC.
9. **Aircraft placement**\
   Place the aircraft on the dock landing pad and confirm that its heading is aligned correctly.

Once all steps are completed successfully, the RC will indicate that the configuration is complete.

### Setup Video

Follow the video below to complete Vehicle Mounted Mode setup on DJI Enterprise app:

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/0vq2jzDruG8>" %}

### Verify Safe Location

After completing Vehicle Mounted Mode setup from the DJI DJI Enterprise app, verify whether the **Safe location** has been configured.

Follow the video below to set Safe Location from DJI RC Plus 2 on DJI Enterprise app:

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/ff2IfqfNYNQ>" %}

You can check this from the FlytBase dashboard:

1. Go to **Devices**.
2. Select the required **Dock**.
3. Open the **Overview** tab.

In the dock device information panel, check the **Safe location** field.

If the safe location was not set during RC setup, the dashboard shows:

**Safe location: Not configured**

<figure><img src="/files/ceswt6jhY3zivMxpzNFW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Safe location: Not configured</p></figcaption></figure>

You can also verify the safe location status from the DJI RC Plus 2 during the dock deployment flow.

{% hint style="warning" %}
For vehicle-mounted deployments, configure the Safe location before starting operations. The Safe location is used as the alternate landing point if the aircraft cannot land inside the dock.
{% endhint %}

### Dock RTK Calibration from Flytbase Dashboard

Use **Dock RTK calibration** when the dock position has changed and the RTK location needs to be recalibrated.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If you switch the dock from **Vehicle Mounted Mode** to **Fixed Mode** and later switch it back to **Vehicle Mounted Mode**, the setup must be completed again from the DJI RC Plus 2 before dashboard-based RTK calibration can be used.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Initial Vehicle Mounted Mode setup must be completed from the DJI RC Plus 2. After the first setup is completed, future Dock RTK calibrations can be performed from the FlytBase dashboard.
{% endhint %}

To start RTK calibration from the FlytBase dashboard:

**Devices → Select Dock → Maintenance → Device controls → Dock RTK calibration**

<figure><img src="/files/ZzFnO0k38RhBtcWhJUNr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click **Calibrating RTK** to begin the calibration process.

The RTK status is shown next to the control. For example, it may show **Fixed** when the RTK position is stable.

{% hint style="info" %}
The **Dock RTK calibration** control is available for Vehicle Mounted Mode. This button is disabled when the dock is operating in Fixed Mode.
{% endhint %}

### Relative Safe Landing Location during RTK calibration

When you click **Dock RTK calibration**, FlytBase starts the RTK recalibration flow for the dock.

As part of this process, a R**elative Safe Landing Location** is set within a **radius** of the calibrated dock position. This Safe Landing Location acts as a nearby fallback location that can be used if the aircraft is unable to land inside the dock.

{% hint style="info" %}
If the dock is moved, run **Dock RTK calibration** again so this relative Safe Location is updated correctly.
{% endhint %}

### Final Notes

* Complete the setup steps in the same sequence shown on the RC.
* Do not skip deployment checks, location calibration, alternate site setup, or compass calibration.
* Make sure the dock tilt angle is within the required range before proceeding.
* Verify that the aircraft is placed correctly on the landing pad before completing the setup.

{% hint style="info" %}
Vehicle Mounted Mode should be configured during initial deployment or whenever the dock is moved to a new vehicle-mounted setup.<br>
{% endhint %}


# Register Your DJI Dock 1 and 2

Keywords - Add Device, Registration, DJI Dock, Matrice 30/30T, DJI Dock 2, Matrice 3D/3TD, MQTT.

## Overview

To add your DJI Dock with its Matrice 30/30T drone, or DJI Dock 2 with its Matrice 3D/3TD drone (collectively referred to as a Device) to FlytBase, follow the steps outlined in this guide.

## Device Registration

### Before You Start

Before starting the registration process, please ensure that:

* The Dock and Drone are physically accessible.
* The Dock and Drone are powered on and bound together.
* A USB A-to-C cable is available to connect the Dock to the RC.

### Adding a Device

* **Access the Device Management window:** On the FlytBase Dashboard, click on ![](/files/r1zb2nrHxVj16WSG1fpG) to open the **Navigation Drawer**, and select **Devices**. This will open the **Device Management** window.
* **Add a New Device:** Click on <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/1NmivB7btnzbgjplC3RRTtRQ6OTrcjiX7krecQbSg0uZEGl9ghSOEnhWHAxUyBbAURkoWMud24yUmGpwjHF261NAmk8ce8HLo3UQF3l5m7aTWV7O0XccS4tVPApWHCDVipHU6v8-nrPaMW8x9RLMzw" alt="" data-size="line"> to add a new Device.
* **Step 1:** The **Add Device** dialog box will appear. In **Step 1**, enter suitable names for the new Dock and Drone. Also, select the **Site** with which the Dock and Drone would be associated. Once done, click on **Next**.
* **Step 2:** As part of **Step 2,** connect the RC to the Dock. This will open the **On-site Debugging** window of the **DJI Pilot** app on the RC.
  * On the RC, click on the name below the image of the Dock on the left side of the screen. This will take you to the **Cloud Service Configuration** window. Set the **Cloud service** to **Third-Party Cloud Service** from the drop-down list.
* **Step 3:** Proceed to **Step 3** in the dialog box by clicking **Next**. In this step, the **MQTT Credentials** required for Device Registration will be displayed.
  * Enter these credentials exactly on the RC in the **Cloud Service Configuration** window. Once done, click **OK**. The RC will indicate that the Device has been successfully registered.
* **Complete the Registration Process:** Click OK on the dialog box to close it and complete the Device registration process.

Once registration is complete, the Device will be visible in the Device Management window.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/rCefaki8I30>" %}
DJI Dock Setup on FlytBase
{% endembed %}

{% hint style="info" %}
It is recommended to reboot your DJI Dock once it has been registered on FlytBase. (disconnect RC, then physically reboot)
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Before using the Device for operations, you need to [activate the FlytBase subscription](/device-management/activating-device-subscription).
{% endhint %}


# Register Your Hextronics Docks

Keywords - Add Device, Registration, Hextronics Atlas, DJI Matrice 300 RTK, DJI Matrice 350 RTK, Hextronics Universal, DJI Mavic 3 Enterprise Series

## Overview

Follow the steps in this guide to add your Hextronics Atlas dock with its Matrice 300 RTK/350 RTK drone, or Hextronics Universal with its Mavic 3 Enterprise Series drone (collectively referred to as a Device) to FlytBase.

### Site Evaluation

How to choose a site for setting up your Hextronics Docking Station?

* Ensure there is a clear and unobstructed path between the Docking Station and the Safe Location (Alternate Landing Location).

<figure><img src="/files/8cqr2wgUiZcjvI4grBnA" alt=""><figcaption><p>There must be an unobstructed path between the Dock's location and the safe location</p></figcaption></figure>

* The Location of the Dock must have healthy RTK convergence for the drone.

{% hint style="info" %}
To check whether the RTK signal strength is healthy at the Dock's location, connect the RTK base station/NTRIP using DJI Pilot app.

Refer to this [video](https://youtu.be/-pzmpmiD9fs?si=5G510rpJGs5L8YkE) to understand this process.
{% endhint %}

## Prerequisites

Before you begin, ensure that you have set up the Hextronics dock, drone, and Remote Controller (RC) as per the instructions in the Hextronics Quick Start Guide.

Furthermore, ensure you have completed the following steps for setting up your FlytBase Dashboard before beginning the Hextronics Docking Station registration process.

1. [Create or join an organization](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/creating-an-organization)
2. [Set up a site](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/site-management)
3. Keep your activation code handy

## Setting up your DJI Remote Controller (RC Plus or RC Pro)

As the first step of the Device registration process, we set up the RC for working with FlytBase. At the end of this section, you will have set up your RC Plus or RC Pro for operations with FlytBase.

### Step 1: Install FlytBase Application (APK file)

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/Zad1tNqcPyU>" %}

* **Prepare the RC:** Switch on the RC and set it up according to DJI instructions.
  * Make sure that your DJI Drone is registered with DJI.
  * RC must be set up as 'Controller A'.
* **Download and Install FlytBase App: D**ownload the relevant file for FlytBase App (.apk extension) as per your Dock and Drone:
  * Hextronics Atlas and DJI M350 RTK: <https://flyt.link/Atlas-M350>
  * Hextronics Atlas and DJI M300 RTK: <https://flyt.link/Atlas-M300>
  * Hextronics Universal and DJI Mavic 3 Enterprise: <https://flyt.link/Uni-Mavic>

{% hint style="info" %}
Use the Browser on your DJI RC Plus/RC Pro to download the relevant APK using the above links.
{% endhint %}

* **Install the APK:** Locate the downloaded file on the RC and click on it to install the FlytBase app. Once installed, open the FlytBase app to verify installation.

### Step 2: Bind Drone to RC (Optional)

This step is to be completed if the Drone and the RC have not been bound already.

* Power on the Drone and RC.
* Hold the power button to switch the drone to Bind mode.
* On the RC, open the FlytBase app, and click the Bind button. Follow the on-screen instructions to initiate the Drone and RC binding process.
* Once completed, the FlytBase app will display the Drone as Connected.

{% hint style="info" %}

* For instructions on binding the M350 RTK to its remote controller, please see page 56 of the [Matrice 350 RTK User Manual](https://dl.djicdn.com/downloads/matrice_350_rtk/20240814/Matrice_350_RTK_User_Manual_v1.2_en.pdf).
* For binding the M350 RTK to its remote controller, refer to page 46 of the [M300 RTK User Manual](https://dl.djicdn.com/downloads/matrice-300/20230518UM/M300_RTK_User_Manual_EN_v4.0.pdf).
* For binding the Mavic 3 Enterprise to its remote controller, consult pages 59 and 60 of the [DJI Mavic 3E/3T User Manual](https://dl.djicdn.com/downloads/DJI_Mavic_3_Enterprise/20240814/DJI_Mavic_3E_3T_User_Manual_EN.pdf).
  {% endhint %}

### Step 3: Set FlytBase App to Auto Start

FlytBase App installed in the RC must be set to auto-start whenever the RC is powered on for automated dock-drone operations using FlytBase. To enable this, follow the instructions below:

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/g3lNVvCqMkU>" %}

* Navigate to Android Settings on the RC.
* In the Settings menu, select Apps and Notifications.
* Select the Auto-Start Application option and choose FlytBase from the list of available apps. This will ensure FlytBase launches automatically whenever the RC is powered on.
* Restart the RC to verify the Auto-Start of the FlytBase app.

### Step 4: Install AirDroid (Enables Remote Access)

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/VamaFQeczmQ>" %}

* **Download and Install AirDroid Business App:** Download the AirDroid Business app from the following link:[ ](https://airdroid.at/679441)<https://flyt.link/Airdroid>.
  * Open the location of the downloaded file (.apk file extension), and click on it to install.
  * Once installed, open the AirDroid app.
* **Setup AirDroid App:** Enter a new device name when prompted.
  * Grant all the necessary permissions as mentioned below:
    * Remote control
      * View mode
      * Remote camera
      * File transfer
      * Device location
      * Lock and factory reset
      * App list and uninstall
      * Ignore battery optimization

These permissions can also be managed in Android **Settings** -> **Apps and Notifications** -> **Biz Daemon** -> **Permissions and Advanced settings** on the RC.

## Device Registration

### Before You Start

Before starting the registration process, please ensure that:

* The Dock and Drone are physically accessible.
* The Dock and RC should be connected to the Internet.

{% hint style="warning" %}
During Device registration, only one unregistered Dock should be on the same network as the RC.
{% endhint %}

### Adding a Device

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/LlyI4DS3ob4>" %}

* **Access the Device Management window:** On the FlytBase Dashboard, click on ![](/files/r1zb2nrHxVj16WSG1fpG) to open the **Navigation Drawer**, and select **Devices**. This will open the **Device Management** window.
* **Add a New Device:** Click on <img src="https://lh5.googleusercontent.com/1NmivB7btnzbgjplC3RRTtRQ6OTrcjiX7krecQbSg0uZEGl9ghSOEnhWHAxUyBbAURkoWMud24yUmGpwjHF261NAmk8ce8HLo3UQF3l5m7aTWV7O0XccS4tVPApWHCDVipHU6v8-nrPaMW8x9RLMzw" alt="" data-size="line"> to add a new Device. The **Add Device** dialog box will appear.
* **Step 1 - Enter Device Details:** Enter suitable names for the new Dock and Drone. Also, select the **Site** with which the Dock and Drone would be associated. Once done, click on **Next**.
* **Step 2 - Prepare Device:** Open the **FlytBase app** on the RC. Power on the Dock and confirm that both the RC and the Dock are connected to the Internet. Once confirmed, click on **Next** on the Dashboard to proceed to **Step 3**.
* **Step 3 - Enter MQTT Credentials:**
  * **Step 3** of the Registration process will display the **MQTT credentials**.
  * In the **FlytBase app** on the RC, click on <img src="/files/4vWzw9962K0YI9Ngigao" alt="" data-size="line">. On the page that opens, **enter the MQTT credentials** as displayed on the Dashboard and click on **Register**.
* **Complete Registration:** Once the registration process is complete, the RC will switch to Cockpit view. Click the Back button on the RC to return to the Home screen. The RC should indicate that it is connected to both the network and Dock OS.
* **Finalize Registration:** On the Dashboard, click **OK** to finish the registration process.

Once registration is complete, the Device will be visible in the Device Management window.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Before using the Device for operations, you need to [activate the FlytBase subscription](/device-management/activating-device-subscription).
{% endhint %}


# Activating Device Subscription

Keywords - Management Console, Device Subscription, Activation Code

To get started with your drone operations on FlytBase, you will need to activate your Device Subscription.

{% hint style="success" %}
Contact **<support@flytbase.com>** to obtain your Activation Code.
{% endhint %}

* **Go to Management Console:** Click the <img src="/files/D0m3EFgl8HSJGBLcebbZ" alt="" data-size="line"> icon at the top right of the FlytBase Dashboard and select **My Organizations**. This will open the **Management console**.
* **Manage your Organization:** Click the **Manage** button for the Organization where the new Device has been added.
* **Navigate to Device Subscriptions:** Select **Device Subscriptions** from the left panel.
* **Add a New Subscription:** Click the **Add Subscription** button.
* **Activate the Subscription:**
  * In the dialog box, **select the Device** from the drop-down list.
  * **Enter the Activation Code** provided by FlytBase, and click **Next**.
* **Verify Subscription:** The subscription will be activated, and the details of the Device subscription will appear in the list of subscriptions.

<figure><img src="/files/hUOCuyjBVh5wzsoO3Mkd" alt=""><figcaption><p>Adding a Device Subscription in Management Console</p></figcaption></figure>

Once the subscription is active and its details have been verified, you can begin configuring Device Settings before executing flight operations.


# Device Management

Keywords - Device Management, Maintenance, Diagnostics, Firmware, Failsafe, DJI, Hextronics

This all-inclusive dashboard serves as a centralized hub, allowing you to effortlessly monitor and manage all your devices. Gain complete control over your devices with this dashboard, ensuring smooth device management and streamlined operations.

A comprehensive guide for operators, providing them with the ability to effortlessly add devices, access remotely, and perform maintenance tasks with a single click.

<table data-card-size="large" data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th align="center"></th><th align="center"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">DJI</td><td align="center">Dock and Dock 2</td><td><a href="/files/b8xlIpgfyVfuiGSDCfft">/files/b8xlIpgfyVfuiGSDCfft</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center">Hextronics</td><td align="center">Atlas and Universal</td><td><a href="/files/YAHK4TyjJhX9C9aa13Ld">/files/YAHK4TyjJhX9C9aa13Ld</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# DJI Docks

Get started with Managing your DJI Docks on FlytBase.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=14uWyVZ-B0w>" %}
Device Management in FlytBase
{% endembed %}


# Overview

Operators can view the status of their fleet of DJI Docks and Matrice 30 drones using the Device Management section.

Once the device is registered, the drone and dock, along with their model and serial number, can be viewed. The Devices page lists every dock, drone, and remote controller registered to your organization, with a live online indicator for each.

<figure><img src="/files/99fBKROK9Prm7P9zJoY1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Device Page</p></figcaption></figure>

The **Overview** tab contains important information about the registered devices. Device information is shown separately for the dock and the drone, and includes:

* Device type, model, and assigned site
* Serial number and device ID
* Firmware version
* Storage used and available
* Total flights, total flight time, and total flight distance flown with the device
* Date of last maintenance
* Battery info
* 4G dongle info

The Overview tab showing dock and drone information

You can monitor the **battery cycles** for each battery on your drone in the Battery Info section. This ensures timely maintenance and swapping of the batteries to conduct safe BVLOS flight operations using FlytBase. The Overview tab also lists the **payloads** mounted on the drone and the **MQTT connection details** for the device.

<figure><img src="/files/ieOFLtlU0pJjFdqHUFR7" alt=""><figcaption><p>Device Overview</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
You can now monitor the battery cycles for each battery on your drone in the Device Overview Section. This ensures timely maintenance and swapping of the batteries to conduct safe BVLOS flight operations using FlytBase.
{% endhint %}

To know more about **Sites**, refer to the following documentation:

{% content-ref url="/pages/wmbXJhsapWugpwy95WKY" %}
[Site Management](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/site-management)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Diagnostics

The Diagnostics tab displays alerts from the DJI Health Management System(HMS) within FlytBase. It captures every alert reported by the drone or dock, along with key details.

The Health Management System ensures the continuous monitoring of the DJI Dock's and Drone's health status, providing you with real-time notifications through the "Diagnostics" tab in case of any abnormalities. It captures key details such as timestamp, severity, module, error code, and DJI’s recommended resolution.This empowers you to maintain the airworthiness of your dock and drone with ease.

{% hint style="warning" %}
The messages shown in the Diagnostics tab are generated by the DJI dock and drone at the hardware level. FlytBase makes these messages accessible in the dashboard, but the underlying issue may need to be resolved through hardware maintenance, inspection, repair, or overhaul.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
If a description or recommended resolution is not available for an error code, contact [**support@flytbase.com**](mailto:support@flytbase.com).
{% endhint %}

## **Key Highlights:**

* **Comprehensive Data:** Access detailed information, including date and timeframe, state (in progress or log), device status, error codes, module filtering, messages, and solutions.
* **Proactive Maintenance:** Our Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) recommends using this feature before and after every flight to ensure the airworthiness of your equipment.
* **Troubleshooting Made Easy:** The error code and solution sections simplify issue identification and resolution, streamlining your operations.

## Severity levels

The platform forwards three HMS severity levels, colour-coded in the table:

| **Level**       | **Use it to flag**                                                                 |
| --------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Inform: Yellow  | Informational events worth recording but not actionable on their own.              |
| Warning: Orange | Conditions that need attention before the next flight but do not block operations. |
| Critical: Red   | Conditions that require immediate investigation.                                   |

<figure><img src="/files/aENOeV09BpaGXtSqcwWc" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>HMS severity levels</p></figcaption></figure>

## Accessing the Diagnostics Tab

1. Log in to your FlytBase operations dashboard.
2. Go to "[Device Management](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-maintenance)", and click on "Diagnostics".

<figure><img src="/files/9O3z1zCT43J8oJuRxgY5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Devices Page, select your device, and click on Diagnostics</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/nnrc6q6ZbNMu0VhHc0ho" alt=""><figcaption><p>Diagnostics Tab</p></figcaption></figure>

## Data to View

View and filter various pieces of information to gain deeper insights into your drone and dock health. Here's a brief description of the data options available:

* **Date & Timeframe Selection:** To narrow down your diagnostics view, specify the start and end dates using the date picker.
* **State Filter:** Choose between "In Progress" and "Log" to view real-time health status or previous status logs, respectively.
* **Device Selection:** Monitor the health status of the dock, drone, or both by selecting the appropriate option.
* **Level Filter:** Categorize health statuses as "Warning" or "Critical" to gauge the severity of issues.
  * **Do not fly** when the warning affects flight control, propulsion, battery safety, navigation, structural integrity, or safe dock launch and recovery.

    **Flight may continue with caution** when the issue affects a non-essential feature, such as RTK, payload, camera, storage, or obstacle sensing, and the mission can still be completed safely.

    **Condition-dependent warnings**, such as high wind, rain, weak GNSS, dock RTK failure, or network loss, should only be overridden after confirming safe operating conditions and that remote control, recovery, and mission requirements are not compromised.
* **Error Code Lookup:** Refer to the "Error Code" section to identify specific error codes provided by DJI.
* **Module Filtering:** Tailor your diagnostics by selecting the modules you want to monitor. Options include Flight Mission, Device Management, Media, and Device Health.
* **Viewing Health Status Messages:** Explore the "Message" section to access detailed health status information.

## **Standard Operating Procedure (SOP)**

As part of Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), we highly recommend following these steps:

* **Pre-flight Check**: Before each flight, review the Health Alerts to ensure the airworthiness of both your dock and drone. Look for any warnings or critical issues that may affect the safety and performance of your equipment.
* **In-Flight Check**: During a flight, use the HMS overview widget in the drone details view for real-time warnings and errors, to ensure smooth flight operations and informed decisions.

<figure><img src="/files/L4qpqfsq1lHBoiV9ikuW" alt=""><figcaption><p>HMS Overview Widget</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Post-flight Check**: After every flight, revisit the Diagnostics tab to verify that no new issues have arisen during the flight operation. Identifying and addressing problems promptly can prevent future complications.

With the Diagnostics feature, you can proactively maintain the health and reliability of your equipment, ensuring safer and more efficient operations - knowing that you have real-time insights at your fingertips.


# Device Maintenance

## Maintenance

This section allows operators to check the Docking Station's real-time health status and enables them to perform maintenance controls and Docking Station commands.

### Docking Station

#### **Docking station status**

The docking station health card indicates the current status of the docking station. The docking station has the following states:

* **Remote debugging:** When the docking station is undergoing maintenance from the control station i.e., in the FlytBase application, the status will be displayed as remote debugging.
* **Onsite debugging:** When any binding/debugging activity is being performed on-site directly from the docking station, the status will be displayed as onsite debugging.
* **Idle:** When the docking station is not in use, the status will be displayed as Idle.
* **Docking Station Storage:** The docking station storage provides information about the available data and total storage capacity of the docking station.

<figure><img src="/files/TJvLYTbil0Z0ehXeDh3Y" alt=""><figcaption><p>Maintenance window</p></figcaption></figure>

#### **Video feed**

The docking station health includes the video feed from the Docking station camera. You can toggle the available video feed on or off as needed for viewing.

#### **Docking station position**

The docking station's position in the health status indicates the GPS health status of the docking station.

* **GPS Fix**: The GPS fix indicates the current GPS health of the GPS system in the docking station.
  * **“Fixed”** status means the GPS position is locked and is ready for missions.
  * **"Open"** status means the GPS position is not locked and not ready for missions. The drone cannot take off with this status.
* **GPS Satellites**: The GPS satellite count represents the number of satellites that the docking station can lock onto for accurate positioning. If the satellite count is low, the docking station will not allow any flights.
* **RTK Satellites:** The RTK satellite count refers to the number of satellites available for RTK (Real-Time Kinematics) to achieve precise landing on the docking station after a mission. If the RTK satellite count falls below the required threshold (20-25), the docking station will not allow precision landing on the docking station. Instead, the drone will move to the alternate landing site for landing that is set by the user.

<figure><img src="/files/4ajJdmBIv84lo5y08XZt" alt="" width="563"><figcaption><p>Dock Position</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Environment:

The environment card allows you to monitor the H.V.A.C (Internal) values of the docking station as well as Weather (External) conditions.

{% hint style="info" %}
H.V.A.C stands for Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning unit.
{% endhint %}

The following parameters can be monitored:

* **H.V.A.C (Internal)**:
  * **Temperature**: The temperature of the docking station can be monitored with this information card. Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius by default.
  * **Humidity:** The humidity of the docking station can be monitored with this information card. Humidity is measured in kilo Pascals by default.
  * **H.V.A.C state:** The status and functionalities of the H.V.A.C units are explained below:
    * Idle: The H.V.A.C. unit is in idle condition.
    * Heating: The H.V.A.C. unit has initiated heaters to increase the temperature and increase back to the ideal temperature for the docking station’s use.
    * Cooling: The H.V.A.C. unit has initiated coolers to reduce the temperature and reduce it back to the ideal temperature for the docking station’s use.
    * Dehumidifyin&#x67;**:** The H.V.A.C. unit has initiated dehumidifiers to reduce the humidity of the docking station. This enables the docking station to maintain standard conditions for efficient usage.
* **Weather (External)**: The weather card provides information on the external weather conditions at the docking station’s location, using the integrated weather station in the docking station.
  * Temperature: External temperature conditions of the docking station can be monitored using the integrated weather station attached to the docking station. Temperature is measured in degrees Celsius by default.
  * Wind: Wind speed at the location of the docking station can be monitored using the integrated weather station attached to the docking station. Wind speed is measured in meters per second by default.
  * Rain: Rain at the location of the docking station can be monitored using the integrated weather station attached to the docking station. Rain is measured in millimeters by default.

<figure><img src="/files/8XaOjwLZ2yfrjdinlv91" alt=""><figcaption><p>Environment card with internal H.V.A.C and external weather details.</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Network **+ Dock–Drone RF** card

The network card in the Maintenance tab allows you to monitor the network parameters of the docking station. And would display the following:

* Type: The type of network used is displayed in the Network card.
* Ethernet: When ethernet is used as a network source for the docking station, ethernet is shown in the network card.
* Quality: The quality of the internet connection to the docking station is displayed on the network card. Quality can be rated Poor, Average, and Good as per the data transfer speed.
* Rate: The rate of data transfer to and from the docking station through the network utilized is displayed in the Network card.

#### RF Card (Dock–Drone RF)

The RF card in the Maintenance tab allows you to monitor the radio-frequency (RF) communication quality between the docking station and the drone. It displays the following parameters:

* **Uplink Quality:**\
  Displays the signal quality of data transmitted from the docking station to the drone. Higher percentages indicate a stronger and more stable communication link.
* **Downlink Quality:**\
  Displays the signal quality of data transmitted from the drone to the docking station. Higher percentages indicate better reception and communication reliability.
* **Frequency Band:**\
  Displays the RF frequency band currently being used for communication between the dock and the drone. For example, *2.40 GHz* indicates that communication is occurring over the 2.4 GHz band.
* **Status:**\
  Indicates the current RF connection state between the dock and drone.
  * **Active:** RF communication link is established and functioning normally.
  * Other statuses may appear depending on connection availability or signal conditions.

<figure><img src="/files/ox4V513Ts3gayOZo8fdC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Network status of the dock</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Mains power supply

The power source card provides data related to the power being received by the docking station.

* Voltage: The voltage of the power source is displayed on the power source card. The input voltage that is recommended for the docking station is 100-240 V AC.
* Current: The current usage of the power source is displayed on the power source card. The input current that is recommended for the docking station is 6.25 to 15 A.

<figure><img src="/files/QKSV9EdBz95bpodQc3rI" alt=""><figcaption><p>Mains Power Supply</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Backup UPS

The backup battery panel displays information about the backup battery.

* Switch: If the backup battery is powered on, the switch is displayed as closed; otherwise, it is displayed as open.
* Backup Voltage: The voltage supply of the backup battery is displayed in the corresponding column.
* Temperature: The temperature of the backup battery is displayed under the temperature column of the backup battery panel.

<figure><img src="/files/TsXxsNuIWSSTJjHvkID6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Backup UPS</p></figcaption></figure>

### Drone

#### Drone Health

The maintenance tab in the devices feature allows you to monitor the health parameters of the drone along with the docking station.

* Drone status: The current status of the drone can be monitored in the drone status section. The status displayed here represents the real-time data of the drone.
  * Standby: This status indicates that the drone is ready for flight.
  * Upgrading firmware: This status Indicates that the firmware in the drone or battery is being updated.
  * Automatic Take-off: This status indicates that the automatic take-off sequence has been initiated.
  * Wayline flight: This status indicates that the drone is performing an auto mission.
  * Automatic return: This status indicates that the Return To Home (RTH) procedure has been initiated and the drone is returning to the docking station.
  * Automatic landing: This status indicates that the drone is landing on the docking station after completing a mission or during RTH.
  * An **Inside dock** indicator appears when the drone is docked.
* Control Source: The control source card refers to the source of control of the drone, two options it can be controlled:
  * RC: The drone can be controlled using the RC provided with the drone.
  * Docking Station: The drone can be controlled by the docking station, either by planning autonomous missions or by using Keyboard/external joysticks to control the drone manually.

#### Drone Storage

Similar to the docking station, the total storage allocation and available storage space of the drone are displayed in the drone storage card.

#### Drone Video Feed

The drone video feed panel allows you to view the live video feed from the drone during flight as well as when it is sitting idle in the docking station.

<figure><img src="/files/82blVhkwKtOMhVw5S7Ml" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Drone Health Status</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Drone Position:

The position of the drone in the Health status indicates the GPS health status.

* **GPS Fix**: The GPS fix indicates the current GPS health of the drone.
  * “Fixed” status means the GPS position is locked and is ready for missions.
  * "Open" status means the GPS position is not locked for missions. The drone cannot take-off with this status.
* **GPS Satellites**: The GPS Satellites count represents the number of satellites that the drone can lock onto for accurate positioning. If the satellite count is low, the docking station will not allow any flights.
* **RTK Satellites**: The RTK satellite count refers to the number of satellites available for RTK (Real-Time Kinematics) to achieve a precise landing on the docking station after a mission. If the RTK satellite count falls below the required threshold, the docking station will not allow precision landing.

#### Battery

The status of the battery can be monitored in the drone's health status.

<figure><img src="/files/kYP9XQ5HAeTYeHo12Bch" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Aircraft Battery State</p></figcaption></figure>

* Remaining Battery: The remaining battery percentage is displayed, allowing the drone to automatically trigger relevant failsafe actions based on the percentage of battery the failsafe is set to.
* Temperature: The current temperature of the battery is indicated while the drone is powered on, in flight, or on the ground.
* Voltage: The current voltage of the battery is displayed when it is powered ON.
* Battery temperature regulator: The battery temperature regulator ensures that the battery temperature is regulated.
  * Maintenance status: The maintenance status indicates whether the batteries require maintenance or not. The drone will carry out the maintenance as it has a battery temperature regulator.
    * Need Maintenance: This is displayed when the battery requires maintenance.
    * Maintenance not needed: This is displayed when the battery doesn’t require maintenance.
    * Under Maintenance: This is displayed when the battery is under maintenance.
* Battery Status: The battery status indicates the insulation or heating status while using the Battery temperature regulator. It can indicate whether the battery is insulating, heating, or neither.

<figure><img src="/files/a5UhYELdLOMaYJjUhKgo" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Battery Temp. Regulator State</p></figcaption></figure>

### Device Controls

#### Docking Station:

The following actions can be performed from the docking station section.

* **Heater:** The heater in the docking station's H.V.A.C system can be controlled by using the “ON/OFF” toggle button.
* **Cooler:** The cooler in the docking station's H.V.A.C. system can be controlled by using the “ON/OFF” toggle button.
* **Dehumidifier:** The dehumidifier in the docking station's H.V.A.C system can be controlled by using the “ON/OFF” toggle button.
* **Sound & Light Alarm:** The sound and light alarm in the docking station can be controlled by using the “ON/OFF” toggle button.
* **Camera Light:** The camera light in the docking station can be controlled by using the “ON/OFF” toggle button.
* **Dock Silent Mode:** Turning this mode ON reduces the operational noise of the dock, providing a quieter environment during drone operations.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Enabling the Silent Mode may slightly affect the cooling performance of the Dock's air conditioning system.
{% endhint %}

* **Drone Stealth Mode:** Turning this mode ON reduces the visibility of the drone by dimming its lights, ensuring discreet drone operations.
* **Docking and Drone Storage:** The Dock and Drone storage can be formatted using the “FORMAT” button in the device control section.
* **Dock RTK Calibration:** The Dock RTK Calibration control allows calibration of the dock RTK module using the **“Calibrate RTK”** button. The current RTK fix state is also displayed alongside the control to indicate RTK positioning status.

{% hint style="info" %}
This feature is supported only for **Dock 3 vehicle-mounted deployments**.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/2VGskWyGXyQqWuZBUfs3" alt=""><figcaption><p>Device Controls</p></figcaption></figure>

### Device Maintenance

The operator must enable Maintenance to perform the actions mentioned below.

When enabled, the Docking Station Status will switch to 'Remote Debugging'.

The following actions can be performed for Device Maintenance:

* **Dock Power:** The docking station can be restarted using the **“Restart”** button available in the Maintenance section.
* **Dock Enclosure:** The enclosure of the docking station can be opened or closed using the **“Open/Close”** toggle button.
* **Drone Power:** Drone power can be turned on or off using the **“ON/OFF”** toggle buttons.
* **Drone Charging:** Drone charging can be turned on or off using the **“ON/OFF”** toggle buttons.
* **Drone Battery Mode:** The drone battery mode can be switched between **“Schedule”** and **“Standby”** modes.
* **Drone Battery Temp. Regulator:** The drone battery temperature regulator can be turned on or off using the **“ON/OFF”** toggle buttons.

The following actions can be performed for Device Maintenance:

<figure><img src="/files/VnKOYJLkHoFkVURdnif3" alt=""><figcaption><p>Device Maintenance</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
Please Disable the Maintenance mode before performing flights.
{% endhint %}

Next up, learn how to effectively use the [Health Management System](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/diagnostics) in the FlytBase platform.


# Device Logs

Learn more about how to remotely fetch Drone and Dock logs using the FlytBase dashboard.

The drone and dock generate device logs regularly whenever they are online, even if they're not actively in use. These logs are system-level, encrypted records that capture device health, internal processes, errors, and communication events. They are different from flight logs — while flight logs record mission data like flight paths and telemetry, device logs are hardware-specific and are specifically required by DJI to diagnose hardware-related issues.

Previously, logs had to be retrieved directly from the RC or Dock, making remote access impossible. With the FlytBase Dashboard, you can now upload and download device logs remotely without being on-site.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Device logs are stored directly on the dock and drone hardware, they are not permanently stored on the cloud. Once overwritten by newer data, they cannot be recovered. As soon as an incident occurs, fetching logs must be your first priority before resuming any operations.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Device logs are not the same as flight logs. While flight logs are about the drone's missions (including Manual Control or Go-to Location), Device logs are hardware-specific and represent the state of the drone and dock whenever they are online. The logs generated are encrypted and can only be decrypted by the hardware manufacturers.
{% endhint %}

### Log Collection Quick Reference

Device logs are stored directly on the dock and drone hardware. **They are not permanently stored on the cloud.** Once overwritten by newer data, they are gone forever and cannot be retrieved. Log collection must be your first priority as soon as an incident occurs.

**Always select a time range that starts 1 hour before the incident and ends 1 hour after.** Do not use a narrower window — data from before and after the incident is equally important for investigation.

#### Log Availability

| Condition after the incident                                       | Availability                                                                                                 |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Dock remains powered on, no further flights performed              | Logs available for up to **24 hours** from the time of the incident                                          |
| Dock remains powered on, 8–10 flights performed after the incident | Logs from the incident **may be permanently overwritten** before the 24-hour window ends — fetch immediately |
| No flights performed after the incident, dock is powered off       | Logs remain available for up to **48 hours**                                                                 |

{% hint style="info" %}
If an incident occurs during an active operational day with multiple flights scheduled, logs can be lost within hours, not days. Fetch logs from the affected dock **before** proceeding with any further operations.
{% endhint %}

If you are unsure whether logs are still available, attempt to fetch them regardless. Do not assume they are gone.

{% hint style="info" %}
Both dock logs and drone logs must be collected for every incident. DJI will not proceed with an investigation until all logs are provided.
{% endhint %}

### When to Collect Logs

Collect device logs whenever an incident cannot be explained by a known external cause — such as a network outage or misconfiguration — and where DJI error codes alone do not account for the observed behaviour. Below are the few categories.

**Flight and physical incidents**\
Any crash, hard impact, sideways takeoff, or uncontrolled movement at any phase of flight. Also includes cases where the drone fails to arm or lift off — for example, a brief LED signal followed by no motor start, or motors spinning briefly and then stopping without the drone leaving the dock.

**Abnormal landing or return behaviour**\
Drone lands outside the dock, at an unintended location, or at a designated safe landing site when it should have returned to the dock. Also collect logs when RTH or RTDS is triggered but not completed, when RTK precision landing is not used during the return sequence, or when the drone stays in the landing state for an unusually long duration.

**Link and communication loss**\
RF link drops mid-mission causing RTH, relaunch failure, or inability to reconnect. Video feed loss where the feed does not recover after the link is restored. Drone becoming unresponsive to commands during flight, or the flight log stopping mid-route without a clear platform-side explanation.

**Dock hardware issues**\
Dock enclosure not opening or closing at the expected point in the mission sequence. Charging module anomalies or errors. Dock camera failures with active health warnings in the dashboard.

**Power and state anomalies**\
Drone remaining powered on after mission completion, powering back on after being shut down, or exhibiting any unexpected power-state behaviour that does not correlate with a commanded action.

**Storage and data issues**\
Dock storage full and unable to auto-clear. Media not uploading to the cloud for an extended period. Device log uploads consistently failing.

**NFZ and geofence events**\
Drone becoming unresponsive to commands near an NFZ boundary, or an NFZ breach occurring during manual flight.

***

## Accessing the Device Logs Tab

* Log in to your FlytBase operations dashboard.
* Go to "[Device Management](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-maintenance)" and navigate to the specific device for which you want to fetch logs.
* Click on the "Device Logs" tab.

<figure><img src="/files/YdcD3jGvuamkmSka63vv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Accessing Device Logs Tab</p></figcaption></figure>

## How to Download Device Logs?

To download the device logs, follow these steps:

1. Upload the logs from your device to the cloud.
2. Download the logs from the cloud to your PC.

<figure><img src="/files/sLU2T2r7IsQ9eMKeNcZp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Workflow to download the Device Logs of Drone and dock</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Do not operate or fly the drone while logs are being uploaded — this may interrupt the upload and require the process to be repeated.
{% endhint %}

### Upload logs from your device to the cloud.

To upload the logs from your device to the cloud, refer to the following steps given below:

1. Click on the "Upload Logs" button located at the top right corner.
2. Choose either single or multiple logs for the drone and dock, available based on timestamps. Filter easily by Timestamp or size.
3. Once you've selected the desired logs, click 'Upload'. The logs will then be uploaded to the Cloud.<br>

<figure><img src="/files/F4s9R1B2lhmXTS3nLxbt" alt=""><figcaption><p>Uploading logs on Cloud</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Only one component — Dock or Drone — can be uploaded at a time. Complete the Dock upload first, then repeat the process for the Drone. Do not close the page until each upload is confirmed complete.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Files larger than 4 GB may fail to download in a single attempt. In such cases, split the logs into smaller time ranges and upload them separately.
{% endhint %}

### Downloading logs from the Cloud to your PC

After clicking on the 'Upload' button, check the status of the log bundle being uploaded to the cloud on the "Device logs" window and see the total number of logs stored there.

#### Data to View

You can easily view and filter device logs and send them to hardware manufacturers. The following information is available within the "Device Logs" window:

* Timeframe: The timeframe between when the logs were generated by the drone and the docking station.
* Type: Indicates whether the logs are from the drone or the docking station.
* Upload Status: Indicates the status of the log being uploaded on the cloud.
* No. of files: The total number of bundled logs being downloaded for either the drone or the dock.
* Actions: You can either download the logs or cancel the upload to the cloud.

## Expected Behaviour

* While the drone is executing a mission, you won't be able to retrieve the device logs for either the drone or the docking station.
* However, once the drone lands on the docking station, and both the drone and the dock are online at that moment, you will be able to access the logs.
* In Idle State, only the dock stays online and therefore you would see logs for the dock and not for the drone. Here, you would have to 'Power On' the drone through the maintenance window and then fetch the logs.

{% hint style="info" %}
To fetch the logs for a particular hardware, ensure that it is online. The best practice for downloading the drone logs is to Power-ON the drone from the maintenance window while it is inside the docking station. This way, both the drone and the dock will be online, and you can retrieve the desired logs.
{% endhint %}

### What to Share with FlytBase

The log link alone is not sufficient to open an investigation. Always include the following details when submitting a support ticket.

#### Incident Information

1. **Exact time of the incident** — precise to the minute
2. **Local timezone** — must be the dock's deployment timezone (for example: EST, CST, UTC)
3. **Description of the fault** — be as detailed as possible and include:
   * What task was being performed at the time — mission, manual flight, RTH, RTDS, etc.
   * What exactly happened and what the actual impact was
   * Events or actions that occurred leading up to the issue
   * Whether the issue occurs every time or was a one-time event

#### Supporting References

1. **Device log link** — generated from the Device Logs section of the FlytBase Dashboard
2. **Flight ID** — from the FlytBase Flight Logs for the affected flight
3. **Timestamp window confirmation** — confirm that logs were fetched covering 1 hour before the incident, the incident window itself, and 1 hour after
4. **Screenshots or screen recordings** — if available, include these to help correlate logs with the observed behavior

{% hint style="info" %}
The timezone field is the most commonly missed detail and causes the most delays in investigation. Always report in the dock's local deployment timezone, not UTC or your local timezone unless the dock is deployed there.
{% endhint %}

## Sending them to the hardware manufacturer

* After the respective logs are downloaded for the particular timestamp, you can send them to the hardware manufacturer directly or send them to us at <support@flytbase.com>.

To learn more about your device firmware and how to remotely upgrade it, refer to the following documentation for further information:

{% content-ref url="/pages/m2mNmzEd2Umpx06sgqwk" %}
[Firmware](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/firmware)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Firmware

Know more on how to Remotely upgrade the Device firmware of your Dock and Drone.

The Firmware tab gives you visibility into the current firmware version running on each device in your setup, and lets you manage version upgrades or downgrades directly from the FlytBase platform. Keeping firmware in check is important, version mismatches between the dock and drone are one of the more common causes of unexplained failures in the field.

Now, you can remotely upgrade your drone and dock's firmware using the FlytBase dashboard, ensuring that they are always equipped with the latest features.

{% hint style="info" %}
FlytBase recommends that you keep your drone and dock firmware updated to the latest firmware to ensure seamless Drone-in-a-box operations.
{% endhint %}

## Key Highlights

* **Remote Firmware Upgrades**: You can now upgrade firmware remotely, eliminating the need for on-site presence.
* **Version Selection**: Choose your preferred firmware version conveniently through the FlytBase dashboard.
* **Live Upgrade Progress**: Keep track of firmware upgrades in real-time with our easy-to-understand upgrade percentage bar, ensuring you are always well-informed.

### Importance of Firmware Updates

Firmware updates deliver bug fixes, stability improvements, security patches, and support for new features. Operating on outdated firmware can leave known issues unresolved, reduce mission reliability, and make newer features unavailable.

The aircraft and dock firmware are designed to operate together. Keeping both on the same current version is required for the dock to control the aircraft reliably during autonomous operations.

### Firmware Compatibility with Supported Versions

When DJI releases a new firmware version, the FlytBase testing team validates it to confirm compatibility with the platform and verify that no flight-critical modules are affected. Once validated, the firmware version becomes available on the FlytBase dashboard.

{% hint style="info" %}
This requirement applies to both aircraft firmware and dock firmware.
{% endhint %}

## Accessing Device Firmware Tab

* Log in to your FlytBase operations dashboard.
* Go to "[Device Management"](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-maintenance), and navigate to the specific device for which you want to fetch logs.
* Click on the "Firmware" tab.

<figure><img src="/files/SAnnqELVaGwUDgy2Cyqb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Navigating to Device Firmware tab on FlytBase dashboard</p></figcaption></figure>

### Current Version of your Drone and Dock Firmware:

To find out the current version of the drone and dock firmware, follow these steps:

* Select the "DJI Drone" or "DJI Dock" button to check the firmware for the following.
* Under the "Current Version" section, you will be able to see the firmware version, followed by the dates it was updated and the organization member who performed the upgrade.

<figure><img src="/files/WHl5p60To80bck0m1E4B" alt=""><figcaption><p>Current Version of your Drone or Dock Firmware</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
This version information is based on the last update done on FlytBase and will not reflect upgrades done from other sources.
{% endhint %}

### Firmware Upgrade Sequence

When performing any firmware upgrade or downgrade, the aircraft must be updated first, followed by the dock. This sequence is required for both upgrades and downgrades.

{% hint style="info" %}
Do not update the dock before the aircraft. If the dock is updated first, the aircraft may indicate that the update has completed while the firmware version remains unchanged. This results in a mismatch between the dock and the aircraft, which blocks operations.
{% endhint %}

#### The required sequence is:

1. Upgrade or downgrade the aircraft first and allow the process to complete fully.
2. Verify on the dashboard under **Current Version** that the firmware version has actually changed. The progress indicator reaching completion does not confirm the version has changed.
3. Once the aircraft version is confirmed, upgrade or downgrade the dock to the same target version.
4. Verify that both the aircraft and dock are on the same target version.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Both the aircraft and dock must remain online and connected to FlytBase for the entire duration of the update. No device may be powered off or disconnected during the update.
{% endhint %}

## Update your Drone Firmware

* Select the "DJI Drone" button.
* Navigate to the "Available Versions" and choose from the following options for the desired firmware.
* Allow the update to complete, then confirm under **Current Version** that the firmware version has changed.

## Update your Dock Firmware

Once the aircraft firmware is confirmed, update the dock:

* Select the **DJI Dock** button on the Firmware tab.
* Under **Available Versions**, select the same target version.
* Allow the update to complete, then verify the firmware version.

{% hint style="info" %}
Only an upgrade or downgrade to an immediately available version can be performed for the aircraft and dock through the FlytBase dashboard.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Once the firmware update or downgrade starts, the device may go through one or more restart cycles. During this process, the device should come back online automatically. After the firmware change is completed, verify that the device is online and that the updated firmware version is reflected on the FlytBase dashboard.
{% endhint %}

### Firmware Not Supported Banner

The dashboard may display a banner stating **"Dock and Drone firmware not supported"**.

The banner indicates one of two conditions:

| Condition               | Description                                                                        |
| ----------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Unsupported version** | One or both devices are on a version the current FlytBase release does not support |
| **Version mismatch**    | The aircraft and dock are on versions that are not aligned with each other         |

When this banner is displayed:

* Do not start missions until the issue is resolved.
* Open the **Firmware** tab and check the aircraft and dock versions to determine whether the cause is a mismatch or an unsupported version.
* Confirm the correct target version with FlytBase, then follow the resolution steps above, updating the aircraft first.

The banner clears once both devices are on the same supported version.

### Firmware Mismatch

A firmware mismatch occurs when the aircraft and dock are on versions that are not aligned with each other. A separate condition is when either device is on a version not supported by the current FlytBase release, which triggers the not supported banner rather than a mismatch.

**Common causes:**

* One device was updated independently of the other
* A device was placed on an unsupported version

**Common symptoms:**

* Aircraft does not arm or does not start a mission
* Dashboard reports an error on connection or at mission launch
* A component reports a firmware version that is out of sync

#### Resolving a Firmware Mismatch

Both devices must be returned to the same supported version, with the aircraft updated first.

1. Open the **Firmware** tab and check the aircraft and dock versions to identify the mismatch.
2. Confirm the target version with FlytBase before proceeding.
3. Apply the confirmed version to the aircraft first, allow it to complete, and verify that the version has changed.
4. Apply the same version to the dock and verify.
5. Refresh the Firmware page and confirm that both devices are on the same supported version. Run a short hover or test mission before resuming normal operations.

{% hint style="info" %}
If the aircraft indicates that the change has completed but the firmware version remains unchanged, do not repeat the attempt. This typically occurs when the dock was updated before the aircraft. Contact FlytBase support for resolution.
{% endhint %}

### Firmware Upgrade through DJI Assistant 2 (Enterprise Series)

Remote firmware changes through the FlytBase dashboard require the device to be online. If the device is offline, it cannot be powered on or accessed from the FlytBase dashboard. As a result, the dashboard cannot initiate, continue, or complete any firmware update or downgrade for that device. In such scenarios, firmware must be updated locally using an official DJI tool - **DJI Assistant 2 (Enterprise Series)**, which is supported on Windows system.

{% hint style="info" %}
This requires physical access to the device, a USB connection to a local Windows system.
{% endhint %}

1. Power on the device and connect it to the computer via USB.
2. Launch DJI Assistant 2(Enterprise Series) and select the connected device under the connected devices list. (DJI Assistant 2 (Enterprise Series) may prompt you to log in with a DJI account; complete this on a connected computer before going on-site if the deployment location has no internet)
3. Wait for the firmware list to load, choose the downloaded firmware version, and run the update.
4. Allow the device to reboot automatically once the upgrade completes before disconnecting.

{% hint style="info" %}
Firmware updated/downgrade from DJI Assistant 2(Enterprise Series) must align with a FlytBase-supported version for the specific dock and aircraft combination. After an upgrade, reconnect the device to FlytBase and confirm device connectivity, stable telemetry, and that the reported firmware version is correct.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
If the update fails partway through, retry the upgrade in DJI Assistant 2 (Enterprise Series). If it continues to fail, capture a screenshot of the failure warning in the software interface and notify FlytBase Support before bringing the device back into operation.
{% endhint %}

## Important Pre-Upgrade Advisory

Before upgrading to any new DJI firmware, please be advised that FlytBase conducts thorough testing to ensure stability and compatibility. We recommend waiting for our confirmation before proceeding with any firmware updates, as newer versions may occasionally be unstable. Upgrading without our guidance could necessitate a complex downgrade process, which we aim to help you avoid.


# Zones - Device Settings

The Zones tab allows users to configure and monitor operational flight boundaries for the selected dock device. It provides a centralized view of assigned geofences, organization-level No Fly Zones.

<figure><img src="/files/YM9hRdi7P89Iwsa6iVht" alt=""><figcaption><p>Zones Window</p></figcaption></figure>

### What you can manage

* **Geofence** — the boundary within which the drone is permitted to fly.
* **No-Fly Zones (NFZs)** — areas the drone must avoid. The Zones tab tracks how many NFZs are synced to the device and how many are still unsynced.
* **Maximum limits** — set the **maximum altitude** and **maximum distance** the drone may travel from the dock.

### Geofence

The configured geofence for the selected device is displayed in the Zones view. The geofence defines the operational flight area within which the drone is permitted to operate. Compatibility status and last modified details for the assigned geofence are also displayed.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Geofence boundaries** are represented in **green.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/5sox7ML0IXqp7hVt222n" alt=""><figcaption><p>Synced Geofence: In Green</p></figcaption></figure>

### No Fly Zones (NFZs)

The map displays all synchronized NFZs within the drone’s operational range. These restricted zones are considered during mission execution to ensure safe and compliant operations. The section also displays the total number of synced and unsynced NFZs for the device.

{% hint style="info" %}
**No Fly Zones (NFZs)** are represented in **red.**
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/Ip1LEvoCihnOIrjnZyrv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Synced NFZ: In Red</p></figcaption></figure>

### Maximum Limits

Users can configure operational safety limits directly from the Zones tab:

* **Maximum Altitude Limit (RTL):** Defines the maximum altitude the drone can reach during operations.
* **Maximum Distance Limit (RTL):** Defines the maximum allowable distance the drone can travel from the takeoff point.

These limits help enforce operational constraints and Return-to-Launch (RTL) safety behavior.

<figure><img src="/files/WFpiYCniMerKlE4eRRP7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Zone Synchronization

The **Sync Devices** option allows users to synchronize the latest geofence and NFZ configurations with the selected device. The current sync status and last sync timestamp are also displayed.

<figure><img src="/files/5sox7ML0IXqp7hVt222n" alt=""><figcaption><p>Synced Zones</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/b3CaPMGeoMFSKHMKYBT7" alt=""><figcaption><p>UnSynced Zone</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Map View

The interactive map provides a visual overview of:

* Assigned geofence boundaries
* No Fly Zones (NFZs)
* Unsynced zones
* Maximum operational distance limits
* Device location

<figure><img src="/files/5ZAgTOXxlyaaqoPTrpgD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Map View</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
The drone takes the organization-wide NFZs into account for its flying range. Keep zones synced after any change to ensure the dock enforces the correct airspace.
{% endhint %}

For a detailed overview of **Geofence and NFZ** configuration, refer to the

{% content-ref url="/pages/llvMR8oCntDSISDXRAIu" %}
[Zones](/pre-flight-modules/zones)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Device Settings

Know more about settings that are specific to each Device added to an Organization.

FlytBase allows for Device-specific settings, enabling customization for each Device. Key configurable options include:

* [**Drone Control**](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-settings/drone-control)**:** Altitude settings that can be independently configured to ensure that drones safely take off and return to the docking station during fully autonomous missions.
* [**Failsafes**](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-settings/failsafes)**:** Automatic safety actions for the drone in the event of adverse weather.
* [**Collision Avoidance Sensing (CAS) System**](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-settings/collision-avoidance-sensing-cas)**:** You can turn the CAS system on or off for each device to enhance safety during operations in a cluttered environment.
* [**Thermal Alerts**](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-settings/thermal)**:** Temperature-based monitoring and alert settings for drones equipped with a thermal payload.
* [**Video Stream Controls:**](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-settings/video-stream-controls) ON / OFF, enables adaptive bitrate and latency optimisation on the video stream.
* [**Media Control**:](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-settings/media-control) ON / OFF, when ON, the drone defers uploading captured media until after landing to free bandwidth for telemetry and video.
* [**AI-R:**](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-settings/ai-r) **FB Air** is a separately-purchased FlytBase onboard inference device. When on, the platform records video clips around each AI detection.

To know more, go to the documentation for **Drone Control**, **Collision Avoidance Sensing**, and **Failsafes** settings.

{% hint style="info" %}
Settings can only be changed while the device is online. The exact list of available settings depends on the device model and configuration.
{% endhint %}


# Drone Control

Learn more on how to configure essential drone flight parameters such as Take-off and Return to Docking Station altitudes on the FlytBase dashboard.

The Drone Control section under Settings lets you configure the altitude and transmission parameters that govern how the drone behaves during autonomous Dock-controlled operations. These settings directly affect take-off behaviour, return safety, and 4G connectivity during missions.

<figure><img src="/files/q2GBzWSp8ZJWP33Xqaa4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone Control Window</p></figcaption></figure>

### Drone Settings

For safe autonomous Dock-Drone operations, it is crucial to ensure the following:

* **Safe Take-off:** Drones must ascend to a safe altitude above the docking station before proceeding to their target waypoints.
* **Safe Return:** While returning, drones should fly at or above a safe altitude to avoid all obstacles and descend vertically over the dock.

To manage drone behavior during these operations, you can configure the parameters described below.

#### RTH (Return to Home)

When a Return to Home is triggered, whether by a failsafe, signal loss, or manually, the drone will climb to the configured RTH altitude before navigating back to the dock. This ensures it clears any obstacles between its current position and home.

#### Go to Safe Altitude (GTSA)

When GTSA is triggered, the drone descends to the configured safe altitude and hovers. You can also control the descent speed during this manoeuvre.

{% hint style="info" %}
GTSA is typically triggered as an intermediate step before RTH or when the operator wants the drone at a predictable hover altitude. Set this below your RTH altitude.
{% endhint %}

These altitudes are set relative to the take-off point (Docking Station), and these ensure safety when the drone executes a pre-planned mission or a Go-to Location flight.

<figure><img src="/files/BToLliVaWWe6XRNbYzW4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Take-off Altitude</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/re3Kr2aZ3b85CU0NtX5q" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone Control: Take-off, RTH Altitude and Drone Safety settings</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Accessing These Parameters**:

* Navigate to **Device Management** and select the relevant device.
* Go to **Settings** -> **Drone Control**.
* Set the desired **RTH Altitude**.
* Enter the **Take-Off Altitude**.
* To revert to default values, click on **Reset**

#### Drone safety

* **Take-off Altitude** — set an altitude, relative to the take-off point, which your drone will ascend to before performing a Go-to Location.
* **Return to Safe Location Altitude (RTSL)** — the altitude at which RTSL will be performed.
* **Task Altitude** — set a default altitude your drone will maintain during horizontal travel between waypoints.

{% hint style="info" %}
These altitudes are set relative to the take-off point (Docking Station), and ensure safety when the drone executes a pre-planned mission or a Go-to Location flight.
{% endhint %}

#### Enhanced Transmission

* **4G Enhanced Mode** — when enabled, uses both the standard radio link and 4G simultaneously for video, RTK, and control data. Requires a 4G dongle with an active SIM on the drone.
* If the RF link is lost, the drone seamlessly continues over 4G instead of triggering an RTH.
* To enable 4G Enhanced Mode, toggle the switch under **Enhanced Transmission** to **ON**.
* If 4G Enhanced Mode is **OFF** and the RF link is lost, the drone triggers an RTH.
* If 4G Enhanced Mode is **ON** and properly initialised, the drone continues the mission over 4G when the RF link is lost — RTH is not triggered.

<figure><img src="/files/9kYQMwhQDllnDeRSHLlT" alt=""><figcaption><p>4G Enhanced Mode</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/oaY87bPNODPVTAeNKgnZ" alt=""><figcaption><p>4G Enhanced Mode Turned On</p></figcaption></figure>

* To revert all parameters on this page to their default values, click **Reset** at the bottom of the page.

### Related Documentation

To learn how to fully enable RF → 4G failover on DJI Dock 3, refer to:


# Failsafes

The **Failsafes** settings let you set a safety action for your drone in the event of an unforeseen incident, so operations stay safe even when conditions change unexpectedly.

The Failsafes settings page

#### Weather Failsafes

You can set a safety action for adverse weather conditions:

* **High wind speed** - define a wind-speed threshold; when it is exceeded, the configured action is performed.
* **Heavy rainfall** - define a rainfall trigger and the action to take.

For each trigger, choose the **Action** the drone should take from the dropdown. Configure the values that suit your site's conditions, then save.

<figure><img src="/files/06KNP5f0HPgBUbp7KEVC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Failsafe Tab</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Failsafe settings can only be configured while the drone is online.
{% endhint %}

### Important Note

Failsafe settings are not accessible through the FlytBase settings page. They can only be configured through the RC (remote control) of the drone. Various failsafe settings related to battery, wind speed, and rainfall cannot be configured through the FlytBase platform. The FlytBase UI only displays these settings, but configuration must be done via the drone's RC.


# Collision Avoidance Sensing (CAS)

Learn more on how to configure collision avoidance sensing for your drone on the FlytBase dashboard.

* Collision Avoidance Sensing enables your drone to detect obstacles in real-time.
* To configure this feature for your drone, navigate to the DJI Pilot 2 app, wherein you can toggle the "Obstacle Avoidance" feature and set the braking and warning distance for your drone. The drone will adhere to the RC's settings and automatically stop when an obstacle is detected within its braking distance.
* Your drone has two types of detection systems: the vision system and the infrared sensing system. These systems work together, allowing the drone to detect objects and stop at a set braking distance.

<figure><img src="/files/ZI6Rp1IQ8XV668Rqa84B" alt=""><figcaption><p>Detection Range of the Vision System (Source: DJI)</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/rfAXZVqH0ynRBL4yrgDu" alt=""><figcaption><p>Detection Range of the Infrared Sensing System (Source: DJI)</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
For more detailed information regarding the behavior of Obstacle Sensing, please consult the [DJI User Manual](https://dl.djicdn.com/downloads/m30_series_dock_bundle/UM/20230824/M30_Series_Dock_Bundle_User_Manual_v1.4_1EN.pdf), specifically on pages 39-47.
{% endhint %}

## Configuring Collision Avoidance Sensing for your Drone

<figure><img src="/files/VNSY8IbLMTY17zhcd7lp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Configuring Collision Avoidance Sensing for your Drone</p></figcaption></figure>

* Ensure that your Drone is powered "ON".
* Navigate to DJI Pilot 2 app on your RC Plus and bind the drone. (Ensure that RC Plus is selected as "Controller B")

<figure><img src="/files/VQ3pYSYP8eK7uPm8HU5E" alt=""><figcaption><p>Setting RC Plus as "Controller B"</p></figcaption></figure>

* Click on the "Enter Camera View" button.

<figure><img src="/files/el3TBh0FNfI6iPEAn87a" alt=""><figcaption><p>DJI Pilot 2 app window</p></figcaption></figure>

* Navigate to "Obstacle sensing settings" by clicking on <img src="/files/3nAYY2oLCAnFNloHRb9x" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/WCW3Fo04DIuqk3zIN1oS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/UU7VRzlYwloJucUhqfUl" alt=""><figcaption><p>Navigating to "Obstacle Sensing Settings"</p></figcaption></figure>

* Ensure that the Obstacle Avoidance toggle is set to "Brake," indicating that the obstacle avoidance feature for your drone is powered "ON."
* Configure the "Braking Distance" and "Warning Distance" for Horizontal, Vertical and Downward obstacle avoidance sensors.

{% hint style="info" %}
The warning distance must be set larger than the braking distance.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/ec0a0zP57V34lG8M2mlg" alt=""><figcaption><p>Configuring Braking and Warning Distance</p></figcaption></figure>

## Navigating to Collision Avoidance Sensing (CAS) on the FlytBase Dashboard

* Click on <img src="/files/MfnoOPCn6dRnUdMPVaeY" alt="" data-size="line">button and navigate to "Device Management" tab.
* Select the device that you want to configure.
* Go to "Device Settings".
* Under this, you can see information related to Collision Avoidance Sensing (CAS) on the FlytBase dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/hJpaLptJWhFh7LWUOUxC" alt=""><figcaption><p>CAS Information and Toggle button</p></figcaption></figure>

* While using manual controls, you would be able to see the navigation display showing nearby obstacles around the drone.

<figure><img src="/files/54sd2CxPVKJxJqdCpjOi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Navigation display showing nearby obstacles</p></figcaption></figure>

## Expected Behavior

| Scenario                                   | Description                         | Behaviour                                                                                                                                                                                        |
| ------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Drone is performing an autonomous mission. | It detects an obstacle on its path. | The drone will stop at the configured braking distance and hover. You can either take in manual controls to move around or perform RTH.                                                          |
| Drone is performing RTH                    | It detects an obstacle on its path. | The drone will stop at the configured braking distance and hover. You can take in manual controls to move the aircraft away.                                                                     |
| Drone is performing a manual mission.      | It detects an obstacle on its path. | You will be able to see nearby obstacles on the navigation display for enhanced situational awareness. The drone will stop at a configured braking distance and hover. You can then perform RTH. |

<figure><img src="/files/ox5X5r0Mt21lfqK2ndpB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Collision Avoidance Sensing (CAS) Navigation Display while using Manual Controls</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/5oDMQPdbIdRa5gnCRZuL" alt=""><figcaption><p>Collision Avoidance Sensing (CAS) Navigation Display in Cockpit View</p></figcaption></figure>


# Thermal

Configure thermal camera preferences and temperature-based alerts for drones equipped with a thermal payload (for example, the M4TD).

### Temperature breach alert

When enabled, the drone captures images whenever the detected temperature falls *outside* the safe range you define. After the flight completes, you receive an email summarizing the breach events with attached imagery.

To receive email notifications for these events, you must set up the corresponding workflow under **Flows**.

**How to configure:**

1. Go to **Settings → Thermal**.
2. Toggle **Temperature breach alert** on.
3. Define the **Safe temperature range** (see below).
4. Open **Flows** from the link in the description and automate the email notification workflow.

<figure><img src="/files/Q8HfQPH5Kr6hR5FGyCPS" alt=""><figcaption><p>Thermal tab</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Temperature mode

Sets the thermal sensor's gain mode. Each mode has a different temperature range and sensitivity profile — choose the one that matches your use case.

| Mode               | Best for                                                                                                                                |
| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Low gain mode**  | Wider temperature range, lower sensitivity. Use for industrial inspections, fire detection, or any scene with high-temperature targets. |
| **High gain mode** | Narrower range, higher sensitivity. Use for human/animal detection, search and rescue, or scenes with subtle temperature differences.   |

**How to configure:**

1. Go to **Settings → Thermal**.
2. Select a mode from the **Temperature mode** dropdown.
3. Click **Save**.

#### Safe temperature range

Defines the minimum and maximum acceptable temperatures (in °C) for the thermal feed. When the detected temperature goes outside this range during a flight, the drone automatically captures images of the breach.

**How to configure:**

1. Go to **Settings → Thermal**.
2. Adjust the slider or enter values directly in the **min (°C)** and **max (°C)** fields.
3. Click **Save**.

{% hint style="info" %}
The full sensor range typically spans 0 °C to 500 °C. Set tight bounds (for example, -5 °C to 40 °C) when monitoring ambient conditions, or wider bounds for high-heat inspections.
{% endhint %}


# Video stream controls

Use **Video stream controls** to manage how the dock handles live video streaming.

#### Optimize video stream

When **Optimize video stream** is enabled, FlytBase automatically starts and stops video streaming services based on usage.

This helps reduce unnecessary video streaming when the dock feed is not actively being used. It can also help save video streaming minutes by turning off the dock feed when it is not required.

**Recommended use:**\
Enable this setting when you want FlytBase to automatically manage video streaming and reduce unused stream time.

<figure><img src="/files/z00pZn9JLl8MZEfZ9IR6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Video stream controls tab</p></figcaption></figure>


# Media control

Use **Media control** to manage how media uploads behave during flight.

#### Pause media upload during flights

When this setting is enabled, media uploads are paused while the drone is in flight. Uploads resume automatically after the drone lands.

This helps conserve network bandwidth during active missions, so flight operations and live data transmission get priority.

**Recommended use:**\
Enable this setting when the site has limited network bandwidth or when mission stability is more important than uploading media in real time.

<figure><img src="/files/btLV65XhFBEAMsX93QxS" alt=""><figcaption><p>Media Control Tab</p></figcaption></figure>


# AI-R

Use **AI-R** settings to control AI-based recording behavior.

#### AI detection recording

When **AI detection recording** is enabled, video recording starts when specified objects are detected. Recording stops when those objects are no longer detected in the video feed.

This helps reduce unnecessary recording and keeps media focused on events where AI detection is relevant.

**Recommended use:**\
Enable this setting when you want recordings to be triggered only by AI-detected objects instead of recording continuously.

<figure><img src="/files/GvtkXkQutpiCBi8ZeUC0" alt=""><figcaption><p>AI-R tab</p></figcaption></figure>


# Hextronics Docks

Get started with Hextronics Universal or Hextronics Atlas on FlytBase.

<figure><img src="/files/MjnyQUtp2DcyIn1mi3ky" alt=""><figcaption><p>Hextronics Atlas</p></figcaption></figure>

Click 'Next' to get started with your First Flight with your Hextronics Docking Station on FlytBase.


# First Flight with Hextronics Atlas/Hextronics Universal

A checklist of what is required to be ensured before a flight with the new Hextronics Atlas/Hextronics Universal. You must follow all the steps mentioned below for operating seamless flights.

### Assigning a Site:

Before you begin your operations, you must add your devices to a site to ensure it is being operated by designated team members.

You can refer to the [Site Management](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/site-management) document to learn more.

<figure><img src="/files/bu7PtNffcqmL9i3ie1Sb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Site Management</p></figcaption></figure>

### Marking the Docking Station Location and Safe Location:

In order to ensure that your Drone successfully initiates RTH (Return to Home) and RTSL (Return To Safe Location), you need to mark the respective locations on FlytBase.

Refer to [this](/device-management/device-management/hextronics-docks/settings-drone-and-dock#location) document to configure your landing locations.

<figure><img src="/files/RkMxdjZs0Obp68OtwwqT" alt=""><figcaption><p>Landing Locations</p></figcaption></figure>

### Configure Precision Landing:

Precision Landing is a capability that allows drones to land precisely on designated Docking Stations.

FlytBase can be configured for two types of Precision Landing: Vision or RTK.

To learn more about configuring Precision Landing, refer to [this document](/device-management/device-management/hextronics-docks/settings-precision-landing).

<figure><img src="/files/bk4EhVhv8oRjSIBiWXhZ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Configuring Precision Landing</p></figcaption></figure>

### Updating Failsafes:

Now that the drones have a new 'home' to go to after completing a flight (i.e., the Docking Station), the operator can set appropriate safety actions, such as Return to Home (RTH) and Returning to Safe Location (RTSL), Land during events such as a low battery or network connectivity loss.

Refer to [this document](/device-management/device-management/hextronics-docks/settings-failsafes) to learn more about failsafes and setting them as per your Operating Procedures.

<figure><img src="/files/zld0RofDQl8ZoMw24yaa" alt=""><figcaption><p>Failsafes</p></figcaption></figure>

### Enable Automate Operations:

In order to make sure that the Docking Station's commands are synced and automated with your drone for complete autonomous operations, you must enable Automated Operations from the Dock settings.

Refer to [Device Management documentation](/device-management/dji-dock-3-+-flytbase-the-future-of-autonomous-ops-starts-here) to know more about this functionality.

Ensure that the Drone Control settings are also configured.

<figure><img src="/files/ioNirjw84UMjlxR8mOdj" alt=""><figcaption><p>Enable Automated Operations</p></figcaption></figure>

### Assigning a Geofence for your device:

Geofence is a virtual boundary for your drone that ensures your operations are confined within set geographical limits.

To create and assign a Geofence, refer to this[ link](#assigning-a-geofence-for-your-device).

<figure><img src="/files/LoigBwUwtM3NhlJ7hhyq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Assigning a Geofence</p></figcaption></figure>

### Executing your first mission:

With all settings configured for flight, the operator is now ready to plan the mission. To do this, follow the steps described in [Creating a Mission section](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning).

And to schedule, this mission at recurring intervals, the [Mission Scheduler ](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-scheduler)section can help in doing so.

### Post Flight:

After a successful run during the first flight using FlytBase, you can navigate to Flight Logs and check the flight details, and download the captured media (if any).<br>

<figure><img src="/files/JNLmDY0FHzOAZtabupG1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Flight Logs</p></figcaption></figure>


# Overview

Keywords - Dock Information, Device ID, Serial number, MQTT information, Firmware version

The Overview page provides general information about the Dock and Drone. This information is useful to assess Dock and Drone health statuses.

<details>

<summary>Dock Information</summary>

Following information related to the Dock is available in this section:

**Device information**

* Device type
* Site
* Device ID
* Serial number
* Model
* Location
* Safe location (configuration status)
* Total flights with device
* Storage
* Last maintenance
* Firmware version

</details>

<details>

<summary>MQTT Information</summary>

* MQTT address
* MQTT username
* MQTT password

</details>

<details>

<summary>Drone Information</summary>

The following information regarding the Drone is available in this section:

**Device Information**

* Device type
* Site
* Device ID
* Serial number
* Model
* Device flights
* Total flight time
* Total flight distance
* Last maintenance
* Firmware version

**Payloads Information**

* Payload 1
* Payload 2 (if available)

**Battery Information:** Displayed for each battery in the Drone

* Serial number
* Firmware version
* Charge cycles

**4G Dongle Information (if installed)**

* Dongle IMEI number
* SIM ICCID
* SIM type
* SIM state
* Telecom operator

</details>

{% hint style="success" %}
You can now monitor the battery cycles for each battery on your drone in the Device Overview Section. This ensures timely maintenance and swapping of the batteries to
{% endhint %}


# Diagnostics

## Overview

The Diagnostics section allows you to access all health warning messages that can affect the normal operations of the Dock and Drone. The error codes and messages displayed here indicate the health status of the Dock and Drone.

## **Information Available in Diagnostics Tab**

* **Date and Time**
* **State:** In Progress or Log
* **Device:** Drone or Dock
* **Level:** Inform, Warning, or Critical
* **Error Code**
* **Module:** Flight Mission, Device Management, Media, Device Health
* Message: description relevant to the error code

## Accessing the Diagnostics Tab

* Log in to your FlytBase operations dashboard.
* Go to "[Device Management](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-maintenance)", and click on "Diagnostics".

<figure><img src="/files/c1TUIqSqPKTTpT0s3a2N" alt=""><figcaption><p>Devices Page</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/Fs5C8aN7isUV3yDpUoEu" alt=""><figcaption><p>Diagnostics Tab</p></figcaption></figure>

## Data to View

View and filter various pieces of information to gain deeper insights into your drone and dock health. Here's a brief description of the data options available:

* Date & Timeframe Selection: To narrow down your diagnostics view, specify the start and end dates using the date picker.
* State Filter: Choose between "In Progress" and "Log" to view real-time health status or previous status logs, respectively.
* Device Selection: Monitor the health status of the dock, drone, or both by selecting the appropriate option.
* Level Filter: Categorize health statuses as "Warning" or "Critical" to gauge the severity of issues.
* Error Code Lookup: Refer to the "Error Code" section to identify specific error codes provided by DJI.
* Module Filtering: Tailor your diagnostics by selecting the modules you want to monitor. Options include Flight Mission, Device Management, Media, and Device Health. 8. Viewing Health Status Messages:
* Explore the "Message" section to access detailed health status information.
* Solution Assistance: If available, the "Solution" section provides guidance on resolving errors or warnings.

## **Standard Operating Procedure (SOP)**

As part of Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), we highly recommend following these steps:

* **Pre-flight Check**: Before each flight, review the Diagnostics tab to ensure the airworthiness of both your dock and drone. Look for any warnings or critical issues that may affect the safety and performance of your equipment.
* **In-Flight Check**: During a flight, use the HMS overview widget in the drone details view for real-time warnings and errors, to ensure smooth flight operations and informed decisions.

<figure><img src="/files/SzUVy2Utrf3BvhwhGRHn" alt=""><figcaption><p>HMS Overview Widget</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Post-flight Check**: After every flight, revisit the Diagnostics tab to verify that no new issues have arisen during the flight operation. Identifying and addressing problems promptly can prevent future complications.

With the Diagnostics feature, you can proactively maintain the health and reliability of your equipment, ensuring safer and more efficient operations - knowing that you have real-time insights at your fingertips.

After setting up your devices, head to the Pre-Flight Modules to learn about [failsafes](/pre-flight-modules/learn-more-about-failsafes), pre-flight checklists, configuring essential [settings](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings), and [planning your mission](/pre-flight-modules/planning) for setting up your first flight.


# Settings - Drone and Dock

Keywords - RTH Altitude, RTSL Altitude, GTSA Altitude, Dock Location, Safe Location, Automate Operations

## Overview

Drone and Dock Settings allow you to configure various parameters necessary for safe operations. As part of Drone settings, you can set the altitudes at which the Drone would return to the Dock or its Safe Location. You can also set the Safe location and Dock location from Dock settings.

## Drone Settings

<figure><img src="/files/oettmNQjizfiu49XVWTQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone Control Settings</p></figcaption></figure>

### 1. Return to Home (RTH)

**Significance:** At the end of all missions, it is recommended that the final action is set to Return to Home (RTH). This ensures the safe termination of all flight operations.

* **RTH Altitude:** Set the altitude at which the drone would perform RTH. The drone would ascend/descend to this altitude from its present altitude before moving towards the Docking Station.
* **RTH Speed:** Set the speed at which the drone would perform RTH. Once the drone has achieved its RTH altitude, it will move towards the Docking Station at the speed set here.

{% hint style="warning" %}
RTH Altitude should be less than the Maximum Altitude set in Devices -> Zones for that particular Device.
{% endhint %}

### 2. Return to Safe Location (RTSL)

**Significance:** In an event where the Docking Station is not suitable for landing, the drone would land at the Safe Location. This ensures proper retrieval of drone even if it has not landed in the Docking Station.

* **RTSL Altitude:** Set the altitude at which the drone would perform RTSL. The drone would ascend/descend to this altitude from its present altitude before moving towards the Safe Location.

{% hint style="warning" %}
RTSL Altitude should be less than the Maximum Altitude set in Devices -> Zones for that particular Device.
{% endhint %}

### 3. Go to Safe Altitude

**Significance:** In case of a situation where an airspace threat is detected, the drone may be instructed to stop all operations and descend to a safe altitude, and then hover at its current position. This provides users with a means to respond to immediate threats and maintain the safety of all assets.

* **Safe Altitude:** Set the minimum altitude at which the drone can hover without colliding with any object/structure in the area of operation. The drone will descend to this altitude and hover at its current location whenever GTSA is triggered.
* **Speed:** Set the speed with which the drone would descend to the safe altitude.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Safe Altitude should be lower than the Maximum Altitude set in Devices -> Zones for that particular Device. It should also be higher than the highest structure/object in the area of operation.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
All altitudes are measured relative to the take-off location, i.e., the Docking Station. This is also referred to as the RLT reference for measuring altitude.
{% endhint %}

## Dock Settings

<figure><img src="/files/RlU5ZhKq3yGNXD83FUdi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Dock Settings</p></figcaption></figure>

### Location

**Significance:** It is necessary for operations that the drone knows where the Docking Station is, and where it can land if landing on Docking Station is not possible. These locations can be set on the FlytBase Dashboard as part of Dock Settings

* **Dock Location:** You can set the Dock's location on the map. The area needs to be set every time the Dock is moved from its current position.
* **Safe Location:** You can also set the Safe Location for a particular Dock. The drone would land here in case the Dock is not available for landing.

### Automate Operations

**Significance:** Docks that have pre- and post-takeoff/landing routines require manual input to complete these routines. Automate Operations command makes these routines autonomous.

* **Automate Operations toggle:** enable or disable Automated Operations for any Dock.

### Landing Safety

{% hint style="warning" %}
Only certain Docks support this feature.
{% endhint %}

**Significance:** Sometimes the drone might land on the Dock incorrectly. Initiating a post-landing routine in such cases may damage the drone and the Dock. Thus, some Docks provide a feature to verify the proper landing of the drone before initiating post-landing routine.

* **Landing verification toggle:** enable or disable landing verification. When enabled, the Dock will stay open in case an incorrect landing is detected.


# Settings - Failsafes

Keywords - Failsafe Events, Failsafe Actions, Low Battery, Critical Battery, Link Loss

## Overview

Failsafe events are unexpected emergencies, such as loss of communication, low battery, or inclement weather, that require immediate, predefined actions to ensure drone safety. Setting up failsafe responses is crucial for the safe and predictable operation of autonomous drones to minimize risks and prevent accidents or damage.

FlytBase allows you to configure these actions as part of Device Settings. By defining these failsafe actions in advance, you ensure that your drone can handle emergencies and maintain safety and reliability during autonomous operations.

<figure><img src="/files/uLQbxpvc4mTJt1tXOc12" alt=""><figcaption><p>Failsafes on FlytBase</p></figcaption></figure>

## Failsafe Actions and Expected Behavior

When an emergency occurs that necessitates failsafe actions, the drone will execute one of the preset responses based on the configured failsafe actions.

<table><thead><tr><th width="310">Failsafe Action</th><th>Behavior when Action is executed</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Return To Home (RTH)</td><td>The drone will fly towards the Docking Station at a fixed speed and altitude. It will land on the Docking Station once it reaches the correct location.</td></tr><tr><td>Return to Safe Location (RTSL)</td><td>The drone will proceed to the marked Safe Location and land.</td></tr><tr><td>Hover</td><td>The drone will hover in place, and the user must take manual control from the FlytBase Dashboard or a secondary RC.</td></tr><tr><td>Land</td><td>The drone will land at its current location.</td></tr><tr><td>No Action</td><td>The drone will continue with its mission.</td></tr></tbody></table>

## Failsafe Settings

To configure Failsafe Settings for any particular device, follow these steps:

* Navigate to **Devices** -> *Select your device* -> **Settings**, and select **Failsafe**.
* For each Failsafe event, set the Trigger value in the suggested range and a Failsafe Action.
* You can reset all fields by scrolling down the list and clicking on **Reset.**

## Failsafe Events and Actions

<table data-full-width="false"><thead><tr><th width="173" align="center">Failsafe Event</th><th width="207" align="center">Event Description</th><th width="165" align="center">Available Actions</th><th align="center">Recommended Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center"><strong>Low Battery</strong></td><td align="center">A low battery level is indicated when the drone's remaining power reserve is enough to return to its Dock and land. The threshold for this event can be set in the range of 20%-50%.<br></td><td align="center"><p>RTH</p><p>RTSL<br>Land<br></p></td><td align="center">RTH or RTSL</td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Critical Battery</strong></td><td align="center">A critical battery level is indicated when the drone's remaining power reserve is enough only to descend from the current altitude and land at the current location. The threshold for this event can be set in the range of 10%-15%.</td><td align="center">Land</td><td align="center">Land</td></tr><tr><td align="center">High Wind Speed</td><td align="center">The drone or the weather station on the Dock can detect wind speeds above a set threshold, which may endanger flight operations. In this case, flight operations must stop and the drone must return.</td><td align="center">RTH<br>RTSL<br>No Action</td><td align="center">RTH</td></tr><tr><td align="center">Heavy Rainfall</td><td align="center">Excessive rainfall can damage the drone. To prevent such an event, the rainfall sensor on the weather station detects rainfall above the set threshold and sends a command to stop flight operations if needed.</td><td align="center">RTH<br>RTSL<br>No Action</td><td align="center">RTH</td></tr><tr><td align="center">Drone LTE Link Loss</td><td align="center">The Drone and Dock experience LTE Link Loss when the Dock is unable to communicate with the Cloud due to network interruptions. You can set a wait time before the failsafe action is triggered.</td><td align="center"><p>RTH</p><p>RTSL<br>Hover<br>No Action</p></td><td align="center">RTSL<br><br><strong>Note:</strong> enabling Prioritize Mission means the drone would continue with its mission if RC Link is working.<br></td></tr><tr><td align="center">RC Link Loss</td><td align="center">RC Link Loss occurs when the RF connection (including 4G LTE) between the drone and Dock is lost. You can set a wait time before the failsafe action is triggered.</td><td align="center"><p>RTSL</p><p>Hover<br>Land</p></td><td align="center">RTSL</td></tr><tr><td align="center">GCS Link Loss</td><td align="center">GCS Link Loss happens when the user closes the FlytBase Dashboard or has poor network connectivity with the Cloud while the drone is active (ready-to-fly or in-flight). You can set a wait time before the failsafe action is triggered.</td><td align="center"><p>RTH</p><p>RTSL<br>Land<br>Hover<br>No Action</p></td><td align="center">RTSL</td></tr><tr><td align="center">Precision Landing Timeout</td><td align="center">During Precision Landing, the drone hovers over the landing zone for a set time and tries to locate the landing tag. If it can't find the tag or stay in position, the Precision Landing operation ends, and an alternative landing process starts.</td><td align="center">RTSL</td><td align="center">RTSL</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="danger" %}
The safe landing location should be set for each device, and the safe landing location should be clear of any obstruction that can prevent safe landing.
{% endhint %}


# Settings - Precision Landing

Keywords - Vision Precision Landing, RTK Precision Landing, Trigger Height, Landing Threshold, Guided Final Approach, Precision Landing settings

## Overview

The FlytBase Precision Landing module enables drones to land accurately on landing tags located on docking stations or landing pads with centimeter-level precision. This is essential to avoid collisions and damage when landing in the docking station.

For precision landing, the drone must be above the landing tag to activate visual or RTK-based guidance, ensuring a safe and precise landing with minimal manual intervention.

## Precision Landing Parameters

To configure Visual or RTK-based Precision Landing, the following parameters need to be set:

* **Trigger Height:** This is the height above the docking station where the drone initiates the Precision Landing procedure. It can be set to 5, 10, or 15 meters, depending on the size of the landing tag and the camera resolution.
* **Landing Threshold:** This is the altitude at which the drone positions itself over the landing area before executing the DJI Land command. The drone does not perform any recovery maneuvers after reaching this threshold.
* **Guided Final Approach:** This setting determines whether the drone will be guided all the way to the ground or just to the Landing Threshold height before executing the DJI Land command. Enabling this setting ensures continuous guidance to the ground for a more precise landing, while disabling it stops guidance at the Landing Threshold height.

## Precision Landing Settings

To configure Precision Landing parameters, follow these steps:

* Navigate to **Devices** -> *Select your device* -> **Settings**, and select **Precision Landing**.
* Choose **Vision** or **RTK Precision Landing** mode.
* Set the **Trigger Height** to 5, 10, or 15 meters for the selected mode.
* Set the **Landing Threshold** altitude for the selected mode.
* Toggle the option for **Guided Final Approach** on or off for the selected mode.

<figure><img src="/files/3WqZEcglQcA1l2DRXhUp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Precision Landing settings</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Precision Landing settings can be done only when the drone is powered on.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
After completing Precision Landing settings, refer to the guide on calibrating the Precision Landing module for repeatable and reliable autonomous landings.
{% endhint %}


# AirSense

A guide to know more about DJI AirSense on FlytBase.

* FlytBase integrates with DJI AirSense, offering real-time alerts and warnings regarding potential conflicts with nearby ADS-B-equipped crewed aircraft.
* DJI AirSense is an alert system that utilizes ADS-B technology to provide drone pilots with enhanced situational awareness.
* It gathers flight data automatically transmitted from nearby aircraft equipped with ADS-B transmitters, analyzes it to detect potential collision risks, and alerts users well in advance.
* This integration helps drone pilots navigate complex airspace more confidently while performing autonomous drone operations using FlytBase.

{% hint style="info" %}
Airsense is automatically enabled when your drone is online. You can view it on the 'Sensors' page in the Navigation Drawer.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/RWiq1cI6PkYaADMeriDt" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sensors Page</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/oyvXZt7VieQxkSu0duHA" alt=""><figcaption><p>AirSense</p></figcaption></figure>

* There are two types of threat classification for an incoming aircraft detected by DJI AirSense on the FlytBase dashboard:
  * **Threat:** Aircraft within a 500m height above and below the drone and a radius of 2100m.
  * **No Risk:** Aircraft outside the threat zone.

<figure><img src="/files/iTGprsUKtcoxaoxoA1VH" alt=""><figcaption><p>DJI AirSense on FlytBase dashboard</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
FlytBase considers aircraft within a 2100m radius of the drone and 500m above and below the drone as a threat.
{% endhint %}

## Expected Behavior

### During Pre-flight and In-Flight:

* When a threat is detected in the Airspace, the alerts (based on the set classification) for airspace threats are shown continuously on the map once the drone is online.

<figure><img src="/files/7YjLrtVexYLo2Hr1zyQA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Airspace Alerts</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="danger" %}

1. DJI AirSense only works with civil aircraft with an ADS-B out device that meets the 1090ES (RTCA DO-260) or UAT (RTCA Do-282) standards. It cannot detect civil aircraft that do not have ADS-B outs or have faulty ones. It also cannot receive ADS-B messages or give warnings if obstacles are blocking the signal between the civil aircraft and the DJI aircraft.
2. DJI AirSense may not be able to receive ADS-B messages or give warnings reliably due to changing conditions and interference. Therefore, it is important to fly carefully and always be aware of your surroundings.
3. DJI AirSense needs the DJI aircraft to have an accurate location to give warnings. It will not work if the DJI aircraft's location is unknown.
   {% endhint %}

* Navigate to 'Sensors', click on 'AirSense' for the specific docking station hardware ID, and access 'Live Traffic' for real-time telemetry information and ADS-B details regarding incoming aircraft.

<figure><img src="/files/TJfe3DWIGPglk3VX7e9j" alt=""><figcaption><p>Viewing Live Aircraft Traffic</p></figcaption></figure>


# 4G Enhanced Transmission Setup

### Overview

**4G Enhanced Transmission** combines the standard OcuSync RF video transmission with a 4G LTE link, allowing video, RTK differential data, and control commands to be carried over both links simultaneously. When the OcuSync signal is strong, the 4G link is maintained as a standby connection without active data transmission, preserving low-latency performance and minimizing data usage. When OcuSync becomes weak, blocked, or operates at long range, the 4G link automatically takes over to keep the mission running without triggering a Failsafe Return-to-Home (RTH).

{% hint style="info" %}
4G Enhanced Transmission does not replace the OcuSync RF link. Both links run in parallel when enabled, with 4G acting as a redundant fallback only.
{% endhint %}

### Transmission Behavior by Condition

| Condition                                            | OcuSync RF Link | 4G Link  | Outcome                                                                                                                                                 |
| ---------------------------------------------------- | --------------- | -------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Enhanced Transmission **ON**                         | Strong          | Standby  | OcuSync handles all video, RTK, and control data. 4G link stays connected without active data transmission. Mission continues uninterrupted.            |
| Enhanced Transmission **ON**, RF weak or interrupted | Weak / Lost     | Active   | 4G link automatically activates and takes over video, RTK, and control data. Drone seamlessly continues the mission. Failsafe RTH is **not** triggered. |
| Enhanced Transmission **OFF**                        | Active          | Inactive | OcuSync RF link only. No 4G fallback available if the RF link degrades.                                                                                 |
| Enhanced Transmission **OFF**, RF lost               | Lost            | Inactive | Drone triggers the signal-loss action configured by the user during mission creation (e.g., Return-to-Home, Hover, or Land). For GTL, RTH is triggered. |

### Prerequisites

Before starting, ensure you have the following:

* **DJI 4G Dongles** — one for the Dock and one for the Drone. Dock 1/Dock 2 and Dock 3 use different dongles; they are **not** interchangeable.
* **Physical SIM cards** — a physical SIM is recommended over eSIM for each dongle.
* **APN credentials** — obtain the APN name, and username/password (if required) from your SIM card provider before setup.
* **Windows PC** — required for the one-time dongle driver installation.
* **Recommended firmware** — confirm both the Dock and Drone are on the latest recommended firmware using Flytbase Dashboard.

{% hint style="info" %}
Do not proceed without confirmed APN credentials from your carrier. An incorrect or missing APN will prevent the dongle from establishing a data connection.
{% endhint %}

### How to Enable Enhanced Transmission?

The end-to-end procedure has three parts:

1. Perform the on-device setup and initialization on the RC.
2. Turn on the Toggle for 4G Enhanced Mode in Device Settings under Drone Control on Flytbase Dashboard.
3. Verify the Connection.

### Step 1: Dongle SIM Setup

This is a one-time process performed on a Windows PC for each individual dongle before installation in the field.

#### 1.1 Insert the SIM Card

Insert the physical SIM card into the dongle's SIM slot.

#### 1.2 Install the Dongle Driver

* Download the dongle driver package from the DJI-provided link.

{% hint style="info" %}
If the driver is not available, kindly reach out to <support@flytbase.com>
{% endhint %}

* Run `setup.exe` to install the driver. Follow the on-screen instructions.

{% hint style="info" %}
The driver installation UI may appear in Mandarin Chinese. Use Google Lens or a similar translation tool to navigate the prompts.
{% endhint %}

#### 1.3 Test Connectivity

* Disconnect the PC from all internet sources (Wi-Fi and Ethernet).
* Plug in the dongle (with SIM inserted) and wait approximately 20 seconds for the green LED to turn on.
* Check whether internet is accessible through the dongle.
  * **If accessible** — the dongle is ready. Proceed directly to Step 2.
  * **If not accessible** — the APN needs to be configured manually. Continue to Step 1.4.

#### 1.4 Configure APN Manually (if required)

* Run `IG830apnsetting.exe` from the downloaded package.
* The UI will appear in Mandarin Chinese — use a translation tool as needed.
* Enter the **APN name**, and **username/password** if required by your carrier. These fields may be left blank if your carrier does not specify them.
* Click the single button in the dialog to apply the settings. A terminal-style confirmation window will appear indicating success.
* Unplug the dongle, wait a few seconds, then replug it. Wait approximately 20 seconds for the green LED.
* Re-check internet connectivity through the dongle.

{% hint style="info" %}
This APN configuration process must be repeated individually for each dongle. Settings are stored per device and are not shared.
{% endhint %}

### Step 2: Hardware Installation

#### 2.1 Verify Controller Binding

Before inserting the dongles, confirm that:

* The **Dock is bound as Controller A** and the **RC is bound as Controller B** to the drone.

#### 2.2 Insert the Dongles

Insert the configured dongles into the dedicated 4G dongle sockets on both the Dock and the Drone, then power on both devices.

* **DJI Dock / Dock 2** & **Dock3** — insert the dock's dongle into the dedicated 4G socket on the Dock chassis. Refer to the DJI Documentation for the exact socket location on your model.
* **Drone** — insert the drone's dongle into the dedicated 4G socket on the aircraft body. Refer to the relevant DJI aircraft documentation for the exact socket location.

{% hint style="info" %}
Each dongle socket is model-specific. A Dock 1 dongle cannot be used in a Dock 2/Dock 3, and vice versa.
{% endhint %}

### Step 3: On-Device Setup

{% hint style="info" %}
On-device setup from the RC is required only during the first-time initialization of Enhanced Transmission. After the service is initialized successfully and both the Dock and Aircraft show **Connected**, 4G Enhanced Mode can be managed directly from the FlytBase dashboard by enabling or disabling **Enable 4G Enhanced Mode**.
{% endhint %}

To perform the on-device setup, follow these steps:

1. **Reset Connections:** Ensure the RC is not connected directly to the aircraft, and no stale connections are active.
2. **Power ON System:** Power on the devices in the following order — **Dock → Aircraft → RC**. Confirm a live video feed is available.
3. **Connect Devices:** Connect the Dock to the Aircraft, then connect the RC to the Dock. Verify that the RC appears as Controller B and the Dock appears as Controller A.
4. **Open DJI Enterprise App:** On the RC, open the DJI Enterprise App. Select **Dock (Controller A)** and tap the **Spanner** icon at the bottom-right.
5. **Navigate to Enhanced Transmission Settings.**
6. **Trigger Initialization** (critical step):
   * If the toggle is already **ON**: turn it OFF, wait 10 seconds, turn it ON again, allow sufficient time for the connection to establish, and do not exit the page immediately.
   * If the toggle is **OFF**: turn it ON. If a pop-up appears stating *"Set first and then connect to service"*, tap **Change Settings**, navigate back, then re-enter **Enhanced Transmission Settings**.
7. **Enable Enhanced Transmission Service:** Toggle **Enhanced Transmission Service** to **ON** and wait 1–2 seconds.
8. **Verify in DJI Pilot App:** Open the DJI Pilot App, enter **Camera / Live View**, tap the **• • •** menu (top-right), and open **Enhanced Transmission Settings**.
9. **Validate Status:** Confirm that both **Dock** and **Aircraft** show **Connected**.
10. You can see the **4G icon** in the top-right corner, indicating that the 4G connection is active.

Enhanced Transmission Settings: Connected status

{% hint style="info" %}
The initialization sequence in Step 6 is critical to initialise the Enhanced Transmission service. Do not skip or rush this process. DJI has confirmed that incorrect timing or sequence may prevent activation.
{% endhint %}

### Enable 4G Enhanced Mode from Flytbase Dashboard

#### 3.1 Confirm LTE Status

Before enabling, verify that the connection statuses are showing correctly on the Dashboard:

* Open the **FlytBase Dashboard** and navigate to the relevant drone's device card.
* Confirm that both **Dock LTE** and **Aircraft LTE** show a **Configured** status.
* Confirm that **Server Connection** shows as **Connected**.

{% hint style="info" %}
Do not enable 4G Enhanced Mode if Dock LTE or Aircraft LTE status is not showing as **Configured**. This indicates the dongle or SIM is not correctly set up. Revisit Step 1 to troubleshoot.
{% endhint %}

#### 3.2 Enable the Toggle

* Turn on the Toggle for 4G Enhanced Mode in Device Settings under Drone Control.
* The system will initialise 4G as a simultaneous link alongside the existing RF connection.

<figure><img src="/files/9kYQMwhQDllnDeRSHLlT" alt=""><figcaption><p>4G Enhanced Toggle</p></figcaption></figure>

### Step 4: Verify the Connection

Use any of the following methods to confirm 4G Enhanced Mode is active.

<figure><img src="/files/a7nMPp1oR6b0yZIb0v1j" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Setup Video

Follow the video below to complete the setup:

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/vBm7OujnxMA>" %}

#### Via FlytBase Dashboard (Remote)

The 4G connection status is displayed in three locations on the FlytBase Dashboard:

* The **drone detail card** in the Device Management view.
* The **device maintenance window**.
* The **Flight Logs overview** section after a completed flight.


# Learn More About Failsafes

Learn more about the failsafe behavior associated with the DJI Dock and M30 drone.

FlytBase does not have any custom failsafes at this time since DJI does not allow access to its cloud APIs for the same. Instead, the DJI Dock and Drone initiate a 'Return to Home' (RTH) or other failsafe protocol as outlined by DJI.

For more detailed information regarding the behavior during these cases, please consult the [DJI User Manual](https://dl.djicdn.com/downloads/m30_series_dock_bundle/UM/20230824/M30_Series_Dock_Bundle_User_Manual_v1.4_1EN.pdf), specifically on pages 41-47.

If you have any questions or require further assistance, please feel free to contact our support team at <mark style="color:blue;"><support@flytbase.com></mark>.


# Emergency Landing

Emergency Landing feature allows operators to perform safe, controlled landings in case of emergencies, enhancing operational safety.

## Overview

FlytBase now supports **Emergency Landing** designed to ensure safe drone recovery in case of emergency situations, such as **dock malfunction** or poor weather. This capability enhances operational safety by allowing operators to perform controlled landings. This feature is critical for automated operations—especially BVLOS, security, and industrial inspections—where minimizing risk and downtime is essential.

## Key Features

* **Dashboard-Based Emergency Landing Access**\
  Operators can initiate emergency landings directly from the FlytBase Operations Dashboard. Simply select the drone, navigate to the **Missions** panel, and access the **Land** button once the drone is armed.
* **One-Click Emergency Descent**\
  The **Land** button allows the drone to descend and safely land at its current in-flight location. A confirmation prompt ensures that landing is deliberate and controlled.
* **Location Tracking for Recovery**\
  Post-landing, the system displays the **last known location of the drone**, including real-time map positioning and GPS coordinates, to assist field teams with quick recovery.

## Steps to perform Emergency Landing

### **Step 1: Access the Drone Controls**

* Navigate to the **Operations Dashboard**.
* Click on the card representing the drone you wish to control to open its detailed view.

### **Step 2: Navigate to Mission Controls**

* Within the drone's detailed view, locate the **Missions** control panel.
* Choose the appropriate mission (Path/Grid) from the list, or issue a **Go To Location (GTL)** command as needed.
* Once the drone is **armed**, additional control options will become visible in the drone control panel.

<figure><img src="/files/llMP1PFf2F3ETJLpFEob" alt=""><figcaption><p>One-to-Many Console during Go To Location (GTL) Command</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Step 3: Initiate Emergency Landing**

* Click the **Land** button on the drone control panel.
* A confirmation prompt will appear asking you to confirm the emergency landing.

<figure><img src="/files/WzB3mOWjmHd0Kqof4j6E" alt=""><figcaption><p>Confirm Emergency Landing</p></figcaption></figure>

* Confirming this will immediately initiate landing at the drone’s **current location**.

{% hint style="danger" %}
**Important:** Before confirming, ensure the area directly below the drone is clear of obstacles, people, and hazards to prevent damage or injury.
{% endhint %}

### **Step 4: Monitor Landing**

* The drone will descend and safely land at the current location.
* The **last known location** of the drone, along with its **latitude and longitude**, will be displayed on the map for tracking and retrieval.

<figure><img src="/files/a0eoMxoRUo8uQRvhyKLR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Last Known Location Of Drone After Emergency Landing</p></figcaption></figure>

### **Step 5: Acknowledge Recovery**

* Once the drone has been safely retrieved, click the **Acknowledge** button.

<figure><img src="/files/6UW5DSftl00EyuvxGPgD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Confirming Drone Recovery</p></figcaption></figure>

* Upon confirming recovery, the drone panel and dashboard will reset to their normal state, ready for the next operation.

<figure><img src="/files/mYg2VLb23ezComQ21hc0" alt=""><figcaption><p>Reset State After Confirming Recovery</p></figcaption></figure>


# Alternate Landing Location

This guide provides details on how to mark DJI's Alternate Landing Location and Altitude used when the docking station isn't suitable for landing during the Return To Docking Station maneuver.

## Setting the Alternate Landing Location

Ensure that the alternate landing location and alternate landing location altitude have been set during the initial dock configuration on the DJI RC Plus.

* During the initial setup of the dock, a page will be displayed in the DJI Pilot 2 App, allowing you to configure an alternate location. Follow these steps:
  * Ensure the drone is powered ON and place it at the alternate landing site you would want to choose, ensuring it is free from obstacles.
  * In the DJI Pilot 2 app, tap on Set Alternate Landing Site to establish the chosen location as the alternate landing site.
  * Adjust the Alternate Route Altitude, taking care to verify that there are no obstacles along the flight path from the dock to the alternate landing site to prevent any potential collisions. Click on "Set Height" to save the Alternate Landing Location Altitude.

<figure><img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/tDWcZZvjBkTYRyFQkpe_XfSldb0Uh0RJjK3G1QkcgP9Go8NZym4HYrY2CeUuniz4GtCMzFSgzhPtfSNJw4atkSCdQMlO0ASV0o9oiMC2VweBQupkVvd9yBQSSQ5rhqJu4wJG7OAXlsHMr8dHSnvu_lk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Setting Alternate Landing Site on DJI Pilot 2 App</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://lh3.googleusercontent.com/-LKx308JM-8g58A9pFyJ7cGQ4gA-R4LC7HpBoXflEsuoiqzzmUVhLQph580-l1-YZBb0NaZFQBo0f9RbvOCOWQQcOvmSaxrxRCKDHhzDDzgKEk_Gw8PmKWKVkB0kGIVoJT2K51sDh8WCiWerNuWkgsw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Setting Alternating Route Altitude on DJI Pilot 2 App</p></figcaption></figure>

## Viewing the Docking Station Location and Alternate Landing Location on FlytBase

To view the Docking Station Location and Alternate Landing Location on the FlytBase dashboard, follow these steps:

* Register the Dock: Make sure that you have successfully registered the DJI Dock with FlytBase. This step ensures that the system recognizes the dock's location using its global positioning.
* Once both the dock's location and the alternate landing location have been registered and the dock is online, you will be able to locate the locations displayed on the map within the FlytBase dashboard. This visualization provides you with a clear view of the locations, aiding in monitoring and ensuring safe flight operations.

<figure><img src="/files/zCLlLWStKx0aOqLuhEe8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Docking Station and it's Alternate Landing Location on FlytBase</p></figcaption></figure>

## Behavior of the drone while initiating the Alternate Landing Location Maneuver

<figure><img src="/files/GgVvd6BV5qTmO7PcEM6t" alt=""><figcaption><p>Expected Behavior; as indicated by DJI User Manual</p></figcaption></figure>

The Alternate Landing Location feature provides an added layer of safety for your DJI Dock and M30 drone. By setting this feature up correctly, you can ensure secure landings even in challenging situations.

Head over to the [Platform Settings](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings) to learn more about the essential settings you need to configure for safe and efficient flight operations.


# DRC Visibility

## **Introduction**

Manual drone operations play a crucial role in real-time flight scenarios. To ensure pilots are fully aware of connectivity to backend services that affects manual controls, FlytBase now introduces **DRC Visibility**: a system that alerts operators when the **Drone Remote Control (DRC) link** disrupted. DRC refers to backend services on FlytBase server which are responsible for relaying manual control signals between Dock-Drone and Operator.

This addition boosts transparency and operational clarity, for issues affecting manual control of the drone and the payload.

## **Key Features** <a href="#key-features" id="key-features"></a>

* **Live DRC Connection Alerts:** Users will now see a warning banner— `"DRC link is disconnected. Manual Control, some camera operations and STOP operation is unavailable"`—if the connection to the DRC services drops during a mission or manual flight.
* **Mission execution remains unaffected:** Mission execution (e.g., Path, Grid or Go To Location flights) continues uninterrupted, ensuring missions are not compromised by DRC issues. This warning system strictly applies to manual drone and payload operations.
* **Realtime Recovery:** Once the DRC connection is re-established, the warning disappears automatically and full manual control—for drone and payload operations—is restored.
* **Regional Server Support:** For FlytBase users experiencing DRC reliability issues while operating using the default server, **new regional servers handling the DRC service** have been deployed. These offer:
  * **Lower latency** during manual flights
  * **Improved stability** in manual control
  * **Reduced disconnection rates**

## Managing DRC Connection Visibility <a href="#managing-drc-connection-visibility" id="managing-drc-connection-visibility"></a>

* Navigate to the **Cockpit View** or **One-to-Many Console during your** flights.
* The **DRC Link Loss Visibility Banner** will automatically appear on the top of the window when DRC connectivity issues arise. This can happen during:
  * Manual drone flights
  * Path and Grid Missions
  * Go-To Location (GTL) flights
  * Manual payload control operations

<figure><img src="/files/uBPseiSVgVpMS2R3FrRP" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>DRC Link Disconnection Visibility Banner</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

* Once the DRC connection is re-established, the warning disappears automatically and full manual control—for drone and payload operations—is restored.

<figure><img src="/files/pJ9KHAH4tkgNwaq0tL7p" alt=""><figcaption><p><strong>DRC Link Resolved Visibility Banner</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

* No additional configuration required—this is available by default for all FlytBase users.

## **Recommended Actions for Users with Frequent DRC Link Disconnections:** <a href="#recommended-actions-for-users-with-frequent-drc-link-disconnections" id="recommended-actions-for-users-with-frequent-drc-link-disconnections"></a>

If you frequently encounter the DRC link disconnection warning:

* **Ensure that the drone, dock, and operator station** have a stable, high-bandwidth internet connection—preferably over Ethernet or high-speed LTE/5G.
* **Run a network test** at your site to verify:
  * **Latency**
  * **Packet loss**
  * **Upload/download consistency**
* If issues **persist**, please perform the network test as highlighted [here](https://drive.google.com/file/d/1_eIrtVBKSQ51qMWm9wNRrylYs_L2Kwws/view?usp=sharing). and reach out to <support@flytbase.com> with your connection test results.

## **Benefits** <a href="#benefits" id="benefits"></a>

* **Enhanced Pilot Awareness:** Operators are clearly informed about the network issues during the DRC disconnection, reducing confusion in the field.
* **Reliable Remote Control Globally:** Regional servers ensure smoother manual control across geographies—especially valuable in low-connectivity or high-latency environments.

<br>


# Platform Settings

A guide to organization-wide settings in FlytBase.

The **Settings** tab on the Dashboard allows personalization of operations using FlytBase. Various parameters such as default flight altitudes, key binding for manual flight controllers, custom pre-flight checklist items, etc. can be configured by accessing **Settings**.

* To access **Settings**, click on the<img src="/files/sIrP7DJeBSOAiKtzLb8j" alt="" data-size="line">icon on the Dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/bqIKmxK6oXUwoIhyjhk5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Settings icon</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/Py2k0jcY88SbQYyBtbHg" alt=""><figcaption><p>Settings icon</p></figcaption></figure>

* The following window will open. Click on the relevant tabs on the left to access corresponding settings.

<figure><img src="/files/yA4NBwmSdcacdaB3pPPe" alt=""><figcaption><p>Settings window</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/dZaiHNCXTkIJcm0owrzD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Settings window</p></figcaption></figure>

To know what each tab does, click on the following links:

* [Preferences](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/preferences)
* [Flight Configuration](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/flight-configuration)
* [Key Bindings](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/key-bindings)
* [Checklist](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/checklist)
* [Privacy](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/privacy)


# Preferences

Instructions on tailoring FlytBase Dashboard to your needs.

The Preferences tab allows you to personalize your experience by selecting the preferred language, default map view, and measurement units, among other options.

{% hint style="info" %}
By default, FlytBase uses the English language and Metric system of measurement.
{% endhint %}

### Language

English is the default language for displaying all text across the FlytBase platform. However, you can choose from the following languages to view and operate the FlytBase Platform:

* English
* French
* German
* Hungarian
* Italian
* Spanish
* Korean

### Units

The Metric system (SI system) is used by default for measuring physical quantities such as distance and velocity. You may switch to the Imperial system if you prefer.

### Map View

The map on the Dashboard is set to Satellite view by default. You can switch to Transit view by selecting the appropriate option in the Map View section. Moreover, you can switch between views using the Layers button on the Dashboard.

### Sound Notifications

FlytBase includes sound notifications to alert you to critical events. You can enable these notifications for specific events via the toggle buttons provided.

<figure><img src="/files/dZaiHNCXTkIJcm0owrzD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Preferences tab in Settings</p></figcaption></figure>


# Flight Configuration

Set the default flight characteristics of the drones added to the Organization.

In the **Flight Configuration** tab, you can define the default flight characteristics for drones within your Organization, ensuring they operate safely and predictably during standard missions unless specified otherwise.

### Default Settings

These settings define the standard flight speed and altitude for the drone's missions and are recommended whenever a new mission is created.

* **Flight Speed:** This is the ideal speed at which drones should perform their missions. It is applied to all drones in the Organization.

{% hint style="info" %}
Flight Speed settings do not apply to Go-to Location missions (for DJI Dock).
{% endhint %}

* **Flight Altitude:** This is the altitude at which it is safe to conduct all missions, including Go-to Location. It is applied to all drones in the Organization.

### Advance Settings

To control the drone's responsiveness under manual control, you can adjust the rate at which the drone moves in any direction. These adjustments are available in two modes: Default and Adaptive.

* **Default Mode**: In this mode, the preset speeds are consistently applied to the drone under manual control, regardless of the altitude.

<figure><img src="/files/HBtFjsDQt8bJiort900o" alt=""><figcaption><p>Flight Configuration: Default Settings (Green) and Advance Settings - Default Mode (Red)</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Adaptive Mode**: In this mode, you can specify a cutoff altitude. Above this altitude, the drone can be faster and more responsive. Below this altitude, the drone will be slower, allowing for more precise control.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Advance Settings are specific to each Member of the Organization.
{% endhint %}

**Configurable Parameters in Advance Settings**:

* **Throttle**: This controls the speed at which the drone moves vertically up or down, measured in meters per second.
* **Drone Pitch and Roll**: This setting adjusts the speed at which the drone moves forward, backward, or side to side, measured in meters per second.
* **Drone Yaw**: This parameter controls the rate at which the drone rotates around its vertical axis, measured in degrees per second.
* **Altitude Threshold**: The altitude at which the drone would change its speeds (for **Adaptive Mode** only).

<figure><img src="/files/sZIjOqFLtCEQ5FQ0Ekx2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Key Bindings

Learn more about the default key bindings, personalize your Keyboard commands and verify Controller key bindings prior to using Manual Controls.

FlytBase enables operators to manually control the drone through the Dashboard during missions or emergencies. In manual mode, the drone can be operated using a keyboard and mouse, or specialized controllers such as a gamepad or joystick. The **Key Bindings** tab on the Dashboard allows you to manage and customize these controls:

* **Customize Key Bindings**: Adjust the key bindings for the keyboard and mouse to suit your preferences.
* **Review Default Bindings**: View the pre-set key bindings for controllers, including the joystick and gamepad.
* **Test Controller**: Use the gamepad simulator to test the functionality of the gamepad.

<figure><img src="/files/TyNHWOA7OrKrGkbLmMuc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Navigating to <strong>Key Binding</strong> Settings</p></figcaption></figure>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Keyboard Bindings" %}

### Keyboard Bindings

To access/change keyboard bindings, follow these steps:

* Go to **Key Bindings** -> **Keyboard**
* Click on the required command, and assign a key as per your preference.
* To revert to the original keyboard bindings, click on the **Reset to defaults** button.

<figure><img src="/files/Lk77gopW3DJMIrwLkT5m" alt=""><figcaption><p>Key Bindings: Keyboard tab (Red) and Reset to defaults (Yellow)</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
As of October 15, 2024, the default key bindings for Throttle **Up/Down** have changed from **Space/Shift** to **R/F**, and any custom bindings have been reset. Please verify your key bindings before manually controlling the drone.
{% endhint %}

#### Default Keyboard Commands: Payload Control

<figure><img src="/files/ViDWi3Y4HQSkeTG8cJb8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Default Payload Control commands using Keyboard and Mouse</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Controller Bindings" %}

### Controller Bindings

* Navigate to **Key Bindings** -> **Controller**

<figure><img src="/files/CRl6cgJeyge3kyxs67gc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Controller Bindings</p></figcaption></figure>

FlytBase currently supports the following Controllers for the Manual flight of the drone:

1. Thrustmaster T.16000M FCS Joystick
2. Xbox 360 Gamepad (Wired)

{% hint style="info" %}
Currently, FlytBase does not support custom key bindings for the supported Controllers.
{% endhint %}

### Thrustmaster T.16000M FCS: Key Bindings and Actions

<figure><img src="/files/WhqJXs6bLnnXCfkiX9YS" alt=""><figcaption><p>Thrustmaster Key Bindings</p></figcaption></figure>

<div><figure><img src="/files/2UnkGIwLFqSYQo3PhDkg" alt="" width="498"><figcaption></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/suQ8FAWpmSvsdnGqzkNM" alt="" width="470"><figcaption><p>Thrustmaster Controls</p></figcaption></figure> <figure><img src="/files/p7rngeiztVa0fY3OWjrH" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Xbox 360 Gamepad: Key Bindings and Actions

<figure><img src="/files/MaWiCyrOjetqb92NDx6r" alt=""><figcaption><p>Xbox 360 Commands</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/uv11v1yFk8QrrVQLR10H" alt=""><figcaption><p>Xbox 360 Commands</p></figcaption></figure>

The controls of the Xbox 360 Gamepad can be tested using the Gamepad Simulator.

{% hint style="info" %}
Currently, the Simulator is only available for the Xbox 360 Gamepad.
{% endhint %}
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Gamepad Simulator" %}

### Gamepad Simulator

To test the console keys for the Xbox 360 Gamepad, go to **Key Bindings** -> **Controller** -> **Gamepad**, and click on the **Simulator** button.

<figure><img src="/files/DI6tMFM1YJL7Ga2Kk7iH" alt=""><figcaption><p>Key Bindings: Gamepad tab (Red) and link to Gamepad Simulator (yellow)</p></figcaption></figure>

Once done, connect your Xbox 360 joystick and press the keys to test whether the commands are being received appropriately.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Only a **wired** **Xbox 360 Gamepad** is supported on FlytBase.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/RdTxtnIccy9K4Z40bY3L" alt=""><figcaption><p>Gamepad Simulator</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

To learn about how to take **Manual Control** of the drone, refer to the following documentation:

{% content-ref url="/pages/ZdsMF24u0LQ6ZsXebnXb" %}
[Manual Drone Controls](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/how-to-control-your-drone/manual-drone-controls)
{% endcontent-ref %}

To learn about **Manual Payload Control**, refer to the following documentation:

{% content-ref url="/pages/7PxmlRJDH4kunucTW5Ue" %}
[Manual Payload Controls](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/payload-controls/manual-payload-controls)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Checklist

A guide to including and managing custom items to pre-flight checklist for added safety and regulatory compliance.

Operators can customize the pre-flight checklist to comply with local regulations and incorporate specific requirements that must be satisfied before mission execution:

* **Accessing the Checklist**: Navigate to **Settings** -> **Checklist** in the dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/L4vhwOMCx9sdia2V87jH" alt=""><figcaption><p>Checklist tab with custom checklist items</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Adding a New Item**:
  * Click on **Add** to introduce a new checklist item.
  * Enter a name and description for the item.
  * Click **Save** to add it to your checklist.

<figure><img src="/files/RgyOT5VNmQTaNda3t265" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a new checklist item</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Editing an Existing Item**:
  * To make changes, click on the![](/files/a76RjcXu7hPjemY48z4z)icon.
* **Deleting an Item**:
  * To remove an item, click on the![](/files/B5mSy7PFIpR3a1YdGTfI)icon.

Once these changes are made, the updated checklist will be displayed before the drone is launched, thus ensuring that all checks are completed before a flight.

<figure><img src="/files/zHGq0Kbv31DOh8TtMcJ8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Custom Checklist Items</p></figcaption></figure>


# Privacy

Know more on how to send reports for debugging on FlytBase dashboard.

## Send Reports for Debugging

FlytBase offers you the option to grant permission to send reports to assist with debugging. This feature enhances the product experience by allowing us to receive additional debugging data, including screen recordings of your dashboard, which helps troubleshoot issues.

<figure><img src="/files/MlT2hq8UCSkttQ9Qhq9E" alt=""><figcaption><p>Privacy tab</p></figcaption></figure>

After configuring the necessary settings, navigate to "[Mission Planning](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning)" to learn how to plan your first mission.


# Planning

A guide for the operator to plan a mission with advanced functionalities to enhance their experience

FlytBase offers a range of tools to help operators plan their drone missions effectively, including the ability to plot a mission and customize it based on their specific needs. This helps to optimize the mission planning process, making it more efficient and productive for the operator.


# Mission Planning

Guide to create and execute missions with ease using FlytBase.

A mission is a pre-defined flight path set by the operator prior to launching the drone for autonomous flights. One can create a mission by setting waypoints (Path Mission) or defining an area for the drone to perform parallel sweeps (Grid Mission), adding actions at each waypoint, and defining other mission parameters like altitude, speed, gimbal orientation, etc. The mission can be saved and executed when required.

This provides a simple and efficient way to plan and execute complex drone missions for various use cases such as security and surveillance, construction, asset inspection, public safety, etc.

## Type of Missions

Here are the types of missions that can be created on the FlytBase dashboard:

1. [**Path Mission**](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning/path-mission): Waypoints set a flight route for the aircraft to travel. You can preconfigure actions at those waypoints and adjust the speed and altitude between them.
2. [**Grid Mission**](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning/grid-mission): Define a sequence of parallel sweeps or route paths for the drone to autonomously follow within a designated area.
3. [**WPML Mission**](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning/wpml-mission): Import preplanned WPML missions in KMZ format and use them to create a mission directly on FlytBase.

{% hint style="info" %}
You can easily import a mission as a KML file directly into FlytBase. For more information, please refer to the following [documentation](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning/importing-a-mission-using-kml-file).
{% endhint %}

Check out the following video to get an insight into Mission Planning.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/jQU8K81E3Ck>" %}
Mission Planning
{% endembed %}

Get started with Mission Planning! Refer to the following documentation to learn how to plan a '[**Path Mission**](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning/path-mission)'.


# Path Mission

Guide on how to make a Path mission using Waypoints on the FlytBase dashboard.

A **Path Mission** refers to a predefined flight operation where the drone follows a specific route mapped out using **waypoints**. The drone can perform certain actions at waypoints, and adjust speed and altitude while traveling between them. This mission type is essential for tasks that require precise movement along a designated path, offering control over the drone's flight pattern.

## Path Mission Planning

* Inside the **Navigation Drawer,** select the **Missions** tab under the **Planning** section.

<figure><img src="/files/KpibLWmCdZR1UBopgofW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Navigating to <strong>Mission Planning</strong> section</p></figcaption></figure>

* Click on<img src="/files/BtTLUKbiJgCha3uE6qtx" alt="" data-size="line">icon to add mission.

<figure><img src="/files/BtDk0SSFws66QSIQP4bH" alt=""><figcaption><p>Adding a <strong>Mission</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

* An operator can plan a **Path Mission** using two methods:
  1. Create a mission
  2. [Import a mission using a KML file](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning/importing-a-mission-using-kml-file)

<figure><img src="/files/ZUvaOi0GRGJjsGDkfZe2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Path Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

## Creating a new Path Mission

* Under the **Path Mission** section, select **+ Create mission** ta&#x62;**.**

<figure><img src="/files/keQd9eeEju5UtUL69mHU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a Path Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

* Provide a name for the new mission.

<figure><img src="/files/uVjc1VytcpzKKjY8vJDR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Adding a mission name</p></figcaption></figure>

* Select the **Site** you want the mission to be a part of. Only members of the site selected will have access to the mission for drone operations. Refer to the following documentation to know more:

{% content-ref url="/pages/wmbXJhsapWugpwy95WKY" %}
[Site Management](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/site-management)
{% endcontent-ref %}

<figure><img src="/files/7Lm5cpQLO9Wc7YfMM2Jg" alt=""><figcaption><p>Adding a 'Site' to a particular mission</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
You can add a mission to multiple Sites.
{% endhint %}

* Assign **Tags** to your mission for better mission management.

<figure><img src="/files/tSQg9nGEmtTObIWJkAX2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Assigning 'Tags' to your Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

To learn about mission management, please refer to the following documentation.

{% content-ref url="/pages/2feUT7PivVS2Z47PuTkX" %}
[Mission Management](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-management)
{% endcontent-ref %}

* **Left-click** on the map to add a waypoint for the mission.

<figure><img src="/files/BoFlU1VZ2jqoe8z2fPlF" alt=""><figcaption><p>Adding Waypoints</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Recenter the map to the location of the mission using the Recenter icon<img src="/files/pCeuePxem9npMN9uGJW4" alt="" data-size="line">and delete the mission using the delete icon<img src="/files/w1KnE4vOWRBQZh3Ebivi" alt="" data-size="line">.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Operators can efficiently plan complex path missions with multiple waypoints using [Smart Selection Tools](#smart-selection-mode).
{% endhint %}

## Configuring Mission Route and Waypoint Parameters

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Mission Route Parameters" %}
You can configure the following Path Mission Route parameters on FlytBase:

#### 1. Route Altitude

This is the default altitude at which the mission will be conducted. There are three types of route altitude references that you can select:

<figure><img src="/files/8ZGpfzW7RWdw1VE84NR8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Route Altitude modes</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Relative Take-off Point (RTL)**\
  Altitude is set relative to the **Reference Take-off Point** as marked on the map while planning a mission. Additional care should be taken when planning close to ground in uneven terrain. Route/waypoint altitude needs to be adjusted based on terrain height.

<figure><img src="/files/Ej0hayL776u84SuYMs7y" alt=""><figcaption><p>Relative Take-off Point</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Above Sea Level (ASL)**\
  Absolute altitude of the drone as represented in the [EGM](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Earth_Gravitational_Model) model. Use ASL for missions that require global altitude measurements, since the reference is set to the sea level.

<figure><img src="/files/IVmkkxQrUvjH3ZY2VGXC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Above Sea Level</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Above Ground Level (AGL)**\
  Altitude is set relative to the ground level. Reliable ground elevation data is essential for using this option safely. This mode is best suited to follow the terrain automatically to maintain a specific elevation above ground at any point in the mission.

<figure><img src="/files/7Wa5V3vxsWlBApHjiYqM" alt=""><figcaption><p>Above Ground Level</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Currently, only the RTL altitude can be set on the dashboard.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
You can also set the **Route Altitude/Flight Altitude** by going to [**Settings**](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/device-settings/drone-control) **-> Flight Configuration -> Flight Altitude**. The Route altitude set during mission planning will take precedence over the value specified for Flight altitude in the Settings.
{% endhint %}

#### 2. Take-off Altitude

Take-off altitude settings allow you to specify a height for the drone to reach during take-off, ensuring it ascends safely before proceeding with its mission. Once the designated take-off altitude is achieved, the drone will move diagonally towards the first waypoint. There are two methods to set the take-off altitude:

<figure><img src="/files/Uj9Q4UKZFFVg5aZNksxb" alt=""><figcaption><p>Take-off Altitude modes</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
You can set a device-specific **Take-off Altitude / Safe Altitude** by going to [**Devices**](/device-management/dji-dock-3-+-flytbase-the-future-of-autonomous-ops-starts-here) **-> Device Settings -> Drone Safety**. The safe take-off altitude set during mission planning will take precedence over the one set in **Device Settings**.
{% endhint %}

* **Default Take-off Altitude**\
  The drone will achieve the first waypoint's altitude and then approach the first waypoint.

<figure><img src="/files/UacwCqE24YdJAcIX6hHg" alt=""><figcaption><p>Default Take-off Altitude</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Safe Take-off Altitude**\
  The drone will achieve the **Safe Take-off altitude** and then *diagonally* proceed to the first waypoint.

<figure><img src="/files/QQc8fxNgmxSxwRGCabpG" alt=""><figcaption><p>Safe Take-off Altitude</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/Tz3hABb960vo2iaRtryj" alt=""><figcaption><p>Configuring Safe Take-off Altitude</p></figcaption></figure>

#### 3. Route Speed

The speed set here will be the default speed at which the mission will be executed. However, if a different speed is required between two or more waypoints, it can be configured in waypoint-specific settings.

{% hint style="info" %}
The option to select the **follow route** speed comes while specifying waypoints. Refer to the following [documentation](#waypoints) to know more.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/LvliktCDWKgrjsICNJfN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Route Speed</p></figcaption></figure>

#### 4. Route Waypoint Type

This allows you to set how the drone will approach each waypoint, and consequently what the path would look like. There are five options to choose from:

<figure><img src="/files/lfDkwzDxDIlxIOBxRoAO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Route Waypoint Type</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Linear Route**\
  The drone takes a straight path and stops at each waypoint.

<figure><img src="/files/jKtNSiWPC49EbtK9aSO2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Linear Path</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Transit before Waypoint**\
  The drone takes a curved path before reaching each waypoint and flies through it.

<figure><img src="/files/4VFqljF4ZjGZgQ6PBkH9" alt=""><figcaption><p>Transit before waypoint</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Curved path, stops at waypoint**\
  The drone takes a curved path and stops at each waypoint.

<figure><img src="/files/uYbIOIdbz8BpH7DUnLbJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Curved path, stops at waypoint</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Curved path, moves smoothly**\
  The drone follows a curved path and moves steadily at a constant speed without stopping at any waypoint.

<figure><img src="/files/7wg1OjcaYCjsNHbnk6eC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Curved path, moves smoothly</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Controlled radius**\
  The drone will turn before the current waypoint such that the radius of turn is the controlled radius.

<figure><img src="/files/qjoozUpsYjhc1wA2Wme0" alt=""><figcaption><p>Controlled radius</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="danger" %}
The drone will only respond to waypoint actions on routes where it reaches the waypoint. These routes include linear, curved with stops, and curved with smooth movement.
{% endhint %}

#### 5. Drone Yaw

You can choose between the following drone yaw modes while flying between mission waypoints:

<figure><img src="/files/RUWaoLUgLgdfibynIbTV" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone Yaw modes</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Along Route:** The drone heading will match the mission path after every waypoint. It will reset the yaw angle while leaving the waypoint to match that of the path.

<figure><img src="/files/SBkdAqEVPuxlLyAyAUOA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Along Route</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Lock Yaw Axis:** The drone heading will be locked at the last position from the previous waypoint and will maintain this angle while flying toward the next waypoint.

<figure><img src="/files/8CtoMzS8qSg73B9AE43r" alt=""><figcaption><p>Lock Yaw</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Manual:** The drone heading will align with the path toward the next waypoint by default unless changed via the remote controller.

<figure><img src="/files/VmTH9v94MrGgBC6CKsV0" alt=""><figcaption><p>Manual input to drone yaw</p></figcaption></figure>

#### 6. Gimbal / Payload Control

You can set between the following modes for gimbal pitch while flying between mission waypoints:

<figure><img src="/files/ertHqohkCZh0lqsQDFVp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Gimbal Controls</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Waypoint specific** - The gimbal pitch can be set for every specific waypoint to approach the next waypoint. After performing all the waypoint actions, the drone will reset its gimbal to the specified angle.

<figure><img src="/files/Cbjf2WWVPi5StV1HApag" alt=""><figcaption><p>Waypoint specific</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Manual** - The gimbal will retain its last position from the previous waypoint, unless changed via the remote controller.

<figure><img src="/files/r71ooPChqBGBhE7Q7xmy" alt=""><figcaption><p>Manual Gimbal/ Payload Controls</p></figcaption></figure>

#### 7. Payload Settings:

You can select which imaging sensors should be used during the mission from the following options:

* Zoom
* Wide
* IR Mode / Thermal Mode

<figure><img src="/files/tAiYG6vr1mYU0KM5p601" alt=""><figcaption><p>Payload Settings</p></figcaption></figure>

Refer to the following documentation to learn more about **payload controls**.

{% content-ref url="/pages/GvJQDLFKpg5JQkgpXj4M" %}
[Payload Controls](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/payload-controls)
{% endcontent-ref %}

#### 8. Positioning Accuracy

Choose the Here are the different positioning accuracy options you can configure:

* GNSS : Relies solely on satellite positioning to guide the drone. Suitable for operations where centimeter‑level precision is not critical. The accuracy range is as following:
  * Horizontal: ± 1.5 m
  * Vertical: ± 0.5 m
* RTK : Switches to Real‑Time Kinematic corrections for ultra‑precise navigation Recommended for applications requiring ultra‑precise station‑keeping (e.g., high‑resolution inspections or mapping) where the drone must remain exactly at a fixed point. The accuracy range is as following:
  * Horizontal: ± 0.1 m
  * Vertical: ± 0.1 m

<figure><img src="/files/dobKWbrpjkuxU3JFkhqX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Positioning Accuracy</p></figcaption></figure>

#### 9. Finish Action

Choose the finish action for the drone when it reaches the last waypoint of the mission. Here are the different finish actions you can configure:

* **Return to Home (RTH)** - The drone goes back to the docking station.
* **Exit Mission and Hover** - The drone hovers at the last waypoint.

<figure><img src="/files/KE6sdb0O4Co4hlKtUb91" alt=""><figcaption><p>Finish Action</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Return to Home (RTH)** - The drone goes back to the docking station.
* **Exit Mission and Hover** - The drone hovers at the last waypoint.
* **Go to First Waypoint and Hover** - The drone moves to the first waypoint and starts hovering.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If the operator has a Drone-in-a-Box setup, it is highly recommended that the operator set the Mission Finish Action as **Return to Home (RTH)**.
{% endhint %}

To configure the **Waypoint parameters**, please refer to the following [link](#waypoint-parameters).
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Waypoint Parameters" %}

### Configuring Waypoint Parameters

* Ensure that you have added some waypoints on the map.

**Efficiently plan the path mission using the following options:**

<figure><img src="/files/5593tmCMVYKWHHUfj5Ol" alt=""><figcaption><p>Waypoint Features</p></figcaption></figure>

1. **Add Waypoint**: To insert a new waypoint before the selected one, click on the<img src="/files/LNfCYvxzrU1yMSup7iyH" alt="" data-size="line">icon.
2. **Recenter Waypoint:** To recenter the map to the location of the waypoint, use the Recenter icon<img src="/files/iaSvGoVoiN4kH6T9i9ix" alt="" data-size="line">.
3. **Delete Waypoint:** Click on the <img src="/files/g6e5v8KALW0OeFpIUvsO" alt="" data-size="line"> icon to delete the selected waypoint.
4. **Follow Route:** Check the box to follow the default altitude, speed, and waypoint type settings for a particular waypoint, or uncheck the box to set custom values.
5. **Smart Selection Mode:** Clicking on the ![](/files/YeJIz9t6qEAMUUvRiWGG)icon enables Smart Selection Mode, which allows for the selection of multiple waypoints and the configuration of their settings at once. This can be done using either the Single Click tool or the Sequential Selection tool.

   * **Single click:** The operator can click the <img src="/files/xaKYgj4e7QIEgI3z6tHV" alt="" data-size="line"> button to randomly select multiple waypoints as needed and simultaneously customize the waypoint actions, speed, altitude, and radius.
   * **Sequential selection:** The operator can click the <img src="/files/6EjQP79q9XI2H7fTPKSq" alt="" data-size="line"> button to select multiple waypoints in sequence. First, select the initial and final waypoints. All waypoints between these will be automatically selected. This feature allows the operator to efficiently customize multiple waypoints at once, streamlining the mission planning process.

   <figure><img src="/files/F5aycFFAayO9qnnTFLLn" alt=""><figcaption><p>Smart Selection: Sequential selection</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
When using the **Smart Selection Mode** to plan a mission, if an operator switches from the **Single click** tool to the **Sequential selection** tool, the next waypoint that is selected will be automatically set as the first waypoint in the sequence.
{% endhint %}

6. **Copy previous waypoint settings:** The operator can configure the settings of an individual waypoint and then enable copy previous waypoint settings by clicking on the <img src="/files/GMthFMRwrxO2ezHYn6fl" alt="" data-size="line">icon. Once enabled, adding subsequent waypoints on the map will have the same waypoint settings as the previous one.

### Current Waypoint Approach Settings

* **Waypoint Altitude**: The drone adjusts to the designated altitude at each waypoint and maintains this altitude until the next waypoint.
* **Waypoint Speed:** The drone modifies its speed to match the specified speed at each waypoint, maintaining this speed until it reaches the next waypoint.
* **Waypoint Type:** The drone's movement through each waypoint is determined by the preset waypoint type.

#### Waypoint Actions

At each waypoint, multiple waypoint actions can be performed. Following are the waypoint actions available:

1. **Drone**

   * **Hover** - Set how long the drone will hover at the current waypoint.

   <figure><img src="/files/icpWaUcC3sBKk5uH67Tx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Hover</p></figcaption></figure>

   * **Drone Yaw** - This feature allows you to set the yaw angle of the drone for the current waypoint. You can configure the drone's yaw angle relative to the flight path or to True North. Additionally, you can select whether the drone should rotate clockwise, counterclockwise, or determine the direction automatically to achieve the specified yaw angle.

   <figure><img src="/files/eknIEt9XvCVXKozb3D32" alt=""><figcaption><p>Setting Drone Yaw angle with respect to the Flight Path<br></p></figcaption></figure>

   <figure><img src="/files/29jR2vNE3NSbcAAkP1jG" alt=""><figcaption><p>Setting Drone Yaw angle with respect to True North</p></figcaption></figure>
2. **Gimbal**

   * **Gimbal Yaw** - Set the yaw angle for the gimbal to rotate during the mission.

   <figure><img src="/files/Ydkhq2wGgsE6SKKp4hAa" alt=""><figcaption><p>Gimbal Yaw</p></figcaption></figure>

   * **Gimbal Pitch** - Set the pitch angle for the gimbal to rotate during the mission.

<figure><img src="/files/YkbblINDuQc0jnWRS10J" alt=""><figcaption><p>Gimbal Pitch</p></figcaption></figure>

3. **Camera**

   * **Capture Media** - Configure how to capture images or start video recording and save your media files. Also pick the imaging sensors specific to the waypoint, if required.

   <figure><img src="/files/nCGWqqsbv5253DIMFwNa" alt=""><figcaption><p>Capture Media</p></figcaption></figure>

   * **Interval Shots** - Capture images repeatedly after a fixed distance or time.

   <figure><img src="/files/OmXAcZitHzYejmAviexB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Interval Shots</p></figcaption></figure>

   * **Camera Zoom** - Used to set the camera zoom of the drone for the current waypoint.

   <figure><img src="/files/dhWTVRJIPE2NSzV8kgUP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Camera Zoom</p></figcaption></figure>

   * **Stop recording** - Define when to stop your video recording.
   * **Stop Interval Shots** - Define when to stop taking interval shots.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Waypoint actions will not be executed for the last waypoint.
{% endhint %}

### Next Waypoint Approach Settings

These settings control how the drone and the imaging payload orient themselves as the drone flies towards the next waypoint.

1. **Drone Yaw Mode:** the drone yaw can be set to default (i.e., Follow the route), or a custom setting can be picked from the following options:
   * **Along Route:** the drone heading is always aligned with the flight path between waypoints.
   * **Manual:** the drone would maintain its yaw along the route until an input is received from the remote controller.
   * **Lock Yaw axis:** the drone yaw is locked to the orientation it had at the previous waypoint, and the drone maintains that yaw.
   * **Auto Adjust:** if the yaw setting for two waypoints is different, the drone slowly transitions from one orientation to the next as it travels between the waypoints.
2. **Gimbal pitch:** the required pitch angle for the imaging payload can be set here.

<figure><img src="/files/SwVnPq8DaTXP3nArAiEf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Next Waypoint approach settings</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}

* Next Waypoint Approach settings cannot be made for all points selected using **Smart Selection** tools.

* **Copy previous waypoint settings** tool applies the Current and Next Waypoint Approach settings to all the points made using the tool.
  {% endhint %}
  {% endtab %}
  {% endtabs %}

* Once all settings have been done, click on **Save Mission**. The mission will then appear in the **Missions** tab on the FlytBase dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/78LuK5axTUWlX23zuuzs" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

To learn how to plan a **Grid Mission**, please refer to the following documentation.

{% content-ref url="/pages/YouTETZzl9S14wpBIcOX" %}
[Grid Mission](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning/grid-mission)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Grid Mission

Guide on how to plan a grid mission on FlytBase

A Grid Mission consists of a series of straight-line flight paths that run parallel to each other. These missions are commonly used for imaging and surveying applications. FlytBase enables the creation and modification of grid missions by allowing users to control parameters such as Ground Sampling Distance (GSD), Front Overlap, Side Overlap, and more.

## Plan a Grid Mission

* Go to the **Navigation Drawer** and select the **Missions** tab under the **Planning** section.

<figure><img src="/files/TrHim0YHdPb1NS91z5Qu" alt=""><figcaption><p>Missions tab in Navigation Drawer</p></figcaption></figure>

* Click on<img src="/files/BtTLUKbiJgCha3uE6qtx" alt="" data-size="line">icon to add a mission.

<figure><img src="/files/CEXhwkxKv39S9ADQEcBk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Adding a Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

* Under the **Grid** **Mission** section, select **Create Mission**.

<figure><img src="/files/zmAvSBqdA9pxk1RseFwx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a Grid Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

* Provide a name to the new mission.

<figure><img src="/files/7pHlZ64HWC4YGVddnGIS" alt=""><figcaption><p>Adding a Mission Name</p></figcaption></figure>

* Assign a **Site** for the particular mission.

{% hint style="info" %}
You can assign multiple **Sites** for a mission.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/8X00IoKiOxbVRkSFTxLO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Assigning a Site for a mission</p></figcaption></figure>

To learn more about **Sites**, refer to the following documentation:

{% content-ref url="/pages/wmbXJhsapWugpwy95WKY" %}
[Site Management](/getting-started-with-your-flytbase-account/site-management)
{% endcontent-ref %}

* Add **Tags** to your mission to improve mission management.

<figure><img src="/files/kSv00ZVHBrBoXAXU2aYF" alt=""><figcaption><p>Adding Tags to your mission</p></figcaption></figure>

To learn more about **Mission Management**, refer to the following documentation:

{% content-ref url="/pages/2feUT7PivVS2Z47PuTkX" %}
[Mission Management](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-management)
{% endcontent-ref %}

* Simply left-click on the map to create a grid. Adjust the vertices of the polygon according to your preferences. The ***S*** annotated on the grid represents the Grid Start Point.

<figure><img src="/files/AuMGoKOEOH8kpBkuR2CX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a Grid</p></figcaption></figure>

* After creating the grid, mission details like the **Total Area** covered, **Estimated Time** to complete, and **Estimated Number of Images** to be taken can be found below **Tags**. This information helps in customizing the mission settings according to user preferences.

<figure><img src="/files/j1UOHGM0anwJiFOzctPc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Grid Mission Overview</p></figcaption></figure>

## Configuring Grid Mission Parameters

### 1. Select Payload

Select the drone payload to be used during the mission. You can select either **M30 Payload** or **M30T Payload** based on the available hardware.

<figure><img src="/files/QSz4I9vAcwMpA2Rh7HVU" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selecting the drone payload</p></figcaption></figure>

### 2. Select Lens (Imaging Sensor)

Based on the selected payload, you can now select the imaging sensors that would be used while executing the mission.

* In the case of **M30 Payload**, you can use the **Wide**-Angle lens.

<figure><img src="/files/EuA6bRFlXaofN419jjKR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selecting Lens for M30 Payload</p></figcaption></figure>

* In the case of a **M30T Payload**, you have the option to either select the **Wide**-Angle imaging sensor, **IR Mode** imaging sensor, or both. When both sensors are selected, the GSD settings for them are displayed below the Route Altitude tab.

<figure><img src="/files/JzsOr3mQT8uwKVZ19XA4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selecting Lens for M30T Payload</p></figcaption></figure>

### 3. Take-off Altitude

The drone achieves a set Take-off Altitude and then proceeds to start the Grid Mission. Following are the different modes that you can select from:

<figure><img src="/files/8mHAWBbdeVQGePrqNrxq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Take-off Altitude settings</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Default Take-off Altitude**\
  The drone achieves the altitude of Grid Start Point (i.e., Route Altitude), and then proceeds towards it.

<figure><img src="/files/ftfOt6dxfDXQ6DnQxe8Y" alt=""><figcaption><p>Default Take-off Altitude</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
You can set the **Take-off Altitude** for a particular device by navigating to **Devices** -> *Select Device* -> **Settings** -> **Drone Control**. The take-off altitude you set during mission planning will take precedence over the default values set in **Settings.**
{% endhint %}

* **Safe Take-off Altitude**\
  The drone achieves the 'Safe Take-off Altitude’ and then *diagonally* proceeds to the Grid Start Point.

<figure><img src="/files/yx3moRg8yBiLB0rdnQjS" alt=""><figcaption><p>Safe Take-off Altitude</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/nY83lv9KCwqUFxebMVcx" alt=""><figcaption><p>Configuring Safe Take-off Altitude</p></figcaption></figure>

### 4. Altitude Reference, Route Altitude, and GSD

There are three types of Altitude References that you can select from:

<figure><img src="/files/AeEisqZAQNcCPlBvHGFd" alt=""><figcaption><p>Route Altitude modes</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Relative Take-off Point (RLT)**\
  Relative altitude is measured from the take-off point. Additional care should be taken when planning close to ground in uneven terrain. Route/waypoint altitude needs to be adjusted based on terrain height.

<figure><img src="/files/L5qBLvzuY50OLufQc78p" alt=""><figcaption><p>Relative Take-off Point</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Above Sea Level (ASL)**\
  Absolute altitude of the drone as represented in the [EGM](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Earth_Gravitational_Model) model. Use ASL for missions that require global altitude measurements, since the reference is set to the sea level.

<figure><img src="/files/m2ok4sdJeuGt0ADsnkBE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Above Sea Level</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Above Ground Level (AGL)**\
  Altitude set with reference to the ground level. Reliable ground elevation data is essential for using this option safely. This mode is best suited to follow the terrain automatically to maintain a specific elevation relative to the ground at any point in the mission.

<figure><img src="/files/lb3NRrMRudUBnP96rRxW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Above Ground Level</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Currently, only RLT Altitude configuration mode is active on the Dashboard.
{% endhint %}

* After selecting the Altitude Reference, you can set the following mission parameters:
  * **Route Altitude:** The altitude at which the drone will execute the Grid mission.
  * **GSD (Ground Sample Distance):** *GSD refers to the dimensions of a single pixel in an image (cm/px), as measured on the ground*. It is calculated based on the drone's sensor properties and the focal length, as well as the altitude at which the drone is executing the mission.

{% hint style="info" %}
The GSD is calculated based on the Route Altitude and vice versa.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="success" %}
You can also set the Route Altitude by accessing **Settings** -> **Flight Configuration**. The altitude set during mission planning will take precedence over the default value specified for flight altitude in Flight Configuration.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
**Ground Sampling Distance (GSD)** helps in the efficient planning of grid missions. It enables the calculation of the optimal altitude and speed at which the drone should fly to achieve the desired image resolution, ensuring coverage of the target area without unnecessary data overlaps or gaps. For precise measurements, detailed site inspections, and accurate volumetric calculations, a lower GSD is preferable as it captures more detail.
{% endhint %}

### 5. Advanced Mission Settings

You can configure the following mission parameters within **Advanced Settings**:

<figure><img src="/files/8NWu8Yq3qaaLNnIrJMcB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Advanced Mission Settings</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Grid Route Speed

Set the speed at which the drone would fly over the grid flight path.

<figure><img src="/files/7CxyXncVqBePLKt3ATOJ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Configuring the Grid Route Speed</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
The suggested Grid Route Speed is smartly calculated based on the selected Route Altitude and GSD.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Changing the recommended Route Speed may impact the amount of images captured during the mission.
{% endhint %}

#### Grid Angle

The grid angle can be adjusted to change the orientation of the grid.

<figure><img src="/files/im5dVwmDSgQwUG04hrR9" alt=""><figcaption><p>Configuring the Grid Angle</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Route waypoint type

<figure><img src="/files/S2G3KzsMXKN1V20cIaRo" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You can configure the drone’s flight path using the following waypoint options:

* **Linear path**\
  Drone takes a straight path and stops at each waypoint for precise tasks like inspection or image capture.
* **Transits waypoint**\
  Drone flies through each waypoint along a curved path without stopping, ideal for smooth and fast missions
* **Curved route, stops at waypoint**\
  Drone follows a curved path and stops at each waypoint to enable smooth transitions with accurate data capture
* **Curved route, drone continues**\
  Drone moves at a constant speed through curved paths without stopping, perfect for continuous or cinematic flights.
* **Controlled radius**\
  Drone turns at waypoints using a set turning radius for smooth, consistent curves useful in mapping or surveying. The waypoint radius would need to specified here.

<figure><img src="/files/9sumBJyijcpzaItchCPF" alt=""><figcaption><p>Controller Radius Settings</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Capture Angle

Following parameters can be set to orient the camera in the desired direction:

* **Gimbal Pitch:** The camera will point up or down depending on the value of this parameter.
* **Drone Yaw:** Set the yaw angle at which the drone would conduct the mission. The yaw angle can be configured relative to the **Flight Path** or **North** depending on the requirements.

{% hint style="info" %}
The drone's yaw is locked at the set angle relative to the reference axis (**Flight Path** or **North**) and will not change as the mission progresses.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/m3d2lK9DhyEFN4mZtaOz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Setting the Camera Angle</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Image Overlap

Image Overlap parameters affect the percentage of region photographed that would be common between two consecutive images taken along the flight path, or two images taken over adjacent flight paths. Changes in these parameters affect the Route Speed and Grid spacing. Moreover, changes in overlap parameters can affect the time taken to process the images and the quality of output obtained after processing.

<figure><img src="/files/pQXZYBvsj97l2NKyWfIj" alt=""><figcaption><p>Image Overlap settings</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Front Overlap:** Front Overlap refers to the overlap between two consecutive images taken along the flight path of the drone. It is the percentage of overlap between the front end of one image and the back end of the preceding image. The primary purpose of front overlap is to ensure that there is sufficient coverage and redundancy in the captured images for creating accurate and seamless maps or 3D models. High front overlap is essential for photogrammetry, where multiple viewpoints of the same area are required to stitch the images together accurately.
* **Side Overlap:** Side Overlap refers to the overlap between images captured across adjacent flight paths. It is the percentage of overlap between the side of one image and the side of another image from a parallel flight path. Similar to front overlap, side overlap ensures comprehensive coverage of the area being mapped or modeled. It helps in accurately aligning and stitching together images from different flight lines, crucial for creating uniform, high-quality maps or 3D models without gaps.

<figure><img src="/files/tRU4ufjnc8GdtuLOPcvh" alt=""><figcaption><p>Illustration of Front and Side Overlap of images in Grid Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

### 6. Approach Settings

For increased safety and efficiency, users can configure the approach path and speed leading to the starting point of a grid mission. This feature provides greater flexibility in designing and aligning the grid mission to meet specific requirements. The following approach parameters can be controlled:

* **Approach Speed**: Set the drone's speed for approaching the mission's starting point.
* **Custom Approach Route**: Use the toggle button to enable a custom approach route. If not enabled, the drone will fly directly from its dock to the grid mission's start point in a straight line.

<figure><img src="/files/0cLUfCjG56pedUXwosHv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Custom Approach Route for Grid Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Setting an Approach Route**:
  1. Click on the map to mark the starting point of the approach path.
  2. Drag and drop waypoints (midpoints of straight line segments) between this start point and the grid mission's start point to create the desired approach path.
* **Managing Waypoints**:
  1. Waypoints are listed for easy navigation; use the left and right arrows to view all waypoints.
  2. To remove a waypoint, click on the ![](/files/B5mSy7PFIpR3a1YdGTfI)icon.

<figure><img src="/files/GxQmwTWqFyuOlVfJRxij" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone Approach Settings (in Red), and Waypoint toggles (in Green)</p></figcaption></figure>

### 7. RF Link Loss Condition

This setting defines the drone's behavior in the event of RF link loss. Users can configure it to either continue the mission or initiate a Return-to-Home (RTH) procedure.

<figure><img src="/files/EHzu3tKDCG9iSx0HcT6M" alt=""><figcaption><p>RF Link Loss Condition</p></figcaption></figure>

### 8. Positioning Accuracy

Different positioning accuracy options can be configured here:

* GNSS : Relies solely on satellite positioning to guide the drone. Suitable for operations where centimeter‑level precision is not critical. The accuracy range is as following:
  * Horizontal: ± 1.5 m
  * Vertical: ± 0.5 m
* RTK : Switches to Real‑Time Kinematic corrections for ultra‑precise navigation Recommended for applications requiring ultra‑precise station‑keeping such as mapping using grid missions. The accuracy range is as following:
  * Horizontal: ± 0.1 m
  * Vertical: ± 0.1 m

### 9. Finish Action

Choose the finish action for the drone when it completes the grid mission. Here are the different finish actions that you can configure:

* **Return to Home (RTH)** - The drone goes back to the docking station.
* **Exit Mission and Hover** - The drone hovers at the end point of the grid.
* **Go to First Waypoint and Hover** - The drone moves to the start point of the grid and hovers there.

<figure><img src="/files/G308Dq0nC2Qny2gdLlOQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Finish Action</p></figcaption></figure>

Once all settings have been done, click on **Save** to save the mission. This mission will then appear in the **Missions** tab on the FlytBase dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/Z8zUM34CyKNeVx4NclxM" alt=""><figcaption><p>Save Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/zrOVh3qua6rih7mgz4hz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Missions tab</p></figcaption></figure>

To know more on how to **import a mission as a KML file**, refer to the following [documentation](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning/importing-a-mission-using-kml-file).


# Importing a Mission using KML file

When it comes to capturing precision aerial data via aerial surveys, having a good definition of the required area is the starting point for any project. A **KML (Keyhole Markup Language)** file is used to display geographic data (polygon areas and linear paths).

This feature reduces the workload of a user when planning complex mission flows with\
FlytBase. Since the format KML is widely known and accepted, it provides users with the ability to create complex missions via the FlytBase dashboard.

{% hint style="warning" %}
The KML file must not contain a flight path, waypoint actions, and curved or circular path.
{% endhint %}

#### Import KML Missions feature is a part of the Mission tab, and can be accessed when the operator clicks on 'add mission'. The user is given the option to create or import either of the two types of missions:

1. **Path mission:** To import a path mission, go to the **missions** tab, click on **'add mission',** and select the **'import mission'** option.\
   The operator can then configure the mission route and waypoint settings. Refer to the path mission tab to set the parameters for the mission.

<figure><img src="/files/WhtoPe6fJ2QZnGzjHUGq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Create a Path mission using KML import</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Please ensure that the KML file does not contain a closed shape when creating a Path Mission.
{% endhint %}

2\. **Grid mission:** To import a grid mission, go to the missions tab, click on '**add mission'**, and select **'import mission'** under the grid mission option. The shape created in the KML file must be a polygon to create a grid mission.

The operator may then configure the grid route and layout settings. Refer to the grid mission tab to set the parameters for the mission.

<figure><img src="/files/0FRqsgZDFNVbqmuVDZP0" alt=""><figcaption><p>Create a grid mission using KML import</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Please ensure that the KML file does not contain more than one shape.
{% endhint %}


# WPML Mission

You can also import a WPML mission in KMZ format on the FlytBase dashboard to create a mission. After importing the mission, you can specify mission parameters for it, similar to the source being a path mission or a grid mission, and edit mission configurations accordingly.


# Mission Breakpoint

The Mission Breakpoint feature is designed to allow you to resume a mission from the last point of interruption. Here's a detailed guide on when and how to use it.

### Mission Breakpoint

The Mission Breakpoint feature is designed to address interruptions during missions. These interruptions can result from technical, operational, environmental, or safety concerns.

### Common Causes of Mission Interruptions:

1. **Hardware Issues:** Malfunctions such as low battery, faulty GPS, rotor or propeller damage, or sensor failures.
2. **Communication Failures:** Signal disruptions between the drone and its docking station.
3. **Manual Intervention:** Operator overrides for perceived risks or manual maneuvers.
4. **Mission Planning Errors:** Misconfigured waypoints, altitude settings, or geofencing boundaries.
5. **Radio Frequency Interference (RFI):** Disruptions from nearby electronic devices or systems.
6. **Return to Home (RTH) Activation:** Triggered by low battery, signal loss, or safety thresholds.
7. **Fail-Safe Mode:** Automatic halting of missions due to activation of device fail-safes or weather conditions.

### Breakpoint Overview:

* A **Breakpoint** represents the exact progress of completion at which the drone aborts its mission due to a voluntary or involuntary event.
* The Mission Breakpoint feature enables users to resume incomplete missions from the last achieved point rather than restarting from the beginning. Resumption are based on the type of mission:
  * **Path Mission:** Resumes from the last waypoint reached before the interruption.
  * **Grid Mission:** Resumes from the last sharp angle covered during the previous flight.

### Using the Breakpoint Feature:

1. **Execute a Mission:** Start a pre-planned mission from the **Drone Control Panel**. [Refer the FlytBase Flight Execution section to execute a pre-planned mission.](/in-flight-modules/flight-execution#how-to-execute-a-pre-planned-mission)

<figure><img src="/files/ZikrSATF7cxyvuHywdS6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Executing a pre-planned Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

2. **Abort Mission:** Click the **RTH** (Return to Home) button on the drone control panel to safely abort and return the drone to the dock.

<figure><img src="/files/6c1h1Ztq6qJIdXSC6AD7" alt=""><figcaption><p>Using the RTH command to abort a live mission</p></figcaption></figure>

3. **Access Saved Missions:**
   * Navigate to the **Mission** tab in the drone control panel. The **Mission** tab will display a small blue dot indicating that there are some incomplete missions.
   * Incomplete missions are indicated with the label **Incomplete** and display relevant details such as the percentage of mission left and estimated completion time.
4. **Resume Mission:**
   * Select the desired incomplete mission and then click 'Resume'
   * Confirm the safety checklist parameters and click 'Launch'

<figure><img src="/files/2kOABGL4xEbqrqksSSB1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Resuming incomplete missions from the operations dashboard</p></figcaption></figure>

5. **Completion:** The drone will restart from the designated Breakpoint:

* For Path Missions: The mission resumes from the last waypoint reached before the interruption.

<figure><img src="/files/icP6MkHZ5qd7ftl99at5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone resuming the incomplete Path mission</p></figcaption></figure>

* For Grid Missions: The mission esumes from the last sharp angle covered during the previous flight.

<figure><img src="/files/ZSaVxnAUy80RTin4axtz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone resuming the incomplete Grid mission</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
You can restart any incomplete mission by clicking the **Reset** button next to it in the **Missions Tab** of the **Drone Control Panel**.
{% endhint %}

### Scenarios Where Breakpoint Can Be Used:

* Mission aborted due to technical, operational, or environmental issues.
* Missions interrupted by manual **RTH** action.
* Manual intervention using the **STOP** button followed by the **RTH** command.

### Scenarios Where Breakpoint Cannot Be Used:

* Deleted missions.
* Mission where the mission parameters have been modified.
* Missions that are aborted before the drone reaches the first waypoint.
* Missions reset via the Operations Dashboard.

### Resuming Missions Mid-Air:

If the mission is stopped mid-flight for **manual control** or a **Go-To-Location (GTL)** command, it can still be resumed from the last waypoint.

{% hint style="info" %}
If **RTH** is initiated, resumption is only possible after the drone returns to the dock.
{% endhint %}


# Mission Management

Categorize missions using personalized keywords, allowing for easy organization and grouping of missions by location, team, or other relevant criteria, streamlining mission management.

## Tags

By utilizing custom tags, operators are able to categorize missions based on criteria such as geographic location, operator name, docking station, and others as per their operational requirements. The feature allows for assigning multiple tags to a single mission and filtering missions based on these tags and mission types, resulting in a streamlined mission management process. Tags also include a tag management tool, providing operators with the ability to edit, create and delete tags.

### Creating Tags

* Navigate to the **Missions** section under **Planning** in the Navigation drawer.
* Click on the <img src="/files/33smNpPhJDbC0yu4aFKC" alt="" data-size="line">button to create a new mission.
* Add tags in the tags bar while creating a Path or Grid mission, and finally, select **"Create New."**

<figure><img src="/files/17smlFazJp6rADLFotmv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating tags</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
The newly created tags will be visible under the Manage Tags section. Operators can assign multiple tags to a single mission.

Operators can also apply a tag by choosing one from the tags field below the mission name.
{% endhint %}

### Adding Tags

To filter missions using tags, follow these steps:

1. Access the tags or the mission drop-down menu in the mission list as required.
2. Select the desired tags or mission type from the available options as a filter.
3. Click the **Apply** button to activate the filter and view the filtered missions.

<figure><img src="/files/ndaZPFc4Y1P5drCvZoPz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Filter Tags</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/lhPA1ta96K3mm4BWxJxh" alt=""><figcaption><p>Create Tag from Manage Tags</p></figcaption></figure>

### Missions Panel

<figure><img src="/files/GUhiRl9z9e4dgC2AcZdl" alt=""><figcaption><p>Missions Panel</p></figcaption></figure>

1. **Create Mission:** This allows operators to create new missions.
2. **Manage Tags**![](/files/TkprthGwx7CQGpatdjOm)**:** Provides access to the tag management system, enabling operators to create, edit, and delete their tags.

<figure><img src="/files/pWIVsd33jMeXtgiGuKaf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Managing Tags</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/NzLfJS7vAkIiO2Ah3Ip6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a new Tag</p></figcaption></figure>

3. **Disable Missions** <picture><source srcset="/files/dC9dpHWpYwpEujPqTCxA" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="/files/ljTRsunDZ2MWrP5xSazl" alt="" data-size="line"></picture>: A centralized repository for all missions that have been disabled from the mission planning tab. These missions are archived and are no longer visible in the missions panel and cannot be launched.

<figure><img src="/files/9IYXB0Vj1rSuNHdOGlYI" alt=""><figcaption><p>Disabling a Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/YhUOuF06pjHfC1DAHYgv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Disabled Mission Tab</p></figcaption></figure>

4. **Hide**<picture><source srcset="/files/EndSWsH3hfzjWHpjJDfC" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="/files/TvLqPfv2wSFi0ZCrBJsD" alt=""></picture>**/Show**<picture><source srcset="/files/rxEk6hhsBAY5Tsgo7eb4" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="/files/9fl21eUXNX5F1JttNvHq" alt=""></picture> **all Missions on Map:** Provides control to hide or show all missions on the map at once.
5. **Hide**<picture><source srcset="/files/EndSWsH3hfzjWHpjJDfC" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="/files/TvLqPfv2wSFi0ZCrBJsD" alt=""></picture>**/Show**<picture><source srcset="/files/rxEk6hhsBAY5Tsgo7eb4" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="/files/9fl21eUXNX5F1JttNvHq" alt=""></picture> **Single Mission:** Provides control to hide or show a particular mission on the map.

Now that you have a grasp of mission planning, explore how to [schedule and automate](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-scheduler) recurring flights for your planned missions.


# Mission Scheduler

Schedule drone missions in advance, assign specific drones to time slots, set recurring frequencies, and track mission outcomes with the Mission Scheduler.

The Mission Scheduler provides a calendar-based interface for planning and managing drone missions across a fleet. Operators can schedule missions in advance, assign specific drones to designated time slots, and configure missions to repeat at regular intervals. The scheduler functions as the fleet's flight agenda - displaying all upcoming, active, and completed missions in a single view.

Each mission card on the calendar indicates the current status of the schedule and provides quick access to details such as the assigned drone, mission type, and execution results. For completed missions, the card links directly to the corresponding flight log. For failed or incomplete missions, the card displays the reason for the outcome.

<figure><img src="/files/ecRawXIkLF9U3qtrrWf8" alt="Mission Scheduler calendar in month view showing the schedule button, day/week/month toggles, and status legend"><figcaption><p>Mission Scheduler calendar interface with the status legend at the bottom</p></figcaption></figure>

## Calendar Views

The scheduler offers three calendar views to organize and review the flight schedule:

* **Day** - displays all missions scheduled for a single day
* **Week** - displays missions across a seven-day period
* **Month** - displays the full month's schedule at a glance

Use the navigation arrows and the month dropdown on the left side of the scheduler to switch between months and review the schedule for any time period. **Click** **Today** to return to the current date.

## Scheduling a Mission

There are two ways to create a new schedule:

* **Click directly on a date** in the calendar to begin scheduling for that day. The date field is pre-filled automatically.
* **Click** the **Schedule** button in the top-right corner to open the scheduling form manually. The date must be entered manually in this case.

<figure><img src="/files/LGC7yVJR81ja4X2XYaZM" alt="Create Schedule form showing fields for title, drone, mission, date, time, timezone, and frequency"><figcaption><p>Schedule creation form with title, drone, mission, date, time zone, frequency, and recurrence settings</p></figcaption></figure>

After selecting either option, complete the following fields:

1. **Enter** a title for the schedule (maximum 20 characters).
2. **Select** the drone from the **Drone** dropdown.
3. **Select** the mission from the **Mission** dropdown.
4. **Set** the date, if it was not pre-filled from the calendar.
5. **Set** the time at which the mission should execute.
6. **Set** the time zone.

{% hint style="warning" %}
The time zone must match the operator's local time zone. An incorrect time zone setting shifts the scheduled execution time, potentially causing missions to run at unintended times.
{% endhint %}

7. **Select** the frequency:
   * **Just Once** - the mission runs only at the specified date and time.
   * **Repetitive** - the mission repeats at regular intervals. Select either **Day** or **Week** from the **Every** dropdown, then set an end date in the **Ends on** field for the recurring schedule.
8. **Click** **Create** to finalize the schedule.

<figure><img src="/files/20U0SOeFI2EB5PnJym0Q" alt="Scheduler calendar showing Perimeter Inspection missions scheduled across multiple days with blue status tags"><figcaption><p>Recurring mission scheduled across consecutive days with blue Scheduled status tags</p></figcaption></figure>

## Managing Scheduled Missions

### Viewing Mission Details

**Click** on any mission card to view the mission details, including the mission name, assigned drone, docking station, and scheduled time.

### Editing, Canceling, Duplicating, and Deleting

**Click** the three-dot menu on a mission card to access the following options:

<figure><img src="/files/qwsBMNc4i2cKPdllcSin" alt="Mission card popup showing the three-dot menu with Edit, Cancel, Duplicate, and Delete options"><figcaption><p>Three-dot menu options for managing a scheduled mission</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Edit** - modify the schedule parameters
* **Cancel** - cancel the schedule for that specific day only
* **Duplicate** - create a copy of the schedule
* **Delete** - remove the scheduled mission

{% hint style="info" %}
After canceling a schedule, a **Restore** option appears in the three-dot menu. Use it to reinstate a canceled schedule without recreating it.
{% endhint %}

### Deleting Recurring Missions

When deleting a mission that is part of a recurring schedule, three deletion options are available:

* **Delete This Event** - removes only the selected occurrence
* **Delete This and Following Events** - removes the selected occurrence and all future occurrences in the series
* **Delete All Events** - removes every occurrence in the recurring series

## Mission Status Tags

The scheduler uses six color-coded tags to indicate the current state or outcome of each scheduled mission. The status legend is displayed at the bottom of the calendar.

| Tag Color | Status      | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
| --------- | ----------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Blue      | Scheduled   | The mission is scheduled for a future date and time.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
| Yellow    | In Progress | The drone has picked up the schedule and is currently executing the mission.                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
| Green     | Complete    | The drone successfully completed the scheduled mission.                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
| Grey      | Cancelled   | The mission was manually canceled by an operator. This status is never assigned automatically.                                                                                                                                                                                      |
| Red       | Failed      | The drone could not take off or execute the mission. Common causes include calibration issues, 4G or network connectivity loss, and failsafe triggers such as high wind speed, low battery, or rainfall.                                                                            |
| Peach     | Incomplete  | The drone began executing the mission but could not complete it. This occurs when a failsafe condition - such as increased wind speed, heavy rainfall, or a battery drop - triggers a Return to Home (RTH) mid-flight. The drone returns with the mission only partially completed. |


# 3D Mission Planning

3D Mission Planning on FlytBase plays a key role in enabling safe, accurate, and efficient autonomous drone operations—especially in environments where terrain and elevation change frequently. By bringing spatial context directly into the mission planning workflow, it helps teams better prepare for complex scenarios and execute flights with greater confidence.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/KAOzRFQV-_k>" %}
Overview- 3D mission planning
{% endembed %}


# Copy-Paste Waypoints Across Missions

FlytBase now supports copy-paste of waypoints across missions in the 3D Mission Planner, allowing operators to reuse previously created waypoints including camera actions, gimbal settings, and inspection logic across different missions.

This enables faster mission creation, eliminates repetitive setup work, and allows inspection missions to be assembled from existing waypoint building blocks instead of being recreated from scratch.

<figure><img src="/files/l3TC8O1S61Jz41MHxPVG" alt=""><figcaption><p>Copy-paste waypoints across missions. Select waypoints in one mission and paste them into another while preserving actions and camera configuration.</p></figcaption></figure>

### The Mission Reuse Problem

Building inspection missions requires careful setup:

• Waypoints must be positioned precisely\
• Gimbal angles and zoom levels need tuning\
• Oriented Shoot and AI Spot Check actions must be aligned correctly

For Live Mission Recording, the investment is even higher - real flight time is spent framing shots and capturing waypoints one by one.

Previously, once a mission was created, its waypoints were locked to that mission. When inspection scopes changed, operators had limited options:

• Recreate the mission manually\
• Duplicate a mission and delete unwanted waypoints\
• Record an entirely new Live Mission Recording session

This became especially inefficient when assets were recorded across multiple missions. Executing those missions required repeated launch-fly-return cycles, wasting battery and time on redundant transit instead of inspection.

Waypoints can now be copied from one mission and pasted into another, turning existing missions into reusable waypoint libraries.

### Copy-Paste Waypoints

Waypoints can now be copied from one mission and pasted into another, turning existing missions into reusable waypoint libraries.

Everything associated with a waypoint can be transferred:

• Position and altitude\
• Gimbal angles and camera zoom\
• Waypoint actions\
• Oriented Shoot configuration\
• AI Spot Check reference images

<figure><img src="/files/rItXStb0yDPJx9NxFn1o" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selection of multiple waypoints</p></figcaption></figure>

Waypoints are copied without modifying the source mission, allowing recording missions to remain intact while execution missions are consolidated.

#### Two Copy Modes

Two copy options are available depending on the use case:

**Copy waypoints and actions**\
Preserves full waypoint configuration, including actions, gimbal settings, and camera parameters.\
Recommended when reusing inspection or Live Mission Recording waypoints.

**Copy waypoints only**\
Transfers waypoint positions without actions.\
Useful when reusing a flight path for a different operational purpose.

<figure><img src="/files/0MNbIg4eXz6mjLpfuZwy" alt=""><figcaption><p>Waypoint copy options showing "Copy waypoints only" and "Copy waypoints and actions".</p></figcaption></figure>

### Copying Waypoints: Step by Step

#### 1. Open the source mission

Open the mission containing the waypoints you want to reuse in the 3D Mission Planner.

#### 2. Enter multi-select mode

Enable waypoint multi-select from the toolbar or press Ctrl/Cmd + M.

#### 3. Select waypoints

• Ctrl/Cmd + Click - select individual waypoints\
• Shift + Click - select a range\
• Ctrl/Cmd + A - select all\
• Escape - clear selection

#### 4. Copy

Click any selected waypoint and choose either:

• Copy waypoints only, or\
• Copy waypoints and actions

#### 5. Switch to the destination mission

Open an existing mission or create a new one in a separate tab. Select the waypoint after which the copied waypoints should be inserted.

#### 6. Import

Click Import Waypoints in the toolbar and select Copied Waypoints.

The copied waypoints are inserted immediately after the selected waypoint, maintaining their original order. All actions and camera configurations are preserved if included during copy.

Note: If the source and destination missions use incompatible hardware, validation errors will be raised.

### Why This Changes Mission Planning

#### Consolidating Live Mission Recording Sessions

Live Mission Recording is time-intensive to create but fast to execute. When recordings are split across multiple missions, execution becomes inefficient due to repeated launch and transit cycles.

Copy-paste allows operators to:

• Combine waypoints from multiple recording missions\
• Execute all inspections in a single flight\
• Reduce redundant dock-to-site transit

Recording missions remain untouched and reusable for future workflows.

#### Mix-and-Match Asset Coverage

Different inspection scenarios require different asset combinations:

• Routine inspections\
• Post-event assessments\
• Targeted follow-ups

Instead of rebuilding missions, operators can now pull the required waypoints into a new mission. Missions become modular asset libraries rather than fixed flight plans.

### Mission Editing Improvements

Copy-paste is supported by several mission editing enhancements.

#### Drag-and-Drop Waypoint Reordering

Waypoints can be reordered directly in the waypoint list:

• Drag waypoints to reposition them\
• Use Alt/Opt + Space, then Arrow Up/Down for keyboard reordering

The flight path updates instantly in the 3D map.

<figure><img src="/files/qGLdP9W1qz7CsfEMVpJh" alt=""><figcaption><p>Reorder waypoints directly in the waypoint list with the flight path updating in real time.</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Insert Waypoints in Existing Sequences

<figure><img src="/files/r8OJZ89ybdOwusicCu06" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

New waypoints can be added before or after any existing waypoint, not just appended at the end. This simplifies mid-mission edits.

#### Multi-Select and Bulk Delete

Multiple waypoints can be selected and deleted in a single action, making mission cleanup faster and more precise.

<figure><img src="/files/f9gHUVVOWYit1nUVUpzg" alt=""><figcaption><p>Multi-select multiple waypoints and delete them in a single action.</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Waypoint Errors and Suggestions

The 3D Mission Planner now validates mission configuration and surfaces issues in a Suggestions and Errors panel.

Examples include:

• Stop recording without a corresponding start action\
• Invalid or conflicting waypoint configurations

<figure><img src="/files/xCM3YrDO28hzFFT8yeWa" alt=""><figcaption><p>Suggestions and errors highlighted during mission planning to catch configuration issues early.</p></figcaption></figure>

Errors are flagged during planning, before mission execution.

***

### KML Import

Line KML files can now be imported during mission creation.

• KML vertices are converted into waypoints\
• Imported waypoints can be edited, reordered, and enhanced with actions

This is useful for teams maintaining routes or asset locations in GIS tools or Google Earth.

<figure><img src="/files/zB1D4TA7B9aef6qCSvxs" alt=""><figcaption><p>Import line KML files to convert existing routes into waypoint missions.</p></figcaption></figure>

Notes:\
• Line KMLs only\
• Polygon KMLs are not supported\
• No interpolation between vertices

***

### Keyboard Controls

A comprehensive keyboard control system is available for waypoint management.

Keyboard controls are disabled by default and can be enabled from the bottom toolbar. A full keymap reference is accessible via the info panel.

<figure><img src="/files/tdH1ogxIXmvjFv7sUSoB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Enable or disable keyboard controls from the mission planner toolbar.</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/iDtdbWyxxf03RPmk1bdi" alt=""><figcaption><p>View the full keyboard control reference for waypoint navigation and editing.</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Supported control areas

**Movement**

* WASD for horizontal movement
* Z/C for altitude adjustment

**Navigation**

* Tab - cycle waypoints
* Arrow keys - navigate waypoints and actions
* Alt/Opt + Space - reorder mode

**Waypoint Actions**

* Single-key shortcuts for common actions such as photo capture, video recording, hover, yaw, and zoom

**Multi-Select**

* Ctrl/Cmd + M - toggle multi-select
* Ctrl/Cmd + Click, Shift + Click - selection
* Ctrl/Cmd + A - select all
* Escape - clear selection

Keyboard controls significantly reduce editing time for complex missions with many waypoints.

### Hardware Compatibility

All features in this release are supported across all FlytBase-supported devices.

The 3D Mission Planner's linear mission capabilities work with any hardware configured in your FlytBase deployment.<br>

\
\
\
\ <br>


# Zones

Learn more about creating Zones for your devices along with the expected behaviour of the drone while Geofence and NFZs are active.

With Zones, you gain the power to tailor your drone's operational space. This feature enables you to create and manage No Fly Zones and Geofences right from your dashboard. It's designed to ensure your drones fly exactly where you want them to, enhancing safety and compliance with regulations.

## Types of Zones: FlytBase supports two primary types of Zones:

* Geofence: These are customizable virtual geographical boundaries for the drone. Users can view, manage, create, or import custom geofences as per their specific requirements. Once the Geofence has been added, users can link it with a specific Dock to use it with the respective device.
* No Fly Zone: These are predefined areas where flying is restricted or prohibited, ensuring compliance with local regulations and safety protocols. Users can create, import, and manage NFZs. These apply to all the devices added within an Organization once synchronized accordingly.

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Geofence" %}

### Accessing the Geofence Section:

* Navigate to the' Geofence' section to view, manage, create, or import custom Geofences for your organization.

<figure><img src="/files/VUjFisAdRDPBHQASCuGp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Geofence Section</p></figcaption></figure>

* Now, left-click on the "+" button to add a new Geofence. There are two ways to add one:
  * Create
  * Import

### Creating a Geofence

<figure><img src="/files/om2k9te3DXOLhIk7B6Gz" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add a Geofence</p></figcaption></figure>

* To create a **Polygon Geofence**, select 'Polygon' and left-click on the map. Then adjust the vertices according to your airspace environment and click on 'create'.

<figure><img src="/files/iuwYTJY8ahCnU93QJ0e5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a 'Polygon' GeoFence</p></figcaption></figure>

* To create a **Circular Geofence**, click on 'Circular', then left-click on the map. Adjust the circle's radius by either dragging the node points or directly setting the radius.

<figure><img src="/files/0jFvDozn3TK6aM1SFL59" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a 'Circular' GeoFence</p></figcaption></figure>

* Operators can toggle the Geofences to be Active/Inactive on the Geofence page.

<figure><img src="/files/ddrT4mHLIyQjnEYLHgus" alt=""><figcaption><p>Toggle Geofence Active/Inactive</p></figcaption></figure>

The Drone will create a smart path within the Geofence in the following scenarios:

1. Go-to Location is executed: In case a Geofence is active, and a Go-to location is initiated, the drone will create a smart path to reach the intended point and stay within the Geofence area.
2. RTH is initiated: In a scenario where a Geofence is present and active, and RTH is initiated, the drone will create a smart path to reach the docking station and stay within the Geofence area.

{% hint style="info" %}
You can add an NFZ inside a Geofence.
{% endhint %}

### Assign a Geofence to the device

* To assign a Geofence to a device, navigate to the 'Zones' section on the device page.

<figure><img src="/files/KB7rgwRTowqKvpj7nSAQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select a Geofence for the device.</p></figcaption></figure>

* Click on 'Select from Library' to choose a geofence for the specific device.

<figure><img src="/files/6QuhJE88B8DVKecYqvEd" alt=""><figcaption><p>Geofence List</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Geofences that are compatible with the device can be selected.
{% endhint %}

* Once selected, click on 'Sync' to apply the changes and synchronize the particular device with the Geofence and NFZs.

Expected Behavior of the Drone when Geofence is Active:

| Scenario                        | Description                                                                           | Behaviour                                                                                                                                         |
| ------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Mission Outside Geofence        | The drone is on a mission that leads it outside the boundaries of an active Geofence. | The drone initiates a Return-to-Home (RTH) procedure upon approaching the Geofence.                                                               |
| Go-To Location Outside Geofence | 'Go-To' location command is issued, directing the drone outside the Geofence.         | The drone initially accepts the command and begins the flight. However, it will abort the 'Go-To' maneuver upon Geofence approach and will hover. |
| Dock Outside Geofence           | The docking station is located outside the Geofence, and a mission is assigned.       | The drone will not take off, recognizing the dock's location is outside the Geofence.                                                             |

{% hint style="warning" %}
Ensure that the Geofence boundaries are always at a minimum of 20m away from the Dock location and the intended flying areas.
{% endhint %}
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="No Fly Zones (NFZs)" %}

### Accessing the No Fly Zones Section:

* Navigate to the 'NFZ' section to view, manage, create, or import custom NFZs for your organization.

<figure><img src="/files/0IL4OPwalHiLYNcjdH0D" alt=""><figcaption><p>NFZ Section</p></figcaption></figure>

* Now, left-click on the "+" button to add a new Geofence. There are two ways to add one:
  * Create
  * Import

### Creating an NFZ

<figure><img src="/files/fbjcikfUgFscDjtPiV7D" alt=""><figcaption><p>Add a NFZ</p></figcaption></figure>

* To create a **Polygon NFZ**, select 'Polygon' and left-click on the map. Then adjust the vertices according to your airspace environment and click on 'create'.

<figure><img src="/files/OOF7hp0mATfTD2t4MOM0" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a 'Polygon' NFZ</p></figcaption></figure>

* To create a **Circular NFZ**, click on 'Circular', then left-click on the map. Adjust the circle's radius by either dragging the node points or directly setting the radius.

<figure><img src="/files/YQbCsAUE3vfWlMidXD0m" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a 'Circular' NFZ</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
NFZs are universal for all devices registered within an organization, unlike Geofences, which are specific to individual devices.
{% endhint %}

### Syncing NFZ across all devices

* Easily sync an NFZ across all the devices within an organization. Following are the different methods you can perform this operation:

  * Inside the 'NFZ' tab within the Navigation drawer, you can easily sync the NFZ with all the devices.

  <figure><img src="/files/iPMp1CWAzSpDhcgrlehw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Syncing NFZs across all devices</p></figcaption></figure>

  * Once, synced you will receive a confirmation notification that syncing has started.

{% hint style="info" %}
The Drone will create a smart path avoiding the NFZ only in the following scenarios:

1. Go-to Location is executed: In case an NFZ is active and present between the drone and the intended Go-to location point, the drone will avoid the NFZs and fly towards the location.
2. RTDS is initiated: In a scenario where an NFZ is present and active between the drone and the Dock location, the drone will avoid the NFZs and fly towards the Docking Station.
   {% endhint %}

#### Expected Behavior of the Drone while the NFZ is active:

| Scenario                                 | Description                                                                                            | Expected Behavior                                                                                                                                        |
| ---------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Mission Through NFZ                      | Mission path goes through an NFZ with both NFZ and Geofence synchronized (NFZ is inside the Geofence). | On approaching the NFZ, the drone initiates Return-to-Docking-Station.                                                                                   |
| Active NFZ that covers the Dock location | An active NFZ covers the Dock location, and a mission is launched.                                     | The enclosure opens, but the drone cannot perform a take off due to the NFZ restriction. The enclosure simply closes and the Dock is back to idle state. |

{% hint style="warning" %}
Ensure that the NFZ boundaries are always at a minimum of 20m away from the Dock location and the intended flying areas.
{% endhint %}
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

### Flight Configuration:

#### Setting the Maximum Flight Altitude and Distance Limit:

* To set the Max Flight Altitude Limit for a device, navigate to the 'Zones' section on the devices page.
* Enter the Altitude value between 20m-1500m.
* Similarly, enter a Maximum Distance Limit value between 15m-8000m.

{% hint style="info" %}

* Upon achieving the Altitude Limit, the drone will continue the ongoing action without breaching the altitude limit or abort the launch.
* In case the Distance Limit is breached, the drone will stop its ongoing action and hover, or abort the launch.
  {% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/uPWaW7eW0Womj9N5U2sC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Flight Configuration</p></figcaption></figure>


# Terrain Visualization

A guide to using the Terrain Visualization feature, which provides an estimate of the terrain features along your flight path, helping you plan and execute your flights safely.

## Overview

* The Terrain Visualization feature is a powerful tool designed to enhance flight safety and optimize mission planning. It provides operators with a clear view of the terrain along the drone’s flight path, highlighting key elevation changes and potential obstacles.
* This feature allows operators to plan with confidence by visualizing altitude variations, waypoint elevations, and safe flight thresholds.
* The terrain visualization panel gives you a real-time view of the flight path against the ground below before you launch a GTL or a Mission. You can now see the terrain profile directly in the left panel, and click the expand button (\[ ]) to open a larger, detailed view.

## Terrain Profile Graph

The **Terrain Profile Graph** displays elevation changes along the planned flight path of the drone. This helps operators assess altitude variations during any particular flight. Following information is displayed as part of the Terrain Profile Graph:

* **Dock Altitude:** This is used as the reference for all altitudes displayed on the graph
* **Waypoint Altitudes:** Height of each waypoint is displayed along the flight path
* **Go To Safe Altitude (GTSA): A**ltitude set for GTSA action is marked on the graph
* **Return to Home (RTH):** Altitude set for RTH action is visible on the graph
* **Maximum Altitude Limit:** The upper limit of flight altitude is marked on the graph
* **Task Alt:** The default task altitude used by GTSA‑related maneuvers. Shown as a cyan line.

{% hint style="info" %}
The **Terrain Profile Graph** uses these units on its axes:

* **X-axis:** **Distance** along the flight path (meters, feet, or yards)

* **Y-axis:** **Altitude** relative to the Dock (**Relative to Takeoff, RLT**) (meters, feet, or yards)
  {% endhint %}

* The Terrain Profile Graph is available before executing Path, Grid and Waypoint Missions.

* This allows users to have an extensive overview of the terrain along the mission path and also provides them caution and warning information before executing a mission.

<figure><img src="/files/aXLGpJJNTkDigzxN5c4t" alt=""><figcaption><p>Terrain visualization showing altitude caution and terrain profile</p></figcaption></figure>

### Terrain Profile in the Left Panel

Once you drop a GTL pin, the terrain elevation graph loads automatically in the right panel. You can use this to compare the planned flight altitude against the terrain below.\
To get a full-screen detailed view of the terrain profile, click the \[ ] expand button in the top-right corner of the terrain graph.

* The Terrain Visualization information is also available before performing Go To Location (GTL) flights.
* Here operators will be able to choose between Relative to Takeoff (RLT) and Above Ground Level (AGL) as the reference altitude before setting the GTL parameters.

{% hint style="warning" %}
The terrain information regarding the possible NFZs on the flight path will not be reflected in the Terrain Profile Graph.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/wwGn0OIOAxUWjouZubyj" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Terrain Profile Graph preview before giving Go To Location (GTL) command</p></figcaption></figure>


# Terrain Visualization for Missions

A comprehensive guide to using the Terrain Visualisation feature, which provides an estimate of the terrain features along your flight path, helping you navigate safely throughout your mission.

## Selecting your mission

* Navigate to the **Fleet** tab in the Navigation Drawer.
* Click on the card of the drone which you wish to control.
* In the drone's detailed view, click on the **Missions** button in the control panel.
* Select the desired path/grid mission from the list and click on next.

<figure><img src="/files/Dqq51Yc0Mv86xi4Op7YY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Selecting the Mission</p></figcaption></figure>

## Terrain Visualisation Before Mission Execution

{% hint style="warning" %}
Terrain Visualisation does not work for Scheduled missions. Users should verify by planning to execute the mission once before scheduling it.
{% endhint %}

### 1. Path Missions

Before executing Path missions, you can preview the altitude of each waypoint using the **terrain profile graph. This will allow you to a**ssess altitude variations over the flight path using the RLT altitude reference on the Y-axis, and the terrain outline along the flight path.

This allows for precise comparison of elevation changes at **individual waypoints**, ensuring safe flight path for mission.

<figure><img src="/files/bG1iInS5oypMWhT4FS5z" alt=""><figcaption><p>The pre-launch dialog opens with the Terrain Elevation preview for selected waypoint mission</p></figcaption></figure>

### 2. Grid Missions

A clear altitude preview for all grid points will be visible using the **terrain profile graph**, enabling you to compare elevation changes along the flight path.

<figure><img src="/files/gyj9Lp1mFE6wyVrOkiTr" alt=""><figcaption><p>Terrain Elevation preview for selected grid mission</p></figcaption></figure>

### 3. Breakpoint Missions (Resuming incomplete missions)

For a waypoint or grid mission with a breakpoint, you would be able to view the resuming point on the flight path labelled as **B. It will also be indicated on** the Terrain Profile Graph you would be able see the current standing with the terrain elevation.

<figure><img src="/files/7LQnwXfFSBeSSO51lvMD" alt=""><figcaption><p>Breakpoint preview during a grid mission</p></figcaption></figure>

## Warnings

If the planned altitude parameters for the mission exceeds limits or creates a conflict with the terrain, FlytBase provides an immediate warning, ensuring compliance with safety protocols.

**Path colors**

The planned flight path changes color based on its relationship to the terrain and altitude limits:

| Color              | Meaning                                                                           |
| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Blue**           | The path is safely clear of the terrain and within altitude limits.               |
| **Amber**          | The path is within 20 m of the ground. Review the mission parameters.             |
| **Red (terrain)**  | The path intersects the ground. The mission must be redefined before launch.      |
| **Red (altitude)** | The path exceeds the maximum altitude limit. Lower the altitude before launching. |

{% hint style="warning" %}
Operators would be able to see an advance warning under the Terrain Profile Graph in case any point on the mission path would come in close contact with the ground (within 20 meters) when the mission is selected. In this case a review of the mission parameters is strongly recommended.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/Llr38oG9rQrUnwDVhc1J" alt=""><figcaption><p>Warning for ground collision</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Operators would be able to see an advance warning over the Terrain Profile Graph in case any point on mission path exceeds the maximum altitude limit specified for the drone in device settings when the mission in selected. In this case a review of the mission parameters is recommended.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/pa3ok0I70PhsAHFh2VhW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Warning for exceeding maximum limit</p></figcaption></figure>


# Terrain Visualization for Go To Location (GTL)

A comprehensive guide to using the Terrain Visualization feature, which provides an estimate of the terrain features along your flight path, helping you safely navigate to your Go To Location (GTL).

## Setting up your reference altitude during GTL (Go To Location) missions

### **Choose Your Altitude Reference** between:

* **Relative to Takeoff (RTL):** Measures altitude relative to the drone’s launch point.
* **Above Ground Level (AGL):** Adjusts altitude dynamically based on terrain variations.

<figure><img src="/files/Ih1YAx5FaRT0lCe9SoKA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Setting the reference altitude for the destination</p></figcaption></figure>

* Once you drop a GTL pin, the terrain elevation graph loads automatically in the right panel. You can use this to compare the planned flight altitude against the terrain below.
* To get a full-screen detailed view of the terrain profile, click the \[ ] expand button in the top-right corner of the terrain graph.

<figure><img src="/files/A2Sx8MwjxufWSpR8JwOy" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Access the detailed terrain profile graph to analyze elevation changes and compare the **Go To Location (GTL)** target elevation for precise and safe navigation.

<figure><img src="/files/GHd9GgWOcraMMt8qd6y5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Visualization of the terrain elevation before launching GTL mission</p></figcaption></figure>

### Pre Flight Caution Alerts and Warnings

**Caution Alerts and Warnings:** If the planned flight altitude exceeds limits or creates a conflict with the terrain, FlytBase provides an immediate warning, ensuring compliance with safety protocols.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Operators would be able to see an advance warning under the Terrain Profile Graph in case the flight path would come in close contact with the ground (within 20 meters) at any point when the Go To Location (GTL) point is selected. In this case a review of the flight path is strongly recommended.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/E3alhyK8NixmQJ3ploFw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Caution due to ground and flight route distance</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Operators would be able to see an advance warning over the Terrain Profile Graph in case any point on flight path exceeds the maximum altitude limit specified for the drone in device settings when Go To Location (GTL) point is selected. In this case a review of the flight path is strongly recommended.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/2dPYHp2oJSg4WdhiGSC4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Caution due to flight altitude exceeding maximum limit</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="danger" %}
Operators would see a warning under the Terrain Profile Graph in case any point on the flight path is within collision proximity with the ground when the Go To Location (GTL) point is selected to mitigate the collision risk. In this case, you would need to redefine the altitude parameter.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/EI7tAWTYryGDGl2XnIM4" alt=""><figcaption><p>Warning due to possibility of ground collision</p></figcaption></figure>


# In-Flight Altitude Visualization

This feature allows you to track the altitude information in-flights ensuring better visibility and safety while your drone is performing automated missions or during manual manual flights.

### Overview

The **In-Flight** **Altitude Visualization** feature provides real-time altitude information relative to the drone’s current flight level. It helps operators track key altitude parameters such as remaining ascent capability, proximity to the docking station, and distance from the ground during missions and manual flights.

### In-Flight Altitude Visualization

{% hint style="info" %}
All altitude-related parameters on the **Drone Card** are referenced to the drone’s **current altitude**:

* **Positive values** indicate altitudes **above** the drone’s current altitude.

* **Negative values** indicate altitudes **below** the drone’s current altitude.
  {% endhint %}

* The following parameters are displayed as part of the altitude visualization in the drone card:
  * **Max Alt:** Displays the remaining distance the drone can ascend before reaching its maximum altitude.
  * **RTH** (Return to Home): Shows the altitude difference between the drone’s current altitude and the altitude at which it will initiate the approach to the docking station.
  * **Dock**: Indicates the drone’s altitude relative to the docking station’s altitude.
  * **Ground**: Reflects how high the drone is above the ground level.

<figure><img src="/files/DXrdgIwEKNEY1hh4aTjB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Altitude Visualization informing in the Drone Card</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
The Max Alt and RTH altitude values can be set in the drone's device settings.
{% endhint %}

### Accessing In-Flight Altitude Visualization

* Navigate to the '**Fleet**' tab in the Navigation Drawer on the Operations Dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/NmIN3ymWFKgYeSaNlpnw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Click on the card of the drone which you wish to control.
* In the drone's detailed view, locate the 'Missions' control panel.
* Select the desired **path/grid mission** from the list or provide a **Go To Location (GTL)** command.
* Once the drone takes off, you would be able to see the real-time altitude visualization in the fleet view.

<figure><img src="/files/J9zlPZMxbC4EDXn77M6N" alt=""><figcaption><p>Altitude Visualization in One-to-Many Console</p></figcaption></figure>

* You can view this information in the cockpit view as well.

<figure><img src="/files/3omlkdpK0KTDtqX4P0nA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Altitude Visualization in Cockpit View</p></figcaption></figure>

### Warnings

{% hint style="warning" %}
When the drone is within 20 meters to the ground level such as events like landing, you would see a warning appear.
{% endhint %}

<div align="center" data-full-width="false"><figure><img src="/files/5iGDFKUGRJnFbwwvzPGz" alt="" width="341"><figcaption><p>Ground Level Warning</p></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="warning" %}
When the drone is within 20 meters to approaching the maximum altitude, you would see a warning with the highlighed distance of possible ascent available.
{% endhint %}

<div align="center"><figure><img src="/files/PSiqwkEXtiCnMgZqTFNj" alt=""><figcaption><p>Maximum Altitude Warning</p></figcaption></figure></div>


# Setting Up Your First Flight

A checklist of what requires to be ensured before a flight to run smoothly and as desired.

With the new system fully set up and ready to go, the operator can now move on to planning and executing the first flight!

## Execute your first mission.

### Preflight checks

1. Make sure the DJI Dock is in an idle state and the aircraft status is either Standby or Powered Off. You can check the health status from the [Device Maintenance page](/device-management/dji-dock-3-+-flytbase-the-future-of-autonomous-ops-starts-here).
2. Ensure that the flying environment's weather and the dock's network connection is stable.
3. Click on the docking station video feed button to enable live video streaming from the dock's camera.

* To learn more about 'Payload controls', refer to the following documentation.

{% content-ref url="/pages/GvJQDLFKpg5JQkgpXj4M" %}
[Payload Controls](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/payload-controls)
{% endcontent-ref %}

* To learn more about 'Mission Planning', refer to the following documentation.

{% content-ref url="/pages/Dj4SjoUKykqp8dMsNUIH" %}
[Mission Planning](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning)
{% endcontent-ref %}

Navigate to the FlytBase [Flight Execution](/in-flight-modules/flight-execution) section to successfully execute your First Flight.

Now the operator is all ready for their maiden flight with FlytBase.🤝

After completing a mission, operators can navigate to the Flight Logs section on the dashboard to analyze and review the mission data.

{% content-ref url="/pages/1O79TauQNIpgesbTaRxz" %}
[Reviewing Your Flight Logs](/post-flight-modules/reviewing-your-flight-logs)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Flight Execution

Know more on how to execute a mission on the FlytBase dashboard.

## Executing a Mission Using the Drone Control Panel

The Drone Control Panel acts as a central hub for efficient mission execution. You can give the following mission commands using the drone control panel:

1. **Go to Location:** Direct the drone to fly to a specific GPS location.

{% content-ref url="/pages/JL4oY7AZRMhL1yw7vdVI" %}
[Go to Location (GTL)](/in-flight-modules/flight-execution/go-to-location-gtl)
{% endcontent-ref %}

2. **Executing a Pre-planned Mission:** Access and execute your pre-planned missions efficiently.

* **Path Mission**
* **Grid Mission**

For additional information on mission planning, please refer to the following documentation.

{% content-ref url="/pages/Dj4SjoUKykqp8dMsNUIH" %}
[Mission Planning](/pre-flight-modules/planning/mission-planning)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Make sure the operator has the necessary airspace regulatory permissions before flying the drone.

**Important Notice:** Cockpit 3.0 is out now, and you should try using it as Cockpit 2.0 will be deprecated soon. To activate Cockpit 3.0:

* Go to settings (gear icon).
* Navigate to 'General'.
* Find 'Cockpit Version' and select 'Cockpit 3.0' from the dropdown.
* Return to the homepage to see a blue widget directing to Cockpit 3.0.
  {% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/3sjDf5wm0fdYP4QtPIhT" alt="Cockpit 3.0 activation steps in the Settings panel"><figcaption><p>Cockpit 3.0 activation in Settings</p></figcaption></figure>

### How to Execute a Pre-planned Mission

1. Make sure you pick the right drone card for the drone you want to use to perform a pre-planned mission.

<figure><img src="/files/67CXX4GvOSJxuh0r9ohN" alt="Selecting the drone card from the fleet panel"><figcaption><p>Selecting the drone card</p></figcaption></figure>

2. Navigate to the drone control panel and click on the 'Mission' tab.

<figure><img src="/files/U5J2c21eDuvXkpncxN5U" alt="Mission tab in the drone control panel"><figcaption><p>Click on the Mission tab</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Select a pre-planned mission and then click "Launch".

<figure><img src="/files/eAQ1EKaZYmZAFyAO4nQb" alt="Selecting a pre-planned mission and clicking Launch"><figcaption><p>Select a mission and click Launch</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Ensure you check all the safety [checklist](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/checklist) parameters.

<figure><img src="/files/xGQMx3hxmy33gqiCCsc8" alt="safety checklist"><figcaption><p>Safety Checklist</p></figcaption></figure>

## To Fly Your First Mission Navigate to

{% content-ref url="/pages/tKj7JF8MSaSNkuDvyqwq" %}
[Setting Up Your First Flight](/in-flight-modules/setting-up-your-first-flight)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Go to Location (GTL)

A guide for quickly launching the drone to a specific location.

The **Go-to Location (GTL)** feature enables a drone to fly to a specified GPS point autonomously. Users can mark the location on the FlytBase Dashboard, and the drone will navigate there and hover. Once at the location, the drone can be manually controlled to perform desired actions.

A Go To Location can be triggered from two drone states:

* **Idle:** The drone will undock, take off, and fly to the selected point.
* **In-Flight:** The drone will interrupt its current hover or mission step and proceed to the selected point.

{% hint style="info" %}
The **Go to Location** feature can be used even when the drone is powered off. The drone will automatically power on once the Go-to Location command is initiated.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Important Notice: Cockpit 3.0 is out! Try using the new cockpit as Cockpit 2.0 will be deprecated soon. Steps to activate Cockpit 3.0: Go into settings (gear icon), navigate to "General", select Cockpit Version from the dropdown, choose Cockpit 3.0. Return to the homepage to find a blue widget directing to Cockpit 3.0.
{% endhint %}

## Initiating a Go to Location (GTL) Flight

* Pick the drone you want to fly from the fleet panel.
* On the **Drone Control Panel, click on the location icon for a GTL command**.

<figure><img src="/files/S8x0vby1VhMMvpDIKVba" alt="drone control panel gtl"><figcaption><p>Drone Control Panel GTL</p></figcaption></figure>

* Make sure you hold drone control for that drone. If another operator currently holds control, the Go to Location action is disabled. Take control first, or wait for them to release it.
* A configuration window will appear, enabling you to select a location on the map and adjust the flight settings accordingly.
  * Click on the map to drop a pin at the desired location.
  * You can also type a latitude and longitude directly into the two coordinate fields.
  * Once you drop a GTL pin, the terrain elevation graph loads automatically in the right panel. You can use this to compare the planned flight altitude against the terrain.

{% hint style="info" %}
For a detailed walkthrough of the terrain chart and warnings, refer to [Terrain Visualization for Go To Location (GTL)](https://docs.flytbase.com/~/revisions/jzLVReXjV0BWFp7X3W7t/terrain-and-altitude-visualization/terrain-visualization/terrain-visualization-for-go-to-location-gtl).
{% endhint %}

* Adjust the mission settings as needed to ensure the drone follows a safe flight path and avoids obstacles.
* As soon as a destination is set, the map zooms to frame both the drone (or its dock) and the destination so you can see the whole route.
* Click on **Launch**
* Complete the pre-flight checklist and click on **Execute**

The Go to Location panel slides in on the side. While the panel is open, drawing and editing of annotations on the map is paused - clicks on the map are interpreted as "set the destination here" instead of "add an annotation."

## Flight Parameters for Go to Location

1. **Latitude and Longitude** values for the Waypoint.
   * Click on the map to drop a pin at the desired location.
2. **Task Altitude:** This parameter defines a dedicated cruising height between takeoff and Go To Location (GTL) destination, providing enhanced obstacle clearance and flight path control during flights.
   * Task Altitude only affects your drone's path when it would otherwise fly below this height. If your drone is already above Task Altitude, it will maintain its current height.
   * The drone will ascend to the higher of either Safe Takeoff Altitude or Task Altitude when beginning a Go To Location.
   * Task Altitude changes during flight only affect subsequent Go To Location commands, not the current flight path.
   * After a Go To Safe Altitude event, Task Altitude may be temporarily modified to GTSA height. You'll see an indicator and option to restore previous settings.
   * This parameter can be predefined in the Device Settings page for configuring default values that persist across flights.

<figure><img src="/files/RqPm7j1F27AAjd6PdftO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Task Altitude Settings</p></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th width="144">Your Settings</th><th width="283">Drone Behavior</th><th>When to Use This</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Task Altitude is highest</td><td>The drone climbs straight up to Task Altitude, flies level to the destination maintaining this height, then drops straight down to the final landing altitude. This creates a clear separation between climb, cruise, and descent phases.</td><td><strong>Flying over obstacles or terrain</strong> - Perfect for crossing forests, buildings, or hills where you need guaranteed clearance throughout the entire flight path.</td></tr><tr><td>Safe Altitude is highest</td><td>The drone first climbs to Safe Altitude for immediate takeoff safety, then adjusts down to Task Altitude for efficient travel, and finally descends to the destination altitude. This provides a balanced approach between safety and fuel efficiency.</td><td><strong>Standard missions</strong> - Good balance of safety and efficiency for most routine operations where you need initial takeoff clearance but don't require maximum cruise altitude.</td></tr><tr><td>Waypoint Altitude is highest</td><td>The drone climbs gradually while flying forward in a diagonal path directly to the destination. Task Altitude is effectively ignored since it would be lower than both current and target altitudes, making the flight as efficient as possible.</td><td><strong>Flying uphill to higher destinations</strong> - Most efficient when your destination is at a higher elevation than your takeoff point, such as flying from ground level to a rooftop or hilltop.</td></tr></tbody></table>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Visualization Enhancements**: The Terrain Profile Graph includes a visual representation of the Task Altitude, helping you plan and visualize your complete flight path before execution.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Compatibility**: This feature is compatible with all currently supported DJI docks. Task Altitude is not supported for legacy GTL operations.
{% endhint %}

3. **Safe Altitude:** This setting specifies the altitude the drone will reach after take-off. Once at this altitude, the drone will proceed to the Waypoint.

* If the Waypoint Altitude is higher than the Safe Altitude, the drone will fly diagonally toward the Waypoint.
* The drone's approach to a Waypoint at a lower altitude than the Safe Altitude may vary based on ambient lighting conditions.

<figure><img src="/files/KyeTiJSp9a7ALciCylB2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Alternative approaches to a Waypoint lower than Safe Altitude</p></figcaption></figure>

4. **Waypoint Altitude:** This is the altitude the drone will maintain when it reaches the specified coordinates of the Waypoint.

{% hint style="info" %}
You can set the Take-Off Altitude to be the same as the Waypoint Altitude.
{% endhint %}

5. **Drone Speed, Finish Action, and Total Distance to Cover:** These parameters cannot be altered, but their presence in configuration window provides information necessary to complete the Go to Location flight.

{% hint style="warning" %}
You cannot adjust the drone's speed during the 'Go to Location' operation. The drone will gradually reach a velocity of 15 m/s over the specified distance.
{% endhint %}

6. Click **Launch** to send the drone to the specified location.

<figure><img src="/files/IhkXvr1vfu6YxnCj6hRv" alt="launch drone location"><figcaption><p>Launch Drone Location</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
You can also use the **Go to Location** function to launch the drone to a specific location during a mission. You can do this by:

* **STOP** the current mission for the desired drone
* Click on <img src="/files/S8H7luitxud4oAXI68At" alt="" data-size="line"> in **Drone Control Panel**
* Mark the location on the map
* Configure flight settings
* Click on **Launch** and clear the pre-flight checklist
  {% endhint %}

## Expected Behavior of Drone During Go to Location

* The drone will ascend to the highest of Safe Altitude or Task Altitude relative to the docking station.
* The drone will then move towards the specified Waypoint coordinates, slowly achieving a top speed of 15 m/s, and adjusting its altitude according to the Task Altitude configuration.
* The drone starts hovering upon reaching the desired location.

{% hint style="info" %}
While the drone is en route to the marked location, you can pause the Go to Location action at any time using the **STOP** button on the FlytBase Dashboard.
{% endhint %}


# Annotations

A guide for marking observational notes made by remote operators to record important information or events during a flight.

Annotations are markers you place on the map during a mission. Use them to flag points of interest, draw inspection paths, or outline an area to revisit. Annotations stay with the site and are visible to anyone on your team, so they double up as a shared notebook across flights.

You can also send the drone to an annotated location, or have it turn and look at the location, without leaving the Annotations panel.

### Annotation types

You can place three kinds of annotation:

| Type  | What it is                                                                     | How to place                                                                                                                   |
| ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Point | A single marker at a coordinate. Supports a custom icon and a target altitude. | Click once on the map.                                                                                                         |
| Line  | A path made of two or more connected points.                                   | Click each point along the path on the map, then press **Enter**.                                                              |
| Shape | A closed area (polygon).                                                       | Click each vertex of the area on the map, then press **Enter**. Drag the vertices or midpoints afterwards to refine the shape. |

<figure><img src="/files/58Bl8jBMeS30iID1ykJN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Annotations on FlytBase</p></figcaption></figure>

## Creating annotations

You can add an annotation in two ways:

1. Use the Annotations <img src="/files/5qggS3XcctftGFrUXdyt" alt="" data-size="line">/<img src="/files/sJiquv7WmJQw0IHfcTBQ" alt="" data-size="line">/ <img src="/files/SsDyzFK3pA49z3TaNbAM" alt="" data-size="line">icon located on the bottom left corner of the map view and pick the point, line, or area tool.

<figure><img src="/files/EMjaYs59ZRHPMmjgxlpP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Annotations</p></figcaption></figure>

2. Open the Annotations Tab, click **Add**, and choose **Annotations** to start a point annotation immediately.

<figure><img src="/files/w4jD3eMTzJWNreudBr6c" alt=""><figcaption><p>Annotation Tab</p></figcaption></figure>

When the editor opens, fill in the fields you need. Edits save automatically as you type, move the marker, or change a value — there is no separate Save button.

## **How To Use Annotations During Your Flight?**

* Click on the Annotations <img src="/files/5qggS3XcctftGFrUXdyt" alt="" data-size="line">/<img src="/files/sJiquv7WmJQw0IHfcTBQ" alt="" data-size="line">/ <img src="/files/SsDyzFK3pA49z3TaNbAM" alt="" data-size="line">icon located on the bottom left corner of the map view, according to whether you want to annotate a point, line, or area.

<figure><img src="/files/EMjaYs59ZRHPMmjgxlpP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Annotations</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Adding a Point Annotation

* To add point annotations, left-click on the desired location on the map.

<figure><img src="/files/oWAvzcwIbSMsKYNWuSqL" alt=""><figcaption><p>Point Annotation</p></figcaption></figure>

* A dialogue box will appear, allowing the operator to enter a description, pick any group or sub-group, edit latitude and longitude for the location, add altitude relative to the take-off point, assign a colour tag, and save them.

<figure><img src="/files/ZypRd7RNnirj6qQrsPtm" alt="" width="248"><figcaption><p>Adding Annotations</p></figcaption></figure>

### In-flight actions on a point annotation

A point annotation has two action buttons at the bottom of its editor, for use during an active flight:

#### Face Here

Yaws the drone and pitches the gimbal so the camera is pointed at the annotated location, using the altitude you set on the annotation.

Face Here only runs when:

* The drone is **armed and hovering** (no other flight mode is active).
* You currently hold control of the drone.

If the button is disabled, hover over it to see why.

#### Go to Location

Sends the drone to the annotation's coordinates and altitude. If a mission is in progress, the mission is paused first; the GTL panel opens with the coordinates pre-filled so you can confirm and execute.

Go to Location only runs when:

* The dock is online, or the drone is already armed.
* You currently hold control of the drone (or the user who has control is offline).

For more on GTL, see the Go to Location (GTL) section.\
\
Refer to the following documentation to know more about 'Go to location':

{% content-ref url="/pages/JL4oY7AZRMhL1yw7vdVI" %}
[Go to Location (GTL)](/in-flight-modules/flight-execution/go-to-location-gtl)
{% endcontent-ref %}

#### Adding a Line Annotation

* To add a line annotation, left-click on the desired locations on the map and press 'Enter'.

<figure><img src="/files/im1a7LpDx27n5ZlOkC7m" alt=""><figcaption><p>Line Annotation</p></figcaption></figure>

* A dialogue box will appear, allowing the operator to type in notes, assign a color tag, and save them.

#### Adding a Shape Annotation

* To add a Shape Annotation, left-click on the desired location on the map, drag its vertices or control points on the segments to adjust its shape and location, and then press 'Enter'.

<figure><img src="/files/Slsp1IqMs6EzA6xnsMrp" alt=""><figcaption><p>Polygon Annotation</p></figcaption></figure>

* A dialogue box will appear, allowing the operator to type in notes, assign a colour tag, and save them.

## **To review the operator's annotated messages**

* Navigate to **Annotations**<img src="/files/5qggS3XcctftGFrUXdyt" alt="" data-size="line">section inside the Navigation drawer, to see all the annotations marked on the map.

<figure><img src="/files/MzTqnojT4jaRtC1emhXG" alt=""><figcaption><p>Annotations Section</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/Lljs5osXBlYklclcd6fE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Annotations Section</p></figcaption></figure>

* Edit, search, or filter between multiple annotations assigned by operators.
* The panel lists all of your groups, sub-groups, and individual annotations, and gives you the tools to add, organise, import, and edit them.

Annotations are the operator's sticky notes during flight and can serve as a valuable reference for future flights, helping to ensure safe and efficient flight operations.

Please refer to the following documentation to learn more about how to review the flight logs post-flight.

{% content-ref url="/pages/1O79TauQNIpgesbTaRxz" %}
[Reviewing Your Flight Logs](/post-flight-modules/reviewing-your-flight-logs)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Organizing and Customizing Annotations: Groups

Organize annotations with groups and sub-groups, import from KML/KMZ, and customize icons, colors, and altitude for better clarity in large-scale drone operations.

## Groups & Sub-Groups

Annotations can now be structured using Groups and Sub-Groups, allowing teams to categorize annotation data by region, mission phase, or type of activity.

* **Group:** Creates a top-level group.
* **Sub-group:** Creates a sub-group under the group that is currently selected.

### To create a group or sub-group:

* Click **Add** in the Annotations panel

<figure><img src="/files/dRiiTOIhb6iOIqF49Q47" alt=""><figcaption><p>Option of Adding a new group of annotations on the FlytBase dashboard</p></figcaption></figure>

* Select **Group** or **Sub-Group**

<figure><img src="/files/eXFz4kgN3NECu8HKkXw2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select Group or Sub-Group as per your requirement</p></figcaption></figure>

* Enter a name and start organizing your annotations accordingly.

### To create a sub-group under a specific group:

* In the Annotations panel, click on the group under which you want to create a sub-group
* Then, click the ![](/files/Hmjh1iQZ8lI85bpS4mCi) icon beside it to automatically add a sub-group within that group

<figure><img src="/files/7mnMXqX8Yyn4ceeRnhsp" alt=""><figcaption><p>New Sub-group added</p></figcaption></figure>

You can rename, delete, or hide groups and sub-groups as needed. Hiding a group hides all annotations under it on the map, making it easier to declutter the interface during active missions.

You can choose to hide individual annotations manually, or quickly hide all annotations at once by toggling visibility on the entire group.

Toggling a group's visibility will show or hide all the annotations under it on the map.

<figure><img src="/files/oAk6kiQzoF1Uhig926Da" alt=""><figcaption><p><em>Five annotations displayed on the map under a single group</em></p></figcaption></figure>

Click on the <img src="/files/ULt5WrGVWVuKC8Rn6p3X" alt="" data-size="line">symbol in front of the group to hide all annotations under that group.

<figure><img src="/files/cDDHLZVP3TsQhw0z3vjT" alt=""><figcaption><p><em>Hiding the group removes all five annotations from the map view</em></p></figcaption></figure>

You can use sub-groups to break down complex areas, like different floors of a building or sections of a large inspection zone.

### Multi-select and bulk actions

You can act on several items at once.

* Use the checkbox on a group or annotation row to add it to the selection.
* Hold **Ctrl** (Windows/Linux) or **Cmd** (macOS) while clicking a row to add or remove it from the selection.
* Use the top checkbox to clear the selection.

<figure><img src="/files/CJcVuTBNCxZ2TYGFzJBC" alt="" width="140"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When you have one or more items selected, a **Bulk actions** button appears at the top of the list with these options:


# Importing Annotations from KML and KMZ

Easily bring existing geospatial data into your FlytBase workspace by importing .kml or .kmz files. This helps unify planning across platforms and avoid redundant work during mission setup.

### Why use Imports?

Whether your annotations originate from mission planners, GIS platforms, or previous project templates, importingallows you to:

* Reuse legacy data without manual recreation
* Standardize mission zones and POIs across teams
* Maintain consistency across multi-platform workflows

### KML/KMZ import behavior

FlytBase supports `.kml` and `.kmz` imports for annotations. For annotation imports, the file should contain supported annotation geometry, such as point data used to create annotation markers on the map.

KML/KMZ files created in GIS tools or third-party mission planners may contain different geometry types, such as paths, polygons, or multiple placemarks. These files may not always import as annotations.

{% hint style="info" %}
Annotation imports and mission imports are different workflows. KML/KMZ files used for annotations are imported from the **Annotations** panel, while KML files used for Path Missions must be imported from the supported mission planning workflow.
{% endhint %}

### Unsupported or incorrect KML files

A KML file may fail to import if it contains unsupported geometry or multiple independent shapes.

Examples of unsupported structures include:

* Multiple shapes
* Multiple separate paths
* Multiple polygons
* Multiple placemarks with independent geometries
* Geometry that does not match the selected import workflow

When this happens, FlytBase may reject the file and show an upload error. For example, if multiple shapes are detected, the file is not imported and no annotation or mission geometry is created.

{% hint style="info" %}
FlytBase does not automatically merge multiple shapes or choose one shape from the file. Make sure the file contains only the geometry supported by the workflow you are using.
{% endhint %}

### How to Import

1. Navigate to the Annotations panel in your FlytBase dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/MzTqnojT4jaRtC1emhXG" alt=""><figcaption><p>Annotations Option on the FlytBase Dashboard</p></figcaption></figure>

2. Click on <img src="/files/UwrcQ6H2Poho1TbguQ1D" alt="" data-size="line"> **→ Import**

<figure><img src="/files/wpybvysoH0BjYWNG4g6C" alt=""><figcaption><p>Option to Add and Import the Annotations</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Select a .kml or .kmz file from your system

<figure><img src="/files/0nr0Jr2GqY6Upj7tQnWA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Once uploaded, the annotations will populate in the panel

### Supported Formats

Ensure your files meet the following criteria:

* File types: .kml or .kmz only
* Geometry types: Points (for annotation markers)


# Customizing Annotations: Fine-Tune Annotations for Operational Precision

Enhance clarity during drone operations by customizing annotation metadata and visuals—from names and altitudes to icons and color codes.

### Annotation Fields

Each annotation includes several editable fields to help describe and locate the point more accurately:

* **Name**: Identify the annotation clearly for your team
* **Description**: Add purpose or notes related to the point of interest
* **Group:** Groups and sub-groups let you keep annotations tied to a region, a mission phase, a piece of equipment, or any other structure that fits your operation.
* **Latitude & Longitude**: View precise placement on the map
* **Altitude (AGL)**: Define the vertical height above ground level for better 3D context

<figure><img src="/files/L4Df6xqmOIRKtu0Ax0mA" alt="" width="288"><figcaption><p>Annotation editor showing name, description, coordinates, and AGL altitude options</p></figcaption></figure>

### Icon Selection

You can now choose from a wider set of default icons that visually represent common mission elements (e.g. hazard, fire, alert, etc.).

Additionally, upload your own **custom SVG icons** to match internal symbols or workflows:

1. In the Annotations panel, click on **Icons**

<figure><img src="/files/3NE1IdSMq5QaxhW0imHs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Click on **Upload** to select a custom icon (maximum 5 icons allowed)

<figure><img src="/files/AGU3Vljk6Km6GiCdD3IS" alt="" width="288"><figcaption><p>Icon selection menu showing default and custom icon options</p></figcaption></figure>

### Color Palette

Annotations now support an expanded range of color options. Use these to categorize or prioritize annotations based on status, severity, or mission type

### Tips for Customization

* Use color consistently across teams to build familiarity
* Standardize icon sets across projects for easy identification
* Include relevant context in descriptions to reduce back-and-forth during missions


# How to Manage Your Flight Operations

Guide for operators to effortlessly enhance their drone operations and establish situational awareness.

The Operations Page offers a range of functionalities to enhance your drone operations. Here's a brief description of what it includes:

1. [**Fleet Management**](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/fleet-management)**:** Easily view and manage multiple drones and docks, allowing you to monitor their live video feeds for enhanced situational awareness.
2. [**Drone Controls**](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/how-to-control-your-drone)**:** Control: Crucial in-flight commands required by a remote drone operator.
   1. Manual Drone Controls: Gain the flexibility to assume manual control of your drone when needed, enabling more precise and adaptive operations.
3. [**Payload Controls**](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/payload-controls)**:** Seamlessly manage and control the payload attached to your drone, tailoring it to meet specific mission requirements.


# Multi View Dashboard

Multi View transforms distributed drone operations with a centralized dashboard that provides real-time visibility across your entire fleet, enhanced flight control capabilities, and improved safety.

## Overview

Built for enterprise-scale deployments, One-to-Many Console 2.0 empowers you to execute fleet-wide commands and monitor multi-dock operations from a single control point, making it essential for Beyond Visual Line of Sight (BVLOS) operations and meeting regulatory compliance.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXetQqixHIkkp4cKXtFeJAWu4bs1C4lBczQuDpLcIG7Wi8YtoWJkoJcs9BMK-ntjrYg5-KRbw_Pf0IKdz2ZBEn2oE1B3UEB0faaW4pmvI5iX8kuAGfrNrU_t_r6FOqmN9-i3g7D3YA?key=ltwtiAhGhp6bUzvxpSYaXw" alt=""><figcaption><p>One-to-Many Console 2.0</p></figcaption></figure>

## Key Features:

* Unified Three-Panel Dashboard: One-to-Many Console 2.0 integrates real time fleet monitoring, live video feeds, and interactive map visualizations in one centralized interface, enabling operators to monitor drone status, mission progress, and safety parameters across multiple dock operations simultaneously for comprehensive fleet oversight.
* Real-Time Fleet Monitoring: Color-coded device status indicators, comprehensive flight parameters, and detailed operational data including altitude tracking, mission status, system states, command execution progress, and health diagnostics provide instant visibility into every aspect of your operations.
* Fleet-Wide Batch Command Operations: Execute simultaneous commands across multiple selected drones with powerful batch controls including GTSA (Go To Safe Altitude), RTH (Return to Home), STOP commands, and Take Control functionality, transforming individual drone management into coordinated fleet operations.
* Visibility Customization: Control which drones appear in your active workspace using show/hide functionality and bulk visibility controls, allowing operators to focus on critical missions while maintaining awareness of the broader fleet status and reducing interface clutter.
* Priority Pinning System: Pin a specific drone for prioritized monitoring with automatic video feed highlighting, map tracking that follows drone movement, and persistent focus that ensures critical assets remain front and center throughout their missions.
* Device Health and Diagnostics Monitoring: Real-time health indicators with critical error reporting, diagnostic codes and warning systems for providing immediate visibility into device hardware.
* Weather Alerts and Airspace Threat Detection: Integrated monitoring system tracks both airspace threats and weather conditions with real-time alerts, detailed threat information including ICAO codes and altitude parameters, essential for Beyond Visual Line of Sight (BVLOS) compliance and operational safety.
* Command Status Tracking: Complete monitoring of command execution with real-time progress updates, success confirmation, failure alerts, and detailed historical records with timestamps.

## Accessing One-to-Many Console 2.0

### Prerequisites

One-to-Many Console 2.0 is currently available in beta. Contact your Technical Account Manager or <support@flytbase.com> for early access and setup assistance.

### Navigation Steps

1. Access the Platform: Log into your FlytBase Operations Dashboard
2. Navigate to One-to-Many Console: Select 'One-to-Many Console 2.0' from the main navigation menu
3. Interface Loading: The three-panel layout will display:

* Left Panel: Real-Time fleet monitoring
* Bottom Panel: Live Video Feed from drones and docks
* Right Panel: Interactive 3D map Visualization

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th data-type="content-ref"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="files"></th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><a href="/pages/Fa7j5GSP1xgZ1buismot">/pages/Fa7j5GSP1xgZ1buismot</a></td><td><a href="/files/O8mueuztGNexBpHDgRZJ">/files/O8mueuztGNexBpHDgRZJ</a></td><td><a href="/pages/Fa7j5GSP1xgZ1buismot">/pages/Fa7j5GSP1xgZ1buismot</a></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/Yich9G56jhQpmR3AdYyp">/pages/Yich9G56jhQpmR3AdYyp</a></td><td><a href="/files/d4crmkyq95k7ZaOSRjlI">/files/d4crmkyq95k7ZaOSRjlI</a></td><td></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/pages/qJ4QGrbqTBsWl5mR92px">/pages/qJ4QGrbqTBsWl5mR92px</a></td><td><a href="/files/6rKS77aG33XaaXzx7GZr">/files/6rKS77aG33XaaXzx7GZr</a></td><td></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Real-Time Fleet Monitoring

Drone Status Tracking

Status indicators showing whether docks are Online, Offline, or Armed with color-coded visual indicators:

* Green: Dock is operational and ready
* Orange: Dock is armed or in transition state
* Grey: Dock is offline or experiencing issues

<div align="center"><figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcPg0KSuTZsd6POa-gvqZmPOypMDjmX9G2oCMlwKogqZoOA2oen7TJEr4g24eolIpxSkdFVpOXlPIUSAQ5jIhC-3CriJeIxg8jELVuQwQwy1PaolnQGAjiB7kpFcOGF6auIVPynjw?key=ltwtiAhGhp6bUzvxpSYaXw" alt="" width="188"><figcaption><p>Drone Status Tracking</p></figcaption></figure></div>

## Operations Data Visibility

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcx6U9PxBw6YuJ5dNMvqZEIgZGZxu2XqLO4Kqvn-EE0CHoR68jrjH6FDmcaTslWQWTijZqOWVPTnXRz4qYASNzH916EN9hyFJ8zfNHTY_EY_DgRMSa-52p0SW_BkCKXzu7o7IYH?key=ltwtiAhGhp6bUzvxpSYaXw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Operations Data Visibility table showing operations data with multiple drones across different sites</p></figcaption></figure>

Monitor essential flight parameters including:

* Name: Unique drone name as an identifier for fleet tracking
* RLT/AGL: Indicates the drone's altitude relative to the docking station or the ground level. If a Digital Terrain Model (DTM) is imported, the altitude values will be adjusted accordingly based on the DTM data.
* Operation: Current mission or operational task being performed ( Mission or Standby)
* System state: Current operational status (RTH, Hovering, Landing & In Progress)
* Command status: Provides a comprehensive view of all commands with real-time status updates and detailed timestamps. Commands transition from "In Progress" to "Completed" upon successful execution, offering immediate feedback. Any failed commands are clearly flagged, enabling quick retries or alternative actions for seamless operational control.
* Health: Device health indicators with critical errors and warning messages, displaying detailed error codes for comprehensive diagnostics.
* Airspace: Comprehensive environmental alerts system monitoring both airspace threats and weather conditions that could impact drone operations, providing real-time safety awareness for Beyond Visual Line of Sight (BVLOS) compliance.
* Airspace Threat Detection:

  * Automatic real-time detection and notification of airspace conflicts
  * Detailed threat information: Unique threat IDs, ICAO codes, and precise altitude parameters
  * Severity classification: Critical (red) and warning (yellow) level categorization
  * Multiple threat tracking: Monitor up to 6 simultaneous threats per drone with altitude conflict zones.

  <figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdg6z4wUBJCoBnyY-H8Gw5ZvLhbAnAc6ggJNW50UlPQzXYNbUnDCLdLWEL6_qWmHpv5DnoZPxNFNHpfJjYIG-QPx0ciDIgMF-L1f7m6s9x-FO8fQ1bhO01kPWNbj29KTLN_KpBW6w?key=ltwtiAhGhp6bUzvxpSYaXw" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Airspace Threats in action</p></figcaption></figure>
* Weather Alerts:

  * Live weather monitoring: Real-time weather condition alerts affecting flight operations
  * Critical weather alerts: Immediate notifications for conditions like heavy rainfall requiring operational attention
  * Warning conditions: Alerts for moderate conditions such as wind speed changes that may impact missions
  * Timestamp tracking: Precise timing of all environmental events for operational planning

  <figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfNNncWtlIcgPKXrcJReS5D5-TolvG1Oe9qRd9Sy7iKhr-NGnr-tgozCZykAYigaLwK9t7H2tX9NnU_RvYSNLt8q30risp7ZBYq1DiMwEQqcRXvAxZR9lXP5bleQxxn2Mxk8xYejg?key=ltwtiAhGhp6bUzvxpSYaXw" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Weather alerts in action</p></figcaption></figure>
* Actions: Quick access controls for individual drone management including view drone details, take control, center map view, and pin to dashboard.

## Controlling Drone Visibility

Every drone in your fleet can be individually shown or hidden using the eye icon controls. When you're managing operations across multiple sites, this becomes incredibly powerful for focusing on specific missions or geographic areas. To show or hide specific drones:

1. Select multiple drones: Use the checkboxes to select multiple hidden drones from your fleet.
2. Click the "Show" button: Located at the bottom of the interface, this instantly brings all selected drones into your active workspace.

<figure><img src="/files/pWfh9jVPKObkYXU9jEAg" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Controlling drone visiblilty</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Monitor your selection: Watch the "Visible" counter update as you adjust your workspace.

<figure><img src="/files/BcFLvsKlsF6Ny72qdd6Z" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Setting Drone to Visible Mode</p></figcaption></figure>

## Understanding Batch Operations

* Once you've optimized your operational visibility, One-to-Many Console 2.0's bulk control capabilities transform time-consuming individual drone management into efficient fleet-wide operations. This addresses one of the most critical challenges in large-scale drone deployments: the need to coordinate safety commands or emergency responses across multiple drones within seconds rather than minutes.
* Batch operations are One-to-Many Console 2.0's superpower for simultaneous multi-drone control. Instead of manually commanding each drone individually – which could take minutes during critical situations – batch operations let you execute the same command across multiple drones with a single action.
* The following commands currently supported in batch operations:
  * Take Control: This changes the pilot in control for the selected drones.
  * Go To Safe Altitude: Selected drones to immediately ascend to predetermined safe altitude levels for conflict avoidance.
  * Return to Docking Station: Initiates automated return sequences for selected drones, sending them back to their assigned docking stations.
  * Stop: Immediately halts all activities for selected drones, providing instant fleet-wide emergency response capability.

<figure><img src="/files/vULZwkOEIU9Bj6e6kyxf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Commands available in Batch Operations</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
You can run batch operations (RTH, GTSA, or STOP) on hidden drones—as long as they're online. Just select the checkbox next to any online drone in the Hidden section, choose your command, and execute. The drone will instantly become visible in your workspace with its video feed shown, so you can monitor the action right away.
{% endhint %}

## **Understanding the Pin Feature**

The **Pin** feature enables operators to prioritize specific drones for focused monitoring and tracking, ensuring continuous visibility of critical assets regardless of other ongoing operations. Pinning works across multiple sites and operational zones, allowing you to maintain focus on critical assets regardless of their geographic location. When a drone is pinned in **One-to-Many Console 2.0**, the view dynamically adapts to enhance situational awareness around that asset by:

* **Prominent Video Display:** The drone’s video feed is centrally highlighted for maximum visibility. Additionally all associated video feeds—including payload and docking station cameras—are displayed.
* **Automatic Map Tracking:** The map view automatically follows the drone’s movement throughout its mission.
* **Priority Positioning:** Pinned drones are listed under a dedicated "Pinned" section at the top of your drone list for easy access.

### Pinning a Drone:

1. Click on the pin icon: Find the pin icon in the Actions column next to any drone.
2. Verify pinned status: The drone immediately moves to the "Pinned" section at the top of your list.
3. Monitor activation: Watch as Payload and FPV video feeds activate and the map centers on your pinned drone

<figure><img src="/files/ESgB8fE9DgWqXwRRFba8" alt=""><figcaption><p>Pinned Drone in View</p></figcaption></figure>

### Managing Pinned Drones:

1. Track pinned assets: Pinned drones appear under the dedicated "Pinned" header for instant identification.
2. Unpin when complete: Click the pin icon again to remove the drone from priority view and return to standard monitoring.


# Live Video Feed

One-to-Many Console 2.0 supports advanced video handling for drone operators, allowing seamless transitions between different video feeds and dynamic stream prioritization for enhanced situational awa

## Overview

Your visibility choices directly impact what appears in the live video feed panel. When you select and show a drone, its associated video feeds automatically populate in the bottom panel. When you hide a drone, those video streams are removed, freeing up screen real estate for the feeds that matter most to your current operation. This integration ensures your video monitoring aligns perfectly with your data monitoring, creating a cohesive workspace that adapts to your operational priorities.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfUnokJmxpNLYx6aT49bQDgBW9rxuy-MS0AgEZxieC_Ra9QgbI6CoDurTrGna0o2xJVMtUZ3KYCTHhCN40xEWbCzHMw5GpZN8BF8Mb3onLoI81OYhh0N6NdYb1MNpe8_Uh0dtpD5A?key=ltwtiAhGhp6bUzvxpSYaXw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

## Video View Switching

One-to-Many Console 2.0 provides dual video access for each visible drone, enabling users to switch between the default **Payload view** and the **FPV (First-Person View)** stream. This allows independent and flexible monitoring of each drone’s perspective.

#### Default and FPV View Control

* **Default Mode:** All drones feeds are displayed in **Payload view** by default

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXedYF_2LnfsKWVFcPwUVzKzcJioiuvvVJgcYdCFkNCLAKemltuSW5hdFF3LL4Nj6PAwNkod_K-cvdA9O2Z6_Qz3E_3zTm8NPjOhNt1a4Mne5ewuNdHQBFy4Gq_p5Zr1vA?key=h8fUn6alQ99iBpzkBxQitA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Payload View</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Switching Views:** Click the "FPV" button to switch all visible drone feeds to FPV streams.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXfyiXnxFBlvI744Kip9QLRNiYYmeIDviJ6qL5WAC1x1w4PHzRr9Sc_EnA9ZTbqvmITIGsq8_uIXXqvziVdIw_KQ1hXiPg5eEhXh_GezzWs-X1rPky0NQO7M8A8mgFTp-MH99_Zc?key=h8fUn6alQ99iBpzkBxQitA" alt=""><figcaption><p>FPV View</p></figcaption></figure>

## Pinned Drone View and Spotlight Mode

Pinning a drone activates **Spotlight Mode**, enhancing its visibility in the interface and enabling focused tracking. Only one drone can be pinned at a time.

### Spotlight Mode Functionality

* **Pinning a Drone:** Select the **“Pin”** icon on a drone to enter spotlight mode.
* **Enhanced Video Display:** The **FPV stream** is shown prominently on the right, with the **Payload stream** displayed next to it.
* **Automatic Map Tracking:** While spotlighted, the map automatically follows the pinned drone’s movement.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXcgdbF7kaen3Q-s1mxvhqYUBtXEsQunQAhfX8qlxXUwTuQv9l-mpCqan3Byr26OnDKtH5-NZcVHZcmtaZb21lOeH5G1Q4wFXtoA_UzGKMYaqidjNfOuWAUT_W1yTmNjhRqFqz6_aA?key=h8fUn6alQ99iBpzkBxQitA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Pinned drone in spotlight mode with automatic map tracking</p></figcaption></figure>

### Returning to Standard View

* **Exit Spotlight:** Click **“Exit Spotlight Mode”** to unpin the drone.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXff0hVHuZwZ4IJITKaFy7KP4ATBJ3vUmd89fpjsAPWpV6sE4azBg4-5D_uh2i7EtfmgOqCO3M_DW7lQUOt69BUHFJbQmvSb4RKPVS8Uz7xdrJEb_T-i6ZFyAQdXFBL-ZbuXCAvXgA?key=h8fUn6alQ99iBpzkBxQitA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Exit Spotlight View</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Revert Layout:** The drone returns to the general fleet view, and the map resets to its default state.

## Primary Stream Selection with "Feature This Drone"

When a drone is pinned, One-to-Many Console 2.0 displays three available video streams: **Payload**, **FPV**, and **Dock**. Operators can choose which stream appears as the primary (large) view.

## Managing Primary Streams

* **Access Controls:** Click **“Feature this drone”** in the top-right corner of the pinned drone’s video panel.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXf0x4d1MLmUDZh7c0msiquz2-zSP2VCEXxFlOlrLu5_Ze5VLFUFzguzY2O-ekWrS7wqlz_7nyeFt0AfhT202nNk0ZsdpGyQKbxBysT-JVAiOQPn-B2TvdIoMP5EP67nNZKEjjYzAw?key=h8fUn6alQ99iBpzkBxQitA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Feature this drone option to switch the primary feed</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Select Primary Stream:** Choose between **Payload**, **Dock**, or **FPV** as the primary feed.
  * The selected stream appears in the large video window.
  * The remaining streams are shown in smaller adjacent views.

## Refreshing Video Streams

* **Stream Troubleshooting:** Click **“Refresh Video Feed”** to reset and re-establish the selected stream connection. This is useful when resolving video lag, buffering, or connection issues.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXdZPT64QBqj9J2K4D-56w-MAcMPPRcx_N7iH_RLsv8fAYm8YUAn5fw8WoyObsoSDxVhRsDniubMGliqmTwDh35k0q5SzFgxuRXPQwTNQebYGYCTxJQw4VYV-FYDq0nLSYAYK2FU?key=h8fUn6alQ99iBpzkBxQitA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Refresh Option for Video Feeds</p></figcaption></figure>


# Interactive 3D Map Visualization

Fleet 2.0 supports 3D Map Visualization which allows you to monitor your operations spread out in different sites along with live tracking and interative map features with the ability of auto tracking

## Overview

The Interactive 3D Maps provide an advanced interface for real-time geospatial monitoring and control of drone operations. This includes support for live asset tracking, flight path visualization, and interactive map features.

## Map Behavior and Interaction

#### Default Centering

* Upon initialization, the map automatically centers on the user’s current location to provide immediate operational context.

<figure><img src="/files/3wuYMnDJ9BK0HKHTyGNP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Default View</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Dynamic Re-centering

* When a drone is made visible in the interface, the map automatically recenters to include the drone's current location.

<figure><img src="/files/PPWbP6bnTNlfCTm2yR7B" alt=""><figcaption><p>Map centered to current drone location</p></figcaption></figure>

* If multiple drones are selected as visible, the map dynamically zooms out to ensure all selected drones are within view.

<figure><img src="/files/6y18KSDsyaw25w2AGKSQ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Map zooms out to focus on two different sites in view</p></figcaption></figure>

* In cases where drones are geographically dispersed, the zoom level may adjust to a global view to accommodate all visible assets.

#### Spotlight Tracking Mode

* Pinning a drone activates Spotlight Mode, enabling map tracking of the pinned drone’s movement.

<figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXe-WprLXQUiElCl1hrjLVwZYDZrCCsRmjmZWNuc8-XN6hgaLFfcuXcDdEEAg8VXVYAoP0vU27gQtJzE_Fhvlx2FQyn8revBIcYmI0h1sOgCl4zAGRgT-wWFPIr7MyWxX4y6OD5d?key=h8fUn6alQ99iBpzkBxQitA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* In Spotlight Mode, the map automatically follows the pinned drone.
* Tracking can be disabled by the user to allow manual interaction with the map.

<figure><img src="/files/nxcJQxlntGHSlyeMiJ2Q" alt=""><figcaption><p>Turning off auto tracking</p></figcaption></figure>

## Features

#### Real-time Drone Positions

* All active fleet assets are displayed on the map with real-time position updates.

#### Flight Path Visualization

* The current location of each drone is displayed.
* A visual flight path is rendered as a blue trajectory line representing the drone's recent movement.

#### Site Locations

* All drone dock locations and operational sites are clearly marked on the map for reference and planning.

#### Airspace Threat Overlay

* Airspace threats are overlaid on the map to indicate potential hazards or conflict zones.

#### Zoom and Navigation

* The map supports full 3D interaction capabilities, including pan, zoom, and rotation.
* Users can freely navigate the map to inspect specific areas or monitor fleet operations in detail.

<div align="center"><figure><img src="https://lh7-rt.googleusercontent.com/docsz/AD_4nXeLJrOmTG89mMEYG7VSmPyFZnsaMC3agbW1QXitxwzRMFckrXxELtYUoIngkdvdp4sVIL8NxFPvs98HxnvMQ_0OL-0YeBb8WwgGHkrlqUrx44fw4fpGjJdsNuci9Nc_kT3EJJ7CpQ?key=ltwtiAhGhp6bUzvxpSYaXw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Interactive 3D map displaying airspace threats with altitude information, drone positions, flight paths, and docking stations with comprehensive geospatial awareness.</p></figcaption></figure></div>

## Additional Notes

* Only one drone can be pinned at a time.
* Drone tracking can be toggled on or off to switch between automatic following and manual map control.


# Fleet Management

Guide to managing your Drone Fleet on FlytBase

One-to-Many Console in FlytBase provides a centralized, intuitive dashboard that offers comprehensive oversight and management of all Devices (drones and docks) within an Organization. It allows operators to quickly access each Device's real-time telemetry, operational status, and health metrics, thus streamlining management and enhancing the safety and efficiency of drone operations.

### Accessing One-to-Many Console

* Click on the![](/files/r1zb2nrHxVj16WSG1fpG)icon, and select the **Fleet** tab from the **Navigation Drawer**.
* A list of all **Devices** shall be visible in the left panel with each Device represented by a **Device card**.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/RBXU-E7wZWw>" %}
Fleet Management in FlytBase
{% endembed %}

## Device Card

Upon registration, each **Device (Drone and Dock)** in your fleet appears as a card on the left panel of the Dashboard. These cards facilitate quick access to device information and urgent notifications.

<figure><img src="/files/UeBJSLMcilndsRqoceVB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Device Card as seen in One-to-Many Console</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Clicking on a Device card will re-center the map to the geographical location of the corresponding drone.
{% endhint %}

### Device Card: Status Indicators

The status of the Dock and Drone are indicated by the color of their respective icons on the Dashboard:

<table><thead><tr><th width="116" align="center"></th><th align="center">Offline</th><th align="center">Online and Idle</th><th align="center">Online and Armed</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">Dock</td><td align="center"><img src="/files/6AszF2IDszvl9k1hHtW5" alt=""></td><td align="center"><img src="/files/cHguP6CBXOHADX76aYw0" alt=""></td><td align="center"><img src="/files/cHguP6CBXOHADX76aYw0" alt=""></td></tr><tr><td align="center">Drone</td><td align="center"><img src="/files/S03GIAMvwK2fThJYWzs5" alt=""></td><td align="center"><img src="/files/3X52wkrZyLyb7Uvgt6tf" alt=""></td><td align="center"><img src="/files/tbrWsCehnDQOz3Z4FE9W" alt=""></td></tr></tbody></table>

### Device Card: Quick Telemetry

To give a quick view of the health and telemetry of every Device, following symbols are used in the Device card:

|               Icon               |                      Information                      |
| :------------------------------: | :---------------------------------------------------: |
| ![](/files/xYQHttbIgAmhuVm0G4CP) |   **Device Health** notifications for Drone and Dock  |
| ![](/files/hrTgzM6v9rhMKgWLwR3b) |        Airspace or Failsafe trigger **Alerts**        |
| ![](/files/tQETf9TTlzjUm2lvoria) |          **RTK** and **GNSS Satellite count**         |
| ![](/files/2yC6IDsYvkjkMo0DRNZO) |                   **Battery level**                   |
| ![](/files/fcsuoFs4c87SrmOp7GsW) | **Latency** of connection between Drone and Dashboard |
| ![](/files/LrqVk0san3ci0zB3baJv) |            **Distance** of Drone from Dock            |
| ![](/files/ekNsdstGalFKFuWnWg3Y) |             Drone's **Vertical velocity**             |
| ![](/files/P8evlDeATepVOk7U00il) |            Drone's **Horizontal velocity**            |
| ![](/files/pAAE4RjqWt1dtBFCiM4E) |       Drone's **Altitude** relative to reference      |

Additionally, there are two buttons on the right side of the Device card:

<figure><img src="/files/LW01BfwOqUM12bXiSdtB" alt=""><figcaption><p>Detailed View (Red) and New Tab (Yellow) button<strong>s</strong></p></figcaption></figure>

* The ![](/files/OpQ7eIuw6MviBaWOip1C) button provides access to a detailed view of telemetry, health, and other relevant device information.
* The ![](/files/5Egbh8DfCKfiqPwwsufH) opens a new browser window with the detailed view of the Device card.

## Detailed Device Card

Clicking the ![](/files/OpQ7eIuw6MviBaWOip1C) button on the Device Card provides access to the **Detailed Device Card**, which displays the following information:

* Drone Battery and Telemetry
* Dock Status
* Live Health Warnings
* Weather
* Network and Connection Health
* Live Viewers
* Sync Zones

### Drone Battery, Telemetry, and Health notifications

* **Detailed Battery Indicator**: The battery level is displayed as a percentage along with a color-coded bar that provides comprehensive status information. These indicators are essential for monitoring battery usage effectively, ensuring the Drone operates safely throughout the flight.
  * **Green**: This color represents the available battery life required to complete the assigned mission. The **Time Left** indicator uses current flight parameters to estimate how long the Drone can remain airborne.
  * **Yellow**: This color signifies the battery reserve needed to safely execute a **Return to Home (RTH)** flight, which is the designated response when the **DJI Low Battery Failsafe** is triggered. The yellow section of the battery bar reflects the amount of power necessary to return to the Dock, based on the specific requirements of the assigned mission. RTH will automatically initiate when the battery level reaches the ![](/files/pHmespFkN0GDmfM2YjC0) mark.
  * **Red**: This color indicates the battery reserve allocated for a safe landing from the current altitude. If the battery depletes to this level, the DJI Critical Battery Failsafe is triggered, compelling the Drone to stop all mission-related activities and descend vertically for an immediate landing. The landing process will begin when the battery level hits the ![](/files/iHL2ij1SfRXclfTyptcB) mark.

{% hint style="warning" %}
While it is possible to override the Return to Home (RTH) mode and resume the mission in emergency situations, we advise against this action. Doing so could potentially compromise both the safety and integrity of the operation.
{% endhint %}

* **Status and Satellite Counts**: You can view the number of GNSS and RTK satellites detected by the Drone by hovering your cursor over the ![](/files/pprsmcWwOqrGTkynuDEL) icon.

  Additionally, the operational state of the Drone, such as *Standby* or *Manual Flight*, is clearly displayed as text.
* **Drone Altitude:** Displays the Drone's altitude relative to the chosen reference.
* **Drone Heading:** Shows the direction the Drone is facing, expressed in degrees relative to North, and measured clockwise.
* **Distance from Home:** Indicates the straight-line distance from the Drone to the Dock.
* **Vertical and Horizontal Speeds:** Shows the drone's travel speeds in given directions.

<figure><img src="/files/TBkkYsIfdeShHgQf2j1H" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone Telemetry and Status</p></figcaption></figure>

### Dock Status

* **Satellite Counts:** The number of GNSS and RTK Satellites detected by the Dock can be seen by hovering the cursor over the ![](/files/DTu0UC1Fk3du3cEZFAZl)icon.
* **Power Mode:** Indicates the type of electricity source used to power the Dock.
* **Enclosure Status**: Shows the current status of the Dock doors.
* **Temperature**: Displays the internal temperature of the Dock.
* **H.V.A.C. Status**: Reflects the operational state of the Dock's H.V.A.C. system, which may be set to idle, heat, or cool the Dock.

<figure><img src="/files/bAQ4r7oL25ycdwE4JZpX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Dock Status</p></figcaption></figure>

### Drone and Dock Health Warnings

Live Health Warnings are prominently displayed for the Drone and Dock in the Detailed Device Card. To view warnings specific to a device, click on the ![](/files/OpQ7eIuw6MviBaWOip1C) icon. To access a comprehensive list of all warnings, click on the ***Show all*** link or navigate to ![](/files/r1zb2nrHxVj16WSG1fpG)-> **Devices** -> *Select Device* -> **Diagnostics.** For additional details, please consult the Device Health Management documentation.

{% content-ref url="/pages/QoHXxcnFPbhoWQsl4zHi" %}
[Diagnostics](/device-management/device-management/dji-docks/diagnostics)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Weather

Critical weather parameters for drone operations, such as Temperature, Rainfall, and Wind Speed, are displayed in a dedicated section for easy access and monitoring.

<figure><img src="/files/uXZnZjc8zS9D5peK5pLs" alt=""><figcaption><p>Weather</p></figcaption></figure>

### Network and Connections

Key network parameters, including Dashboard-to-Drone Latency (measured in milliseconds), Dock-Drone RF Link frequency, and signal strength, are detailed under the Network and Connections section.

<figure><img src="/files/EmP9qSZDauS2Kjr45XPp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Live Viewers

The Live Viewers section lists members of the Organization currently monitoring operations for a specific Drone. This feature enhances team collaboration, clarifies roles, and ensures that adequate supervision is maintained at all times.

<figure><img src="/files/95KGDOHBtUcNitQSQe9r" alt=""><figcaption><p>Live Viewers</p></figcaption></figure>

### Sync Zones to Device

To comply with Geofences and No-Fly Zones restrictions, each Device must be synced to these zones before every mission. A sync button is provided to facilitate an easy syncing process.

<figure><img src="/files/DyLjvwcT7vjIQLDUSrg0" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sync Zones button and Sync status</p></figcaption></figure>


# How to Control Your Drone

Learn how to control essential drone functions such as Return to Docking Station, Pause, Resume, and Abort functionalities.

## Drone Control Panel Overview

The Drone Control Panel serves as a centralized hub, offering operators crucial flight information and commands, making essential drone tasks easily accessible at your fingertips. It is located in the bottom-center region of the dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/ELcpAaHybVmEH0lEZxsN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone Control Panel on FlytBase Dashboard</p></figcaption></figure>

### View In-flight Information

<figure><img src="/files/GgpJEIsCxiTKObospXRE" alt=""><figcaption><p>In-flight Information</p></figcaption></figure>

The Drone Control Panel provides the operator with access to view the following in-flight information of the drone:

1. Mission Status Indicator - Shows the real-time mission completion percentage.
2. Drone State <img src="/files/QWHT6wdHzSMcvyprP6Ur" alt="" data-size="line">- Indicates the real-time status of the drone. Following are the different states represented by the drone.
   1. In-flight - This state indicates that the drone is performing a mission or executing a 'Go to location' command.
   2. Hovering - This state means the drone is currently hovering in place.
   3. Offline - This state indicates that the drone is currently offline.
3. Mission Name - Provides info regarding the pre-planned mission being executed.

### Drone Control Commands

Operators can use the drone control panel to execute the following commands:

* Return To Home (RTH) <img src="/files/VZIgrnNV9slxB09Xnxwo" alt="" data-size="line">- Directs the aircraft back to the docking station.
* Pause <img src="/files/fn4j80c22FRu1PhBhutF" alt="" data-size="line">- Pauses aircraft's motion and makes it enter into a hover standstill.
* Resume <img src="/files/PTNutZasn0N5oLckmiBa" alt="" data-size="line"> - Continue planned aircraft activities initiated before the 'Pause' command.
* Abort <img src="/files/7EDtNRACAM2PpB63p1i6" alt="" data-size="line">- Stops all active drone commands and makes it hover in place instantly.

{% hint style="success" %}
Resume button will only be available when the drone is performing a mission.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="danger" %}
Note that the Pause option is only supported when the drone is performing a pre-planned mission.
{% endhint %}

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Return to Home (RTH)" %}

### Return to Home (RTH)

This function brings the aircraft back to the docking station. The functionalities of the Return to Home (RTH) feature are as follows:

* When the finish action is set to RTH during mission planning, it automatically triggers Return to Home (RTH) upon mission completion.
* RTH automatically engages during a DJI failsafe event.
* You can manually engage RTH during an ongoing mission.
* When launching to a location, you can activate RTH only after engaging the 'Abort' button.

#### Steps to use Return to Home (RTH):

1. During a mission or Go to location, operators can command RTH from the drone control panel.

<figure><img src="/files/DjdmZIrS41eUUyAXQzPN" alt=""><figcaption><p>RTH button</p></figcaption></figure>

2. Upon pressing the button, the operator would receive a confirmation pop-up following which toaster messages (notifications) would appear on the dashboard and the drone starts executing RTH (Return to Home) command.

<figure><img src="/files/R4gun0ztkgyZzzXD0eXi" alt=""><figcaption><p>Confirmation message while executing RTH for the drone</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Pause" %}

### Pause

This function is used to pause the movement of aircraft while it is executing any command. When activated, the drone swiftly transitions into a standstill mode, hovering in place.

The functionalities of the 'Pause' button are as follows:

* The Pause button is only usable during a planned mission.
* It cannot be used when the drone is performing a Go-to location.

{% hint style="info" %}
To interrupt a Go to location mission, utilize the 'Abort' option, as pausing is not available for this type of mission.
{% endhint %}

#### Steps to use the Pause function:

1. While the drone is undertaking a mission, the operator can click on 'Pause' button located on the drone control panel.

<figure><img src="/files/R81DOa5fOjFOpwQm7irI" alt=""><figcaption><p>'Pause' button</p></figcaption></figure>

2. Upon pressing the button, the operator would receive a confirmation on the dashboard in the form of toaster messages (notifications).

<figure><img src="/files/0i4j9kpmKOvCz2CI0LvT" alt=""><figcaption><p>Toaster message upon pressing 'Pause' button</p></figcaption></figure>

3. The drone starts hovering, and the drone state is displayed as 'Paused' on the drone control panel.

<figure><img src="/files/jJQLx9rALMwdr9r4sbKc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone State upon executing 'Pause' button</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Resume" %}

### Resume

This function resumes planned aircraft activities that were initiated before issuing a 'Pause' command.

The functionalities of the 'Resume' button are as follows:

* Activating 'Resume' during a preplanned mission after using 'Pause' directs the drone to resume executing the mission commands from the point where the mission was paused.
* You cannot use 'Resume' when 'Abort' is engaged during a Go-to location. Instead, you have the option to perform RTDS or set another Go-to location.

#### Steps to use the Resume function:

1. Once 'Pause' is engaged in a preplanned mission, the same button transforms into a 'Resume' button, situated on the drone control panel on the FlytBase dashboard.

<figure><img src="/files/WPNDoZkKgXyoBvhiHUoA" alt=""><figcaption><p>Resume button</p></figcaption></figure>

2. Press the button to receive a pre-flight checklist.

<figure><img src="/files/EU23N3wHYLPr6jLqcql1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Pre-flight checklist</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Check all safety [checklist](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/checklist) parameters. Once confirmed, a dashboard message will pop up, and the drone will continue executing commands from where it was paused.

<figure><img src="/files/FxHJqzuwdSfEhsGvos3o" alt=""><figcaption><p>Toaster message upon pressing ' button</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Abort " %}

### Abort Function Overview

The 'Abort' function serves as a quick and immediate stop for the drone. When activated, the drone swiftly transitions into a standstill mode, hovering in place. This allows for precise control and safety during drone operations.

The abort function can only be used in the following scenarios:

<table><thead><tr><th width="197">Scenario</th><th>Expected Behavior</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>When the drone is performing Go-to Location</td><td><ol><li>Once the Operator engages the 'Abort' button, the drone will abort its current action and hover at its location.</li><li>The drone instantaneously enters a standstill mode, hovering in place refusing any additional commands from the dashboard, and can only perform RTDS when triggered by you.</li></ol></td></tr><tr><td>During 'GO_HOME' commands like Return to Docking Station (RTDS) or DJI failsafe triggers</td><td><ol><li>Once the Operator engages the 'Abort' button during 'GO_HOME' commands, such as Return to Docking Station (RTDS) or DJI failsafe triggers, the drone will abort its current action and hover at its location.</li><li>It will remain in this state until the Resume action is initiated from the dashboard.</li></ol></td></tr></tbody></table>

<figure><img src="/files/Bf9OIJ1tRVqwmSAeKjni" alt=""><figcaption><p>'Abort' button during GO_HOME</p></figcaption></figure>

This safety measure ensures that when the drone is executing 'Go-to location' and 'GO\_HOME' commands, it avoids potential emergencies head-on, enabling operators to swiftly intervene and prevent unintended movements right from the dashboard.

**Steps to use the 'Abort' feature:**

1. While the drone executes a 'Go-to location' or 'GO\_HOME' command, operators can take swift action by clicking the 'Abort' button located on the drone control panel.

<figure><img src="/files/oveR7O95Mwvjw1T8dkDA" alt=""><figcaption><p>'Abort' button on drone control panel.</p></figcaption></figure>

2. Upon pressing the button, the operator would receive a confirmation on the dashboard in the form of toaster messages (notifications).
   {% endtab %}
   {% endtabs %}


# Manual Drone Controls

FlytBase's Manual Controls lets you remotely pilot drones in real-time, ensuring direct command and boosting DJI Dock's adaptability and versatility.

This feature not only ensures that you have direct control over your drone's movements but also helps you navigate through complex environments or make on-the-fly adjustments. Manual Controls offer the precision and responsiveness you need during remote drone operations.

## Types of Manual Controls

There are three methods available for operators to take manual control of the drone using the FlytBase dashboard:

1. On-screen Joypad
2. Keyboard and Mouse
3. Xbox 360 Joystick (Wired) or Thrustmaster (Model T.16000M FCS )

## Essential Settings for Manual Controls

Setting the Pitch, Roll, and Throttle speeds of the drone before engaging manual controls is crucial. For guidance on fine-tuning the key sensitivity (aircraft speed) for manual functions like Pitch, Roll, and Throttle, you may refer to the [Advance Drone Controls guide](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/preferences).

## Taking Drone Access Control

Before taking manual controls, ensure that you have access to control the drone. Refer to the following documentation to learn more on how to take '**Drone Access Control**' from other members within an organization.

{% content-ref url="/pages/JAPnZFbCLZkmYrr0EY0z" %}
[Drone Access Control](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/how-to-control-your-drone/drone-access-control)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## How to Activate Manual Controls?

1. During a mission, click on the 'Pause' button located on the drone control panel.
2. To gain manual control of the drone, click the 'Manual control button' located on the drone control panel.

<figure><img src="/files/bmY6e6c86FYCvdgUoP9S" alt=""><figcaption><p>Manual controls button</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Next, a pop-up will appear, asking if you'd like to take manual control of the drone. Upon confirmation, the control of the drone is transferred to the remote drone operator for manual operations.

<figure><img src="/files/Kg1VX07PbDVNNVcZ6Hgq" alt=""><figcaption><p>Manual Controls Confirmation</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
The 'On-screen Joypad' is the default control mode when manual controls are activated. To switch to the Keyboard or use Joystick (Xbox 360 or Thrustmaster), click on the <img src="/files/SFZ3P0HABQrhjVG7qXqw" alt="" data-size="line"> or <img src="/files/R9gaMZN4PZQz8petjD4V" alt="" data-size="line">button to enable the respective modes.
{% endhint %}

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="On-screen Joypad" %}

### Steps to use the 'On-screen Joypad' for Manual Controls

* The 'On-screen Joypad' is the default control mode when manual controls are activated.
* To operate the drone with the on-screen joypad, simply click on the relevant buttons, which follow the standard notation for Yaw, Throttle, Pitch, and Roll, similar to any drone remote controller set to mode 2.

<figure><img src="/files/i1dBV3LU5iHObymk3AZX" alt=""><figcaption><p>On-screen joypad</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/Ix3KOkXzNveOzXCOmnuP" alt=""><figcaption><p>DJI Notations</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Keyboard" %}

### Default Keyboard Commands

<figure><img src="/files/VsFvxPeW4EWsZGs8AE4k" alt=""><figcaption><p>Default Drone Controls for Keyboard</p></figcaption></figure>

### Customized Keyboard Commands

To learn how to tailor keyboard settings to suit your preferences, you may refer to the "Advanced Settings" documentation.

{% content-ref url="/pages/To35FURnVBiw0ZAHYsFy" %}
[Key Bindings](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/key-bindings)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Steps to use 'Keyboard' for Manual Drone Controls

* Click the keyboard button <img src="/files/SFZ3P0HABQrhjVG7qXqw" alt="" data-size="line"> located on the drone control panel.

<figure><img src="/files/siTxjPzp9UWzFAonu20H" alt=""><figcaption><p>Taking Manual Control using Keyboard</p></figcaption></figure>

* Upon clicking, the 'Keyboard' option is illuminated in blue, indicating that the keyboard is now active for manual control input.
  {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Joystick" %}

### Default Joystick Commands

FlytBase currently supports the following Joysticks:

1. Thrustmaster (Model T.16000M FCS)
2. Xbox 360 (Wired)

<figure><img src="/files/xxYE9ZCxVbfqO8k993jI" alt=""><figcaption><p>Default Drone Controls for Xbox 360 Joystick</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/suQ8FAWpmSvsdnGqzkNM" alt="" width="313"><figcaption><p>Default Drone Controls for Thrustmaster</p></figcaption></figure>

Refer to the following documentation to know more about the key bindings for Thrustmaster and Xbox 360 Joystick:

{% content-ref url="/pages/To35FURnVBiw0ZAHYsFy" %}
[Key Bindings](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/key-bindings)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Steps to use 'Xbox 360 Joystick' for Manual Drone Controls

{% hint style="warning" %}
A wired 'Xbox 360 Joystick' is only supported on FlytBase.
{% endhint %}

* Click on the <img src="/files/NqMg0haQwmCKlnHiTd94" alt="" data-size="line"> Joystick button located on the drone control panel.
* Select 'X-BOX' as the desired Joystick.

<figure><img src="/files/RtL8JrHsIAPl23nFY27c" alt="" width="536"><figcaption><p>Taking Manual Control using Xbox 360 Joystick</p></figcaption></figure>

* To test Xbox 360 controls in the joystick simulator, refer to the following [link](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/key-bindings).

{% hint style="info" %}
Currently, only the Xbox 360 joystick is supported in the Joystick Simulator.
{% endhint %}

### Steps to use 'Thrustmaster' for Manual Drone Controls

* Click on the <img src="/files/NqMg0haQwmCKlnHiTd94" alt="" data-size="line"> Joystick button located on the drone control panel.
* Select 'Thrustmaster' as the desired Joystick.

<figure><img src="/files/uj1vTpCuMXsyWJMq2gUC" alt="" width="554"><figcaption><p>Taking Manual Control using Thrustmaster</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
FlytBase currently does not offer customization of Joystick commands.
{% endhint %}
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

## Disabling Manual Controls

* You can deactivate manual controls by using the downward arrow button on the On-screen Joypad.

<figure><img src="/files/A1kXSexdxHzZWOLSUkni" alt=""><figcaption><p>Disabling Manual Controls</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
If the drone is engaged in a "Go To Location" maneuver, you have the option to take manual control of the drone upon its arrival at the desired location.
{% endhint %}


# Drone Access Control

Know more on how to take control of your drone among your team members.

To ensure safety during flight operations, operators must take control of the drone. Other members who are active on the dashboard can see which particular operator has access to the drone. The operator who has drone control access can give commands to the drone, while other members viewing the dashboard won't be able to do so.

{% hint style="info" %}
Currently, there can be only a single operator who can take drone control access.
{% endhint %}

## Key Highlights

* **Exclusive Control Mechanism:** To ensure clarity and safety, only one operator can have control of a specific drone flight at any given time, while another can exclusively control its payload if required.
* **Permission-based Control Transfer:** If another member wishes to assume control of either flight operations or the payload, they must explicitly request permission from the current operator. This structured handover process guarantees a seamless transition, minimizing human errors and ensuring strict adherence to operational standards.

For more information about [Payload Access Control](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/payload-controls/payload-access-control), please refer to the following documentation.

## How to take control of the Drone?

* When the drone is performing a flight operation, you will be able to see the "Take Control" tab located on the Drone Control Panel.

<figure><img src="/files/En8EGwtO8aZNzp1zPMVP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Take control of the drone</p></figcaption></figure>

* After clicking on it, you will receive a confirmation message. Upon confirming, drone control will be transferred to you.

<figure><img src="/files/PPFe0qGFkV9RH7YtYK62" alt=""><figcaption><p>Confirmation notification</p></figcaption></figure>

* The drone control panel will be updated for the person who has now taken access and the operator who had access earlier. This ensures that the drone controls are available only to the operator who has taken control. Other operators can see to whom the control has been transferred, as well as the mission status and flight information.

<figure><img src="/files/bFgLazNyd2P91j4q0CT5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone Control transferring from another operator</p></figcaption></figure>

* Once the drone controls are successfully transferred, you will be able to see your name beside the in-flight status symbol, indicating which operator has access to the drone.

<figure><img src="/files/WoZVCTLca2WMSJhx6jqY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To learn more about how to control your drone using the [Drone Control Panel](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/how-to-control-your-drone), please refer to the following documentation.\
\
To know more about how to control the [Drone Payload](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/payload-controls), refer to the following documentation.


# Payload Controls

Refer to this guide to explore the full potential of FlytBase's payload control feature, enabling precise control over the gimbal, camera switching, zoom adjustments, etc.

## Taking Payload Access Control

To control your Drone's Payload, ensure that you have the necessary access. Refer to the following documentation to learn how to take 'Payload Access Control' from other members within an organization.

{% content-ref url="/pages/q2Zm2Gbi50vNek3P9QrN" %}
[Payload Access Control](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/payload-controls/payload-access-control)
{% endcontent-ref %}

{% hint style="success" %}
Before getting started with payload controls; it is important to verify that the drone is online and connected to the FlytBase dashboard. The drone can be turned on from the maintenance tab of the Device Management window.
{% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/slfmeVgMIX8>" %}
Payload Controls in FlytBase
{% endembed %}

## Enabling Live Stream

Once the drone is online you can access the payload controls, you can click on the <img src="/files/bPxlKxzk52hz5deYmZdd" alt="" data-size="line"> (Video Stream button) to enable the live stream. Similarly, you may click on the <img src="/files/71gOlGVJxU7QJRBds0tJ" alt="" data-size="line"> button to disable the video stream.

<figure><img src="/files/raBmFJAiMPtPz9dwI0Zt" alt=""><figcaption><p>Enable/Disable Live Streaming</p></figcaption></figure>

## Switching Camera Views

You can switch between different camera views available with your drone's payload. When using the drone's payload camera, you may select the desired camera view from the available options, which include:

* Wide-angle
* Zoom
* Thermal

<figure><img src="/files/6bf25jmTFpuaXmTBlVvt" alt=""><figcaption><p>Switching between cameras</p></figcaption></figure>

To switch between the three views, you may left-click on the desired lens type <img src="/files/mKxQmUC0K5qnmxGtgynu" alt="" data-size="line">

* W: Wide-angle
* Z: Zoom
* T: Thermal

### Using the Laser Rangefinder:

M30 Series of drones feature a Laser Rangefinder as part of the payload. This can be used to know the distance and altitude of the subject in the drone's field of view.

To use the Rangefinder, left-click on the <img src="/files/a14TCEQKXK48GoocyBnE" alt="" data-size="line"> (rangefinder button).

The following information can be obtained using the rangefinder:

1. Distance from the drone (RNG)
2. Altitude relative to the take-off point (RLT)
3. Rangefinder marker on the map

<figure><img src="/files/Or3stRDTVQsel69LBHXj" alt="" width="370"><figcaption><p>Laser Rangefinder</p></figcaption></figure>

### Switching to Thermal Sensor:

* To switch to the Thermal Sensor, click on the 'T' button <img src="/files/tsTRTTNQMc8ZWKEtWa5s" alt="" data-size="line">.

<figure><img src="/files/9VqfE3jEVdhnoClG0csP" alt=""><figcaption><p>Switching to Thermal Sensor</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Thermal Palettes:

To switch between various thermal palettes, click on the <img src="/files/xfQMupqgstSKn4sH49HY" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/zAGVCAnHk4bDg6gZWDDT" alt=""><figcaption><p>IR Palettes</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Dual Mode:

Dual Mode allows you to have Thermal and Zoom camera imagery in a single view.

To enable Dual Mode, click on the <img src="/files/MDbg4qM23dCQW3yHtkoz" alt="" data-size="line">button.

<figure><img src="/files/NqWYSjGBJezuzmTD58yj" alt=""><figcaption><p>Dual Mode</p></figcaption></figure>

## Controlling the Gimbal

<figure><img src="/files/JglAoAKMKyLRzPvrfew5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Gimbal Controls</p></figcaption></figure>

You can take full control of the gimbal with the following options:

1. **Presets:** These presets serve as predefined configurations you can easily switch between, allowing for quick adjustments and achieving desired camera views without manually configuring each parameter individually.
   1. Reset Tilt: Set the tilt angle to -90 degrees.
   2. Reset Gimbal Yaw: Reset the gimbal yaw angle to 0 degrees.
   3. Reset Entire Gimbal: Reset the entire gimbal to its default position.
2. View **Gimbal Pan and Tilt Angles:** Get an overview of the gimbal's current pan and tilt angles for precise positioning.
3. **Double-Click to Move Gimbal:** Double-clicking on the live stream allows you to adjust the gimbal's position and focus around the clicked point, providing a customized perspective for your capturing needs.
4. **Drag to move Gimbal:** Use the mouse to left-click and drag the cursor to move the gimbal in the desired direction. The gimbal movement will follow the cursor movement. Refer to the following image to understand how it functions:

<figure><img src="/files/1Rm0SVYP1h8SR843C2df" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drag to move Gimbal</p></figcaption></figure>

## Adjusting Zoom Scale

<figure><img src="/files/ym24nzx0pDdSo3hvtA8r" alt=""><figcaption><p>Zoom Controls</p></figcaption></figure>

You can fine-tune the zoom scale by adjusting the dedicated zoom slider. Slide it towards the "+" icon to zoom in and towards the "-" icon to zoom out, allowing for precise control over the desired level of magnification.

## Capturing Media Files

<figure><img src="/files/sRLLVUjQD8z6pF2AWbSn" alt=""><figcaption><p>Media Capture Buttons</p></figcaption></figure>

Simply click the dedicated buttons to capture data during the flight:

1. Capture images
2. Start recording videos

## Cockpit View

<figure><img src="/files/8ngg1MbNfBnGczV98px1" alt=""><figcaption><p>Entering Cockpit View</p></figcaption></figure>

Click on the cockpit view for an immersive perspective of the drone's surroundings. This view enables operators to remotely control the drone as if they were physically present inside, enhancing their situational awareness and control capabilities during flight operations.

<figure><img src="/files/R9F9MJbRpZMBn4t9EZty" alt=""><figcaption><p>FlytBase Dashboard: Cockpit View</p></figcaption></figure>

## Beacon Light

The Beacon Light is an essential feature for drone visibility and safety, particularly during low-light or night-time operations. FlytBase Dashboard gives the option to turn the beacon light ON or OFF as per operational requirement.

1. Once in Cockpit Mode, to turn the light ON, click on the ![](/files/Tg7arxegkKH5BDjTykiV). It displays the Beacon Toggle.
2. Use the toggle switch to turn the Beacon Light ON or OFF as needed.

<figure><img src="/files/cCu9jN0wWGRqnXdYZTBR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Beacon Toggle</p></figcaption></figure>

## Switching Video Feed Quality

<figure><img src="/files/zpujmBmDBEiaMBYpZfRd" alt=""><figcaption><p>Switching Video Feed Quality</p></figcaption></figure>

The video feed quality can be adjusted according to the specific use case requirements, allowing you to optimize the video stream quality based on your preferences and the demands of the situation at hand. You can choose from options such as:

1. **Adaptive**
2. **Fluid**
3. **SD (Standard Definition)**
4. **HD (High Definition)**
5. **Super clear**

## Refreshing Video Feed

<figure><img src="/files/in1FdaSiXBX6l3muxypX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Video Stream Refresh Button</p></figcaption></figure>

Using the Video Stream Refresh Button, you can manually update or refresh the live video stream displayed on the dashboard. This feature comes in handy when the video feed is unavailable or stuck due to network issues, ensuring that you can maintain a continuous and uninterrupted visual feed during your remote drone operations.


# Manual Payload Controls

Learn more on how to take manual controls of the drone's payload to enhance your situational awareness.

## Types of Manual Controls

There are two methods available for operators to take manual control of the drone's payload using the FlytBase dashboard:

1. Keyboard and Mouse
2. Xbox 360 Joystick (Wired) or Thrustmaster (Model T.16000M FCS )

## Essential Settings for Manual Controls

Setting the Pitch, Roll, and Throttle speeds of the drone before engaging manual controls is crucial. For guidance on fine-tuning the key sensitivity (aircraft speed) for manual functions like Pitch, Roll, and Throttle, you may refer to the [Advance Drone Controls guide](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/preferences).

## Taking Payload Access Control

Before taking manual controls, ensure that you have access to control the drone's payload. Refer to the following documentation to learn more on how to take '**Payload** **Access Control**' from other members within an organization.

{% content-ref url="/pages/q2Zm2Gbi50vNek3P9QrN" %}
[Payload Access Control](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/payload-controls/payload-access-control)
{% endcontent-ref %}

## How to Activate Manual Payload Controls?

1. During a mission, click on the 'Pause' button located on the drone control panel.
2. To gain manual control of the drone's payload, click the 'Manual control button' located on the drone control panel.

<figure><img src="/files/VHH7gOu10AxfFwLUrh62" alt=""><figcaption><p>Manual controls button</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Next, a pop-up will appear, asking if you'd like to take manual control of the drone. Upon confirmation, the control of the drone is transferred to the remote drone operator for manual operations.

<figure><img src="/files/SyBYz1jmk1IwdcnOt1zY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Manual Controls Confirmation</p></figcaption></figure>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Keyboard" %}

### Default Keyboard Commands

<figure><img src="/files/Yb2T1xiaSiEv2a8yEk6e" alt=""><figcaption><p>Defauly Payload Controls for Keyboard</p></figcaption></figure>

### Customized Keyboard Commands

To learn how to tailor keyboard settings to suit your preferences, you may refer to the "Advanced Settings" documentation.

{% content-ref url="/pages/To35FURnVBiw0ZAHYsFy" %}
[Key Bindings](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/key-bindings)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Steps to use 'Keyboard' for Manual Payload Controls

* Click the keyboard button <img src="/files/SFZ3P0HABQrhjVG7qXqw" alt="" data-size="line"> located on the payload access control panel.

<figure><img src="/files/IFTK7K9PeM5zgcsr5wdY" alt=""><figcaption><p>Taking Manual Controls using Keyboard</p></figcaption></figure>

* Upon clicking, the 'Keyboard' option is illuminated in blue, indicating that the keyboard is now active for manual control input.
  {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Joystick" %}

### Default Joystick Commands

FlytBase currently supports the following Joysticks:

1. Thrustmaster (Model T.16000M FCS)
2. Xbox 360 (Wired)

<figure><img src="/files/zMnwcriOeTZI9CX5srvC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Default Payload Controls for Xbox 360 Joystick</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/nrLHmT7l1E1cxNATcGgY" alt="" width="498"><figcaption><p>Default Payload Controls for Thrustmaster</p></figcaption></figure>

Refer to the following documentation to know more about the key bindings for Thrustmaster and Xbox 360 Joystick:

{% content-ref url="/pages/To35FURnVBiw0ZAHYsFy" %}
[Key Bindings](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/key-bindings)
{% endcontent-ref %}

### Steps to use 'Xbox 360 Joystick' for Manual Payload Controls

{% hint style="warning" %}
A wired 'Xbox 360 Joystick' is only supported on FlytBase.
{% endhint %}

* Click on the <img src="/files/NqMg0haQwmCKlnHiTd94" alt="" data-size="line"> Joystick button located on the payload access control panel.
* Select 'X-BOX' as the desired Joystick.

<figure><img src="/files/EJp16pBcgchAlIvKPXVs" alt=""><figcaption><p>Taking manual payload controls using Xbox 360 Joystick</p></figcaption></figure>

* To test Xbox 360 controls in the joystick simulator, refer to the following [link](/pre-flight-modules/platform-settings/key-bindings).

{% hint style="info" %}
Currently, only the Xbox 360 joystick is supported in the Joystick Simulator.
{% endhint %}

### Steps to use 'Thrustmaster' for Manual Payload Controls

* Click on the <img src="/files/NqMg0haQwmCKlnHiTd94" alt="" data-size="line"> Joystick button located on the payload access control panel.
* Select 'Thrustmaster' as the desired Joystick.

<figure><img src="/files/bdrDqQRWHmtLq8htvFIR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Taking manual payload controls using Thrustmaster</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
FlytBase currently does not offer customization of Joystick commands.
{% endhint %}
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

Refer to the following documentation to know more about Payload Access Control:

{% content-ref url="/pages/q2Zm2Gbi50vNek3P9QrN" %}
[Payload Access Control](/in-flight-modules/how-to-manage-your-flight-operations/payload-controls/payload-access-control)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Payload Access Control

Know more on how to take payload access control in FlytBase dashboard.

To ensure safety during flight operations, operators have the option to take control of the drone's payload. Other members who are active on the dashboard can see which particular operator has access to the drone's payload. The operator who has payload access control can enable the video feeds, toggle between different streams, and control the pitch for the gimbal. However, other operators can only view the video feed without having the option to toggle between various features for controlling the drone's payload.

{% hint style="info" %}
Currently, there can be only a single operator who has Payload Access Control.
{% endhint %}

## How to take control of your Drone's Payload?

* When the drone is performing a flight operation, you will be able to see a "Take Payload Control" button located above the drone's video feed window.

<figure><img src="/files/GV1iYc0vzZa3ZP2tmIzR" alt=""><figcaption><p>Taking Payload Access Control</p></figcaption></figure>

* You can see the name of the operator beside the "Take Control" button who currently has access.
* After clicking on the "**Take Payload Control**" button, the drone's payload control access will be transferred to you.

<figure><img src="/files/02HPxEfaer6U9Lp25Utw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Payload Control Access Transferred</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
An operator can have both payload and drone control access simultaneously.
{% endhint %}

To learn more about how to check your flight logs after the flight, please refer to the following documentation.

{% content-ref url="/pages/1O79TauQNIpgesbTaRxz" %}
[Reviewing Your Flight Logs](/post-flight-modules/reviewing-your-flight-logs)
{% endcontent-ref %}


# Nighttime Visibility & Imaging Settings

A quick guide to FlytBase’s advanced low-light imaging modes, Smart Low Light, Night Mode, and NI-R Mode, for clearer and more reliable nighttime drone operations.

FlytBase enhances your drone operations with advanced low-light imaging tools, delivering clear visibility even in the darkest conditions. Whether you're documenting incidents, tracking vehicles, or monitoring perimeters, these three specialized modes ensure you never miss critical details.

In this guide, we’ll break down how Smart Low Light, Night Mode, and NI-R Mode work—and walk you through how to use each one step by step.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/e1iddApgQyw>" %}

### Smart Low Light Mode: Enhanced Media Capture

Smart Low Light boosts the clarity of your captured photos and videos during low-light operations. It uses intelligent multi-frame processing to enhance details without affecting the live feed.\
Available on **DJI Dock 1, DJI Dock 2, and DJI Dock 3**.

#### **How to Enable Smart Low Light Mode**

**Step 1:** Switch to the **Zoom** view from your cockpit interface.

<figure><img src="/files/7IeZlozFra0WgQvsAvPt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Step 2:** Select **Smart Low Light** from the available camera modes.

<figure><img src="/files/asEM9ZFODqWu4XXgJoHx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Step 3:** Capture media while Smart Low Light is enabled.

<figure><img src="/files/NNVUQFphyiQqITAbFZoX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### When to use Smart Low Light Mode

Use Smart Low Light when you need **enhanced clarity in captured photos or videos**.\
This mode improves detail through intelligent multi-frame processing without affecting the live feed.

**Ideal for:**

* Incident documentation in low-light areas
* Evidence capture where fine detail matters
* Reviewing footage after a patrol or event

### Night Mode: Real-Time Full-Color Visibility

Night Mode dramatically enhances real-time visibility by increasing sensor sensitivity, delivering full-color night vision even in extremely low-light environments. This feature is available on DJI Dock 3.

#### **How to Enable Night mode**

**Step 1:** Open the **camera settings** during a flight and locate the **Night Mode** toggle

<figure><img src="/files/mSkDP97VHckVqSpiPP21" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Step 2:** Enable **Night Mode**. Notice your live feed become significantly brighter and more colorful.

<figure><img src="/files/k979lgNJbkM5cZrfejjs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Step 3:** For variable conditions, set Night Mode to **auto,** it’ll activate automatically at night.

<figure><img src="/files/UZKtukmKJvz28ocH8el8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### When to use Night mode

Use Night Mode when you need **real-time visibility** and situational awareness during nighttime missions.\
This mode is ideal for security teams and responders who must see clearly *as events unfold*.

**Ideal for:**

* Live monitoring and nighttime patrols
* Identifying people, vehicles, and structures in darkness
* Rapid-response workflows requiring immediate visual clarity
* Surveillance of poorly lit or unlit areas

### **NI-R Mode: High-Contrast Infrared Imaging**

NI-R Mode (Near-Infrared Illumination) removes the IR-cut filter to deliver high-contrast black-and-white imagery, ideal for long-distance nighttime surveillance.

#### **How to Enable NI-R mode**

With Night Mode active on **DJI Dock 3**, enable the **NIR illumination** feature from the camera settings.

<figure><img src="/files/nHg3jDZRqAFCc1cHbQL8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
Please make sure that the camera is zoom mode at a value 7x or higher
{% endhint %}

#### **When to Use NI-R Mode**

Use NI-R Mode when you need **maximum long-distance visibility** and strong contrast in very low-light conditions.\
This mode excels when color information is less important than detecting motion, shapes, and edges.

**Ideal for:**

* Perimeter surveillance of large or open areas at night
* Nighttime monitoring where Night Mode alone isn’t enough
* Combined usage with Night Mode for maximum clarity

### **Technical and Hardware Compatibility**

| **Feature**         | **Hardware Support** | **Camera Compatibility**              | **Key Constraints**                        | **Affects Live Feed** | **Affects Captured Media** | **Persists Across Restarts** |
| ------------------- | -------------------- | ------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------ | --------------------- | -------------------------- | ---------------------------- |
| **Smart Low Light** | Dock 1, 2, 3         | Zoom camera only                      | None                                       | No                    | Yes                        | No                           |
| **Night Mode**      | Dock 3 only          | Wide, medium-tele, tele (not thermal) | Reduces video to 15 FPS                    | Yes                   | Yes                        | No                           |
| **NI-R Mode**       | Dock 3 only          | Tele camera only                      | Requires 7x+ zoom; black-and-white imagery | Yes                   | Yes                        | No                           |


# Video Wall

Discover how to monitor live video feeds from multiple Drones and Docks using a single, streamlined interface.

The **Video Wall** feature allows users to monitor live feeds from **multiple** Drones and Docks simultaneously on a single screen. It is ideal for managing several Drones across various locations, enabling efficient monitoring without switching between screens.

## Accessing the Video Wall

1. On the FlytBase Dashboard, click on ![](/files/r1zb2nrHxVj16WSG1fpG) **Navigation Drawer** in the top-left corne&#x72;**.**
2. Under the **Flight Center** Section, Click on ![](/files/C9fmcQVpgjhGtQS8lmA4) **Video Wall** to begin monitoring.

<figure><img src="/files/zogyAV9WBe9wzq8KHjvv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Access the Video Wall</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/lDMxOQ5ZYuDmT6i6fhVX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Video Wall</p></figcaption></figure>

## Filtering Video Feeds by Site

Video feeds can be filtered by **Sites**. To do so, take the following steps:

1. Click the **dropdown menu** in the top-left corner of the **Video Wall** window.
   * This dropdown lists all the Sites created in the Organization.
2. Select a specific **Site** to display video feeds from the Drones and Docks assigned to that Site.
3. Select the **All Sites** option to return to viewing video feeds from all Sites.

<figure><img src="/files/O5FY8UWHSCJ9b6dfsHIZ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Filter Video Feeds by Sites</p></figcaption></figure>

## Switching between Video Feed Types

Following video sources are available within the Video Wall:

* **Payload:** View the feed from the main payload of all active Drones.
* **FPV** or **First Person View** (FPV) feed from all the active Drones.
* **Dock:** Stream the video feed of all the active Docks.

{% hint style="info" %}
FPV video feed is available for drones with FPV cameras, such as M300, M350, M30 and M30T.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/TkGsfMhvOPhhhnQUyxLZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Using Video Wall Options

Video Wall can be customized using the **Options** menu located within the Video Wall window. The following options are available:

1. **Hide Operator Name**: Toggle to hide or display the operator names for all video feeds.
2. **Hide Telemetry Label**: Enable or Disable visibility of the telemetry (altitude, battery level) for all video feeds.
3. **Enter Full Screen**: Select this option to expand the Video Wall to full screen for an immersive monitoring experience.

{% hint style="info" %}
Click on the ![](/files/3Aniu6SILMZIwuUr0SOu) button on the individual video feed to go to the single drone operation view of the selected device
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/sif4o7bcCnYsorfHudAC" alt=""><figcaption><p>Options</p></figcaption></figure>


# Alerts and Notifications

FlytBase generates Alerts and Notifications to improve awareness and efficiency during missions. This guide explains where you will find them and what they mean.

To ensure the optimal performance of all devices and the safe planning and execution of missions, FlytBase has enhanced its Alerts and Notifications management on the Dashboard. Users can also enable Sound notifications for important alerts.

## Alerts

Alerts notify users about events that pose a significant danger to autonomous drone operations. You can find these alerts in the **Alerts Center** at the top of the Dashboard. Clicking on it gives you access to the specific alerts issued for that device.

Alerts are triggered by critical events such as when *airspace traffic* is detected or when a *device failsafe* is activated. Examples of these events include:

* Loss of Connection between Dock and Drone
* RTK Link Loss
* Low Battery
* Critical Battery
* Detection of a manned glider in the airspace
* ADS-B detection of a nearby passenger aircraft

<figure><img src="/files/MTyRtPIFbXKRbj9VhAl7" alt=""><figcaption><p>Default view of Alerts Center</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Alerts are shown only for the drone card currently selected. To view detailed alerts for a different drone, you must select the appropriate drone card.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Look out for a Warning indicator<img src="/files/nHGqgxuKlCWYyn5oOMgP" alt="" data-size="original">on the drone card in the Fleet Management view to see devices that have active alerts.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/cHQxyWGxGB9mgbfcH0sW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Alerts Center with Device Failsafe and Airspace Alerts</p></figcaption></figure>

## Notifications

Notifications indicate the final status of important events within the Dashboard. Messages such as those about the start and end of missions, manual drone control, and the transfer of control between members are displayed as pop-up messages at the top of the Dashboard and are listed in the Notifications Center.

{% hint style="info" %}
To access the Notifications Center, click on the Bell icon<img src="/files/IKRwXUCbOuroXocG27Lq" alt="" data-size="line">in the Top Bar.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/RatALGQmUotgQSNCFJCv" alt=""><figcaption><p>Notifications Center</p></figcaption></figure>

To view specific types of notifications, you can use the Success and Failure filter chips in the expanded Notifications Center.

{% hint style="info" %}
Notifications are generated for all Dashboard-related events across the Organization and are not specific to any one device.
{% endhint %}

## Sound Notifications

For certain critical events, FlytBase offers the option to enable sound notifications in addition to the messages displayed on the Dashboard. You can toggle sound notifications on or off by navigating to **Settings** -> **Preferences** -> **Sound** **notifications**. Currently, sound notifications are available only for the following events:

* Airspace threat detected
* Failsafe triggered
* Launch failure

<figure><img src="/files/VW2vo3QOBE6C5LmpQJOw" alt=""><figcaption><p>Sound Notifications</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Alerts, Notifications, and Sound Notifications are designed to display information about the status of active devices and actions within an Organization, thereby enabling safe autonomous operations.
{% endhint %}


# Speaker and Spotlight

Learn how to configure and operate speaker, spotlight, and siren payloads using FlytBase.

With FlytBase, you can manage payload controls directly from the Cockpit View and Payload widget, enabling real-time response workflows across security, inspection, and emergency operations.

Here’s what you can do:

* **Save and Broadcast Announcements** — Store messages or draft a quick message and use text-to-speech for live broadcasts.
* **Adjust Spotlight Settings** — Control brightness and switch between static and strobe lighting modes.
* **Activate Siren Mode** — Trigger a siren sound along with strobe lighting for critical response scenarios.

Such systems enhance your drone's capabilities for perimeter security or search and rescue applications.

{% hint style="info" %}
Currently, the speaker and spotlight payloads supported include:

* **For DJI Dock 1 / M30 Series (M30, M30T):**
  * CZI LP12
* **For DJI Dock 2 / M3D Series (M3D, M3TD):**
  * JZ M3D Quick Search Kit
  * Cytop MLV3D
  * CZI MP20
* **For DJI Dock 3:**
  * DJI AS1
  * DJI AL1

Reach out to **<support@flytbase.com>** to know more.
{% endhint %}

## Speaker

### Adding Announcements

To add announcements to a payload, follow these steps:

* **Attaching the Payload**: Attach the payload to the drone, and power on the drone.
* **Navigating to the Payload Tab**: On the FlytBase Dashboard, go to the **Device Management** section, and select the **Payload** tab.

<figure><img src="/files/p5Aw2O4fnZybmZUJ51xf" alt=""><figcaption><p>Payload Tab for the selected device</p></figcaption></figure>

The Payload tab allows you to perform the following operations:

* **Add Audio for playback:** You can add audio files that can be played by any drone using its payload.
* **Creating an Announcement**: Click on the **Add** button. This action will bring up a dialog box where you can configure your announcement. In the dialog box, enter a name for your announcement and type your announcement text.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Announcement text cannot exceed 200 characters.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/foDmU8ww3WRt3QE8Zr3g" alt=""><figcaption><p>Adding a new announcement</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Saving the Announcement**: After entering your information, click **Save** to finalize the announcement.

{% hint style="info" %}
You can create up to twenty announcements for each payload.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/aXnLYOjAqTRqJmEkvniK" alt=""><figcaption><p>Saved announcements</p></figcaption></figure>

### Operating the Speaker

To use the Payload, navigate to the **Fleet view** and select the **Payload** ![](/files/cIZq8tiFwrHHKOla5ElT)icon adjacent to the drone video feed widget.

The payload widget would expand, allowing access to speaker and spotlight tabs.

<figure><img src="/files/XuRCrS2y8b4zSv5leaUd" alt=""><figcaption><p>Expanded Payload widget</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Play a saved Announcement

* In the expanded Payload widget, click on the **Speaker** tab.
* Choose the desired announcement from the list of saved announcements and click **Play**.
* To keep repeating the selected message, click on the ![](/files/2j6MEpZbBlkMCNP5UDw8) icon. The message will be repeated as long as the ![](/files/2j6MEpZbBlkMCNP5UDw8) icon is not pressed again or message playback is stopped from the Play/Stop button.

<figure><img src="/files/JNaFUMQogmAn5nDJbyFh" alt=""><figcaption><p>Select Announcement</p></figcaption></figure>

#### Quick Announcement

For making an urgent custom announcement:

* Type your message (up to 200 characters) in the **Quick Announcement** box.
* Click **Play** to broadcast your message immediately.

<figure><img src="/files/lpTGOU9Qh2oXS5cwMzht" alt=""><figcaption><p>Quick Announcement</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Quick announcements are not stored in the list of Saved Announcements.
{% endhint %}

#### Speaker Volume Settings

Adjusting the speaker volume:

* Use the volume bar to increase or decrease the volume according to your preference.
* The volume can be adjusted within a range from 0 to 40.

## Spotlight Settings

All supported payloads with spotlight functionality can be controlled through the Payload widget.

**Activating the Spotlight**

To control the spotlight:

* Click on the **Spotlight** ![](/files/UkaeM07mJe8uY68JwWDd) in the **Payload** widget.
* Use the **toggle button** to turn the spotlight on or off.

**Adjusting Brightness**

Adjust the brightness of the spotlight:

* Move the **brightness slider** to the right to increase brightness or to the left to decrease it.

**Spotlight Modes**

The spotlight offers two modes:

* **Static Mode**: The spotlight remains continuously on at a consistent brightness.
* **Strobe Mode**: The spotlight alternates between on and off, creating a pulsating effect.

<figure><img src="/files/Si6Z8lTlQ820zLmRq023" alt="" width="290"><figcaption><p>Spotlight Controls</p></figcaption></figure>

## Siren

All supported payloads equipped with a siren can be operated through the Payload widget on the FlytBase Dashboard.

**How to Activate the Siren**

* Navigate to the **Payload** widget.
* Locate the **Siren** button at the bottom of the widget; this button is common for both the speaker and the spotlight.
* Click the **Siren** button to activate the siren, which switches on the spotlight in strobe mode and plays the default siren sound.

<figure><img src="/files/zn9hrE6btqqbCg576E9H" alt="" width="248"><figcaption><p>Siren button</p></figcaption></figure>


# Live Mission Recorder

In this article, you'll learn how to use the live mission recording feature on the FlytBase dashboard to create precise and efficient missions using real-time flights.

The **Live Mission Recorder** on the FlytBase dashboard enables drone operators to create, manage, and record detailed missions. This feature allows operators to use Go To Location (GTL) or manual controls to record different waypoints with their respective actions. It's ideal for tasks where you need to create precise and efficient missions using real-time flights, such as inspections or surveillance missions.

* Navigate to the FlytBase dashboard and use the **Go to location** feature. Once the drone has reached the initial point at which you would like to start capturing waypoints, you can do so by clicking the **Start live mission recording** button in the fleet or cockpit view.

![Initialising the live mission recording in fleet view](https://usercontent.clueso.io/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/b772662d-9821-4755-bd7e-cdc4525021e7/97e19f03-2c64-4f23-acc3-0e17ff8ac740/images/70db881c-0ca1-4abe-bd19-6a84c5be49a5.png)

* Click on the **Capture** button. This action will capture the waypoint along with the current set of gimbal parameters.

![Capturing the first waypoint](https://usercontent.clueso.io/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/b772662d-9821-4755-bd7e-cdc4525021e7/97e19f03-2c64-4f23-acc3-0e17ff8ac740/images/4d4b36cc-55fd-40fd-9f53-3e42498b406d.png)

* Adjust the gimbal's position or camera settings if needed and capture the respective recorded actions again. This can be done in the cockpit view as well. This sequence of actions will be saved for that particular waypoint.

![Capturing a sequence of actions at the first waypoint in cockpit view](https://usercontent.clueso.io/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/b772662d-9821-4755-bd7e-cdc4525021e7/97e19f03-2c64-4f23-acc3-0e17ff8ac740/images/8e639131-f57e-4196-9bca-783b1a849b07.png)

{% hint style="info" %}
Remember, for the live mission recording feature to work, you need at least two waypoints in your mission.
{% endhint %}

* Record another waypoint by giving another **Go To Location (GTL)** command or by manually flying the drone to the next waypoint where you want to record the drone's parameters.

![Go To Location (GTL)  command to the next waypoint](https://usercontent.clueso.io/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/b772662d-9821-4755-bd7e-cdc4525021e7/97e19f03-2c64-4f23-acc3-0e17ff8ac740/images/19077b26-6a72-4387-9f2d-f93e7f52a863.png)

* Additionally you can capture a photo at this particular waypoint. This action will also be recorded as a waypoint action under your mission.

![Recording image capture action during live mission recording](https://usercontent.clueso.io/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/b772662d-9821-4755-bd7e-cdc4525021e7/97e19f03-2c64-4f23-acc3-0e17ff8ac740/images/0f722681-e8f6-4615-81f4-2667dfe6e773.png)

* Click on the **Capture** button again to record another waypoint.

![Capturing the second waypoint](https://usercontent.clueso.io/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/b772662d-9821-4755-bd7e-cdc4525021e7/97e19f03-2c64-4f23-acc3-0e17ff8ac740/images/8070421b-c58d-4a46-94ff-8e34aab6e9e4.png)

* Once all the waypoints are recorded with their respective actions, to save this mission file, click again on the **Start live mission recording** button. After this you can may give the **RTH** (Return to Home) command.

![Saving the live mission capture in cockpit view](https://usercontent.clueso.io/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/b772662d-9821-4755-bd7e-cdc4525021e7/97e19f03-2c64-4f23-acc3-0e17ff8ac740/images/697fadfe-e7f4-4e6a-b01f-176d00c2eecf.png)

* To view your recorded mission, navigate to the **Missions** tab. Here, you'll see your live recorded mission. Under it, adjust the parameters as needed and add more waypoint actions.

![Accessing the recorded mission](/files/jRZ3b6w06xgIRpmX1Hjj)

{% hint style="info" %}
Please note that the video capture is not recorded during the mission recording feature.

If you need to capture a video, manually add another waypoint action and set that as video.
{% endhint %}

![Manually editing the mission for for video capture action](https://usercontent.clueso.io/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/b772662d-9821-4755-bd7e-cdc4525021e7/97e19f03-2c64-4f23-acc3-0e17ff8ac740/images/99599fa1-cd39-47a2-ace4-2e29851aa2b0.png)


# Guest Sharing with Maps

Learn more on how to share your drone's video feed with multiple people without giving them access to the Organization and its fleet.

FlytBase enables efficient live drone video stream sharing with multiple remote users across different devices and networks. A vital benefit of this feature is enhanced collaboration, especially in critical operations like emergency response, where real-time visual and telemetry data shared among teams can lead to faster and more effective decision-making.

## Generating a Sharing Link:

* Within the **Home** view, Click on the <img src="https://lh7-us.googleusercontent.com/4Okm-Z84n1qVtLy0aNgXa-un0QQz53fTl_e2OgNJ-gtbIW-lggCWYPX9OpKerICLTdB0OfYqykRXgYhrbTOapv3l5nhyWCsXJ1mrUbmesZGfxGwXOSjWdhPn-L99lszey8KPT4PmRObRiOXVtv5YuqQ" alt="" data-size="line">button.
* Choose **New Guest Share** from the drop-down list.

<figure><img src="/files/D5T6GenwsjabNELvoeLL" alt=""><figcaption><p>Creating a Guest Share link</p></figcaption></figure>

* Create a new **Guest Sharing Link**:
  * Enter a descriptive name for the Guest Share link.
  * Select the drone for sharing its video feed.
  * Define the link's accessibility duration using the dropdown menu (hours, days, weeks, or months).
  * Secure share, Invite users by email to access the shared feed securely. The invited user receives a code in their inbox and uses it to join and view the footage.

{% hint style="success" %}
A Guest Share link can only include a live video stream for a single drone.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/o5ER15tmtlbmN5TBBpUE" alt=""><figcaption><p>Specifying parameters for the Guest Share link</p></figcaption></figure>

* Click on **Generate** to display the QR code and shareable link. You can copy the link, use the QR code, or share directly via email.

<figure><img src="/files/fLNTa9UNJiXQkCj3hWkL" alt=""><figcaption><p>Generated Guest Share link and QR code</p></figcaption></figure>

## Manage Guest Sharing:

* Navigate to the **Guest Sharing** section inside the Navigation Drawer.

<figure><img src="/files/xw3dtfu3UCUm777vOJop" alt=""><figcaption><p>Navigate to the Guest Share section</p></figcaption></figure>

* Here you will be able to see a list of all the links that have been created. You can view all active as well as expired links.
* Control individual link accessibility by using the **Enable/Disable** toggle.

  <figure><img src="/files/fbEP6rfB7yLGj6VgXopl" alt=""><figcaption><p>Manage Guest Sharing links</p></figcaption></figure>

  * You can view the link using the **Quick Share** button to share the same stream with more guests.
  * Click on a specific link to **view its details** and **Delete** it if required.

  <div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/jjVLmy6FRQN1rwu39sYG" alt=""><figcaption><p>Link details</p></figcaption></figure></div>

## Guest View:

* You can see the drone name, altitude at which it is flying and other telemetry information on the bottom left corner. The full screen and refresh icons are available on the top right corner.
* A map view is available on the right side of the screen, displaying the drone's current position and flight path.
* It includes features such as heading information, distance from the docking station, real-time latitude and longitude coordinates, and zoom controls to enhance situational awareness of the drone's surroundings.

<figure><img src="/files/7vuJIAoMociy5tSdNheg" alt=""><figcaption><p>Guest Share drone video feed</p></figcaption></figure>


# Point of Interest

Capturing comprehensive visual coverage of a target—whether for security evidence or structural inspection—typically requires simultaneous control of drone movement and camera orientation. This high cognitive load task becomes especially challenging during active security incidents or detailed inspection work. Point of Interest automates this coordination, letting you focus entirely on media capture while the drone handles positioning.

Select any location on the map as your focus point. The drone automatically orients toward it, and the camera adjusts to track the target. A circular path appears showing your orbit radius (equal to your current distance from the point). Set your orbit direction and speed, then start the automated flight. The drone maintains the circular path while keeping the camera locked on target, freeing you to manage zoom, lens selection, and capture timing.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_9x70iAU5sk>" %}

## Using Point of Interest

**Step 1:** With the drone airborne, locate the POI control in your main control panel.

<img src="https://clueso-guides-us-west.s3.amazonaws.com/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/2e5fbbac-f833-4442-bc0a-50e07c3ed752/images/6e95d620-f7b9-4d20-b6fe-5da610e041cd.gif?AWSAccessKeyId=ASIAR5BT7ATN2SMGQNYG&#x26;Signature=ZYg9TLoJrd7qZdB1UGUR1Kt277Q%3D&#x26;x-amz-security-token=IQoJb3JpZ2luX2VjEBEaCXVzLXdlc3QtMSJIMEYCIQDjWfjAe5Ya372%2BaZ3O%2BGTNikEIsIJim41CZCIQ8q%2FlGgIhAMJnRov%2B6fVsS%2B7573tMf1EZkGj3aqFNAVVuyH9Lf6YcKoYECNr%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2FwEQAxoMMTMxMTA1NDkwMTM5IgzGIDIwNoaM%2FvLEip4q2gOaDScczXjufxRUniKR2FEAttLvQ2iWi2mr9EfjC%2F9%2FWZMo3OM6fLCrwOHRKvMmgBbWu61FfpRxvIlOYy%2FxXglonE1v7W0M6w9HtpWHi%2BjXiJklvx9o%2F2rgw6kwE6zgFqPNsDru66j6WEvqqCSyvXjJmITo1N3DDbNSkS7%2BmkyoUtVy3S27%2Bgg4fjX8%2FLorDfTuOFFWnxCQ297u72J79oMMxIZB3zmzgkfvhCOTbqYmrdnXThGcwzsSCgFcn66C7XiXE3xAQEb7ZRohiUIP6otDpIUxMzgdFlC0va15t4ESIsShIonyvrvyky6alNNkLLQ1pYyFz8j%2Bd731uW2f%2Fb7ec6K28vhzyzzzhmSqGuhsqH3ZqMGihdiTDHim65JoNKWBN1ZWXnsZKiV4roy2zZHuDxeoaX8TiV3K93mJ1CH98btpLGDl%2FM2ieartutsWTcNM%2F6SKaNGWIPyeHgcBOF7wBwMGwESwbK4ZkrCP%2B1SorzfoK1Ix%2FBHmrKYn8YlNB8vd0FEqnLakUVwZ6bLCK0VNRyI1pLYo7NU907K85a11KzQgcwQWcESp9WZ7Y1B8NWQI0NQa1kQ2Z06DMMJqriG08L9Hvo5OEG3Id7GcinWKPJ%2B6rRbI3Ou4WjIwypL2yAY6pAFTQv8dAwFO39b0kiaNusfzZqgo8quO5n3HR%2Btlq2Dws9KEmfkqpgPLT1dPdtCDZxHv6y2fuB%2B6SbfMxMQyo2uihLQdTYbhcqHVtI579jeI7zNMvVNXszDOTDJKlURKUIkmPIUXxPUeH4hPcxRhKm2STlEajS5RPVrZr1YuO7mhXXi%2Bz%2BuXVEfx9XR62Mm6HFK%2FfQ1QCsjjHeCW8kNsvEfIeSRXvw%3D%3D&#x26;Expires=1763580445" alt="" width="100%">

**Step 2:** Click the target location on the map—the drone and camera will orient toward it.

<img src="https://clueso-guides-us-west.s3.amazonaws.com/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/2e5fbbac-f833-4442-bc0a-50e07c3ed752/images/6cfffb79-b1a1-4321-b9f7-f715350c5c71.gif?AWSAccessKeyId=ASIAR5BT7ATN2SMGQNYG&#x26;Signature=4sRRTjDKD2KYllg%2B68db%2FZTTKXY%3D&#x26;x-amz-security-token=IQoJb3JpZ2luX2VjEBEaCXVzLXdlc3QtMSJIMEYCIQDjWfjAe5Ya372%2BaZ3O%2BGTNikEIsIJim41CZCIQ8q%2FlGgIhAMJnRov%2B6fVsS%2B7573tMf1EZkGj3aqFNAVVuyH9Lf6YcKoYECNr%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2FwEQAxoMMTMxMTA1NDkwMTM5IgzGIDIwNoaM%2FvLEip4q2gOaDScczXjufxRUniKR2FEAttLvQ2iWi2mr9EfjC%2F9%2FWZMo3OM6fLCrwOHRKvMmgBbWu61FfpRxvIlOYy%2FxXglonE1v7W0M6w9HtpWHi%2BjXiJklvx9o%2F2rgw6kwE6zgFqPNsDru66j6WEvqqCSyvXjJmITo1N3DDbNSkS7%2BmkyoUtVy3S27%2Bgg4fjX8%2FLorDfTuOFFWnxCQ297u72J79oMMxIZB3zmzgkfvhCOTbqYmrdnXThGcwzsSCgFcn66C7XiXE3xAQEb7ZRohiUIP6otDpIUxMzgdFlC0va15t4ESIsShIonyvrvyky6alNNkLLQ1pYyFz8j%2Bd731uW2f%2Fb7ec6K28vhzyzzzhmSqGuhsqH3ZqMGihdiTDHim65JoNKWBN1ZWXnsZKiV4roy2zZHuDxeoaX8TiV3K93mJ1CH98btpLGDl%2FM2ieartutsWTcNM%2F6SKaNGWIPyeHgcBOF7wBwMGwESwbK4ZkrCP%2B1SorzfoK1Ix%2FBHmrKYn8YlNB8vd0FEqnLakUVwZ6bLCK0VNRyI1pLYo7NU907K85a11KzQgcwQWcESp9WZ7Y1B8NWQI0NQa1kQ2Z06DMMJqriG08L9Hvo5OEG3Id7GcinWKPJ%2B6rRbI3Ou4WjIwypL2yAY6pAFTQv8dAwFO39b0kiaNusfzZqgo8quO5n3HR%2Btlq2Dws9KEmfkqpgPLT1dPdtCDZxHv6y2fuB%2B6SbfMxMQyo2uihLQdTYbhcqHVtI579jeI7zNMvVNXszDOTDJKlURKUIkmPIUXxPUeH4hPcxRhKm2STlEajS5RPVrZr1YuO7mhXXi%2Bz%2BuXVEfx9XR62Mm6HFK%2FfQ1QCsjjHeCW8kNsvEfIeSRXvw%3D%3D&#x26;Expires=1763580445" alt="" width="100%">

&#x20;

<img src="/files/FOptcllRseK8ks95yDFx" alt="" width="100%">

**Step 3:** The orbit circle appears, showing your flight path at the current distance.

<img src="/files/yGvq0Ca9wTiOeCo9vXyi" alt="" width="100%">

**Step 4:** Select clockwise or counterclockwise rotation and your your desired orbit speed. Then press start. The drone begins its automated orbit.

<img src="https://clueso-guides-us-west.s3.amazonaws.com/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/2e5fbbac-f833-4442-bc0a-50e07c3ed752/images/ad5d10af-6415-41b7-8547-20fd4ff5612c.gif?AWSAccessKeyId=ASIAR5BT7ATN2SMGQNYG&#x26;Signature=pvg%2Bsz9vXPZHD%2FYfwh28TqeGnR4%3D&#x26;x-amz-security-token=IQoJb3JpZ2luX2VjEBEaCXVzLXdlc3QtMSJIMEYCIQDjWfjAe5Ya372%2BaZ3O%2BGTNikEIsIJim41CZCIQ8q%2FlGgIhAMJnRov%2B6fVsS%2B7573tMf1EZkGj3aqFNAVVuyH9Lf6YcKoYECNr%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2FwEQAxoMMTMxMTA1NDkwMTM5IgzGIDIwNoaM%2FvLEip4q2gOaDScczXjufxRUniKR2FEAttLvQ2iWi2mr9EfjC%2F9%2FWZMo3OM6fLCrwOHRKvMmgBbWu61FfpRxvIlOYy%2FxXglonE1v7W0M6w9HtpWHi%2BjXiJklvx9o%2F2rgw6kwE6zgFqPNsDru66j6WEvqqCSyvXjJmITo1N3DDbNSkS7%2BmkyoUtVy3S27%2Bgg4fjX8%2FLorDfTuOFFWnxCQ297u72J79oMMxIZB3zmzgkfvhCOTbqYmrdnXThGcwzsSCgFcn66C7XiXE3xAQEb7ZRohiUIP6otDpIUxMzgdFlC0va15t4ESIsShIonyvrvyky6alNNkLLQ1pYyFz8j%2Bd731uW2f%2Fb7ec6K28vhzyzzzhmSqGuhsqH3ZqMGihdiTDHim65JoNKWBN1ZWXnsZKiV4roy2zZHuDxeoaX8TiV3K93mJ1CH98btpLGDl%2FM2ieartutsWTcNM%2F6SKaNGWIPyeHgcBOF7wBwMGwESwbK4ZkrCP%2B1SorzfoK1Ix%2FBHmrKYn8YlNB8vd0FEqnLakUVwZ6bLCK0VNRyI1pLYo7NU907K85a11KzQgcwQWcESp9WZ7Y1B8NWQI0NQa1kQ2Z06DMMJqriG08L9Hvo5OEG3Id7GcinWKPJ%2B6rRbI3Ou4WjIwypL2yAY6pAFTQv8dAwFO39b0kiaNusfzZqgo8quO5n3HR%2Btlq2Dws9KEmfkqpgPLT1dPdtCDZxHv6y2fuB%2B6SbfMxMQyo2uihLQdTYbhcqHVtI579jeI7zNMvVNXszDOTDJKlURKUIkmPIUXxPUeH4hPcxRhKm2STlEajS5RPVrZr1YuO7mhXXi%2Bz%2BuXVEfx9XR62Mm6HFK%2FfQ1QCsjjHeCW8kNsvEfIeSRXvw%3D%3D&#x26;Expires=1763580445" alt="" width="100%">

**Step 5:** Use camera controls (zoom, lens switching, IR/thermal, image or video capture) while the orbit is in progress.

<img src="https://clueso-guides-us-west.s3.amazonaws.com/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/2e5fbbac-f833-4442-bc0a-50e07c3ed752/images/5fd7ec9e-750d-4ba3-9784-ccd3e7cdc0db.gif?AWSAccessKeyId=ASIAR5BT7ATN2SMGQNYG&#x26;Signature=m6qRxS78N9Un34jr5FmKT3DP%2BtU%3D&#x26;x-amz-security-token=IQoJb3JpZ2luX2VjEBEaCXVzLXdlc3QtMSJIMEYCIQDjWfjAe5Ya372%2BaZ3O%2BGTNikEIsIJim41CZCIQ8q%2FlGgIhAMJnRov%2B6fVsS%2B7573tMf1EZkGj3aqFNAVVuyH9Lf6YcKoYECNr%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2FwEQAxoMMTMxMTA1NDkwMTM5IgzGIDIwNoaM%2FvLEip4q2gOaDScczXjufxRUniKR2FEAttLvQ2iWi2mr9EfjC%2F9%2FWZMo3OM6fLCrwOHRKvMmgBbWu61FfpRxvIlOYy%2FxXglonE1v7W0M6w9HtpWHi%2BjXiJklvx9o%2F2rgw6kwE6zgFqPNsDru66j6WEvqqCSyvXjJmITo1N3DDbNSkS7%2BmkyoUtVy3S27%2Bgg4fjX8%2FLorDfTuOFFWnxCQ297u72J79oMMxIZB3zmzgkfvhCOTbqYmrdnXThGcwzsSCgFcn66C7XiXE3xAQEb7ZRohiUIP6otDpIUxMzgdFlC0va15t4ESIsShIonyvrvyky6alNNkLLQ1pYyFz8j%2Bd731uW2f%2Fb7ec6K28vhzyzzzhmSqGuhsqH3ZqMGihdiTDHim65JoNKWBN1ZWXnsZKiV4roy2zZHuDxeoaX8TiV3K93mJ1CH98btpLGDl%2FM2ieartutsWTcNM%2F6SKaNGWIPyeHgcBOF7wBwMGwESwbK4ZkrCP%2B1SorzfoK1Ix%2FBHmrKYn8YlNB8vd0FEqnLakUVwZ6bLCK0VNRyI1pLYo7NU907K85a11KzQgcwQWcESp9WZ7Y1B8NWQI0NQa1kQ2Z06DMMJqriG08L9Hvo5OEG3Id7GcinWKPJ%2B6rRbI3Ou4WjIwypL2yAY6pAFTQv8dAwFO39b0kiaNusfzZqgo8quO5n3HR%2Btlq2Dws9KEmfkqpgPLT1dPdtCDZxHv6y2fuB%2B6SbfMxMQyo2uihLQdTYbhcqHVtI579jeI7zNMvVNXszDOTDJKlURKUIkmPIUXxPUeH4hPcxRhKm2STlEajS5RPVrZr1YuO7mhXXi%2Bz%2BuXVEfx9XR62Mm6HFK%2FfQ1QCsjjHeCW8kNsvEfIeSRXvw%3D%3D&#x26;Expires=1763580445" alt="Image" width="100%">

To adjust orbit radius, reposition the drone closer to or further from the target before starting the orbit.

<img src="https://clueso-guides-us-west.s3.amazonaws.com/b2bb36f5-e45c-4b1c-ba08-2610164f5037/2e5fbbac-f833-4442-bc0a-50e07c3ed752/images/cbf08e5d-11a0-4855-b5f8-79793d632108.gif?AWSAccessKeyId=ASIAR5BT7ATN2SMGQNYG&#x26;Signature=NVKgoHUw%2BDBFvhtIdy0xG6AYf3w%3D&#x26;x-amz-security-token=IQoJb3JpZ2luX2VjEBEaCXVzLXdlc3QtMSJIMEYCIQDjWfjAe5Ya372%2BaZ3O%2BGTNikEIsIJim41CZCIQ8q%2FlGgIhAMJnRov%2B6fVsS%2B7573tMf1EZkGj3aqFNAVVuyH9Lf6YcKoYECNr%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2F%2FwEQAxoMMTMxMTA1NDkwMTM5IgzGIDIwNoaM%2FvLEip4q2gOaDScczXjufxRUniKR2FEAttLvQ2iWi2mr9EfjC%2F9%2FWZMo3OM6fLCrwOHRKvMmgBbWu61FfpRxvIlOYy%2FxXglonE1v7W0M6w9HtpWHi%2BjXiJklvx9o%2F2rgw6kwE6zgFqPNsDru66j6WEvqqCSyvXjJmITo1N3DDbNSkS7%2BmkyoUtVy3S27%2Bgg4fjX8%2FLorDfTuOFFWnxCQ297u72J79oMMxIZB3zmzgkfvhCOTbqYmrdnXThGcwzsSCgFcn66C7XiXE3xAQEb7ZRohiUIP6otDpIUxMzgdFlC0va15t4ESIsShIonyvrvyky6alNNkLLQ1pYyFz8j%2Bd731uW2f%2Fb7ec6K28vhzyzzzhmSqGuhsqH3ZqMGihdiTDHim65JoNKWBN1ZWXnsZKiV4roy2zZHuDxeoaX8TiV3K93mJ1CH98btpLGDl%2FM2ieartutsWTcNM%2F6SKaNGWIPyeHgcBOF7wBwMGwESwbK4ZkrCP%2B1SorzfoK1Ix%2FBHmrKYn8YlNB8vd0FEqnLakUVwZ6bLCK0VNRyI1pLYo7NU907K85a11KzQgcwQWcESp9WZ7Y1B8NWQI0NQa1kQ2Z06DMMJqriG08L9Hvo5OEG3Id7GcinWKPJ%2B6rRbI3Ou4WjIwypL2yAY6pAFTQv8dAwFO39b0kiaNusfzZqgo8quO5n3HR%2Btlq2Dws9KEmfkqpgPLT1dPdtCDZxHv6y2fuB%2B6SbfMxMQyo2uihLQdTYbhcqHVtI579jeI7zNMvVNXszDOTDJKlURKUIkmPIUXxPUeH4hPcxRhKm2STlEajS5RPVrZr1YuO7mhXXi%2Bz%2BuXVEfx9XR62Mm6HFK%2FfQ1QCsjjHeCW8kNsvEfIeSRXvw%3D%3D&#x26;Expires=1763580445" alt="Image" width="100%">

***

### **When to Use POI**

**Security Operations**

* Incident evidence capture — Orbit a vehicle, person of interest, or scene to document from all angles.
* Situational awareness — Assess surroundings of a target quickly while keeping the entire area in continuous view.
* Perimeter investigation — Examine suspicious objects or breach points with stable, systematic orbit footage.
* Automated orbit is more defensible as evidence than manually piloted footage.

**Inspection Workflows**

* Structural assessment — Document building facades, rooftops, or infrastructure damage from multiple perspectives.
* Equipment inspection — Comprehensive views of towers, solar arrays, industrial sites.
* Asset documentation — For insurance, compliance, maintenance records.
* POI ensures consistent distance/angle, making footage easier to analyze and compare over time.

POI ensures consistent distance and camera angle throughout the orbit, producing footage that's easier to analyze and compare over time.

### **Technical & Hardware Compatibility**

{% hint style="info" %}
Point of Interest requires rangefinder sensor data for precise distance calculation and altitude maintenance during orbit. The feature is supported with DJI Dock 1 and Dock 3.\
\
Not Supported with Dock 2 (hardware lacks rangefinder sensor)
{% endhint %}


# AVSS Parachute Integration

Overview

The AVSS Parachute Integration significantly enhances the safety of drone operations by providing emergency landing capabilities. This integration allows for real-time monitoring and control of the parachute system, ensuring swift and reliable deployment in critical situations.

​The AVSS Parachute Integration incorporates an **Autonomous Triggering System (ATS)** that continuously monitors the drone's flight parameters, including altitude, orientation, and acceleration. If the system detects anomalies indicative of a critical failure—such as rapid descent, loss of control, or other abnormal behaviors—it automatically initiates the parachute deployment sequence. This proactive approach ensures that the parachute is deployed promptly during emergencies, even without pilot intervention, thereby enhancing the safety and reliability of drone operations.

Within FlytBase workflows, this feature is essential for operators aiming to equip their flights with an emergency deployment option, thereby minimizing risks associated with unexpected flight failures. The integration aligns with regulatory standards such as ASTM F3322-22 and EASA MOC 2512, facilitating compliance for operations over populated areas and beyond visual line of sight (BVLOS).

{% hint style="info" %}
This feature is currently compatible with the DJI Dock 2 and supports specific drone models, including the DJI M3D and M3TD.
{% endhint %}

## Key Features:

* **Automated and Manual Parachute Deployment:** The parachute system supports both automatic and manual deployment, activating upon detecting predefined emergency conditions, and manual deployment by operators on the FlytBase Operations Dashboard, allowing flexibility to handle various operational scenarios.
* **Real-time Parachute State Monitoring and Updates:** Continuous monitoring of the parachute system's status ensures operators are informed of its readiness and any potential issues.​
* **Secure Controls for Parachute Deployment with Visual Feedback:** Operators can manually deploy the parachute, with visual indicators confirming successful activation.​
* **Parachute Recovery System (PRS) + Flight Termination System (FTS):** The integrated PRS and FTS provide a comprehensive safety mechanism, enabling automatic deployment in less than 0.5 seconds and offering manual deployment options to meet various operational requirements.

{% hint style="info" %}
The Parachute Recovery System (PRS) is compatible with both the PRS-M3DTEX (EU variant) and PRS-M3DT (US variant). However, the Flight Termination System (FTS) is exclusively supported on the PRS-M3DTEX model of the AVSS Parachute. Following are the key differences between the EU and US variants:<br>

1. PRS-M3DTEX supports FTS, and whenever the parachute is deployed, the motors are stalled first, and then the drone gets powered off. For the PRS-M3DT variant, the drone motors are stalled, but the drone remains powered on.
2. Geofence management and breach-based automatic trigger parachute deployment is supported only for the PRS-M3DTEX.
   {% endhint %}

## Steps to Manually Deploy the Parachute System

### Step 1: Access the Parachute Control

{% hint style="info" %}
**Note:** Ensure the drone is armed before attempting parachute deployment, as deployment controls are not available when the drone is disarmed.
{% endhint %}

* On the operations dashboard, click on the card of the drone which you wish to control.
* In the drone's detailed view, locate the 'Missions' control panel.
* Select the desired **path/grid mission** from the list or provide a **Go To Location (GTL)** command.
* Once the drone is armed, you would be able access the manual parachute deploy button.

### Step 2: Monitor Parachute Status

* Review the parachute status displayed on the drone control panel.
* Indicators will show whether the parachute is **armed**, **connected**, or in an **error state**.

{% hint style="danger" %}
**Warning:** Always visually confirm the parachute's readiness before initiating any flight operations.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/cSOzt937HOyyEGgbHDGB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Step 3: Deploy the Parachute Manually (In Emergency Situations)

* Utilize the "Deploy Parachute" button.
* Press and hold the button for 3 seconds to activate the parachute deployment.
* Observe the progress visualization in the status window to confirm deployment.

<figure><img src="/files/urqMm77FkseBjsm3AN5G" alt=""><figcaption><p>Progress Visualization during Parachute Deployment</p></figcaption></figure>

### Step 4: Monitoring Post-Deployment Status

* Check for automatic system alerts indicating successful deployment.

<figure><img src="/files/EHYGxDQThyeNqnAEVyqC" alt=""><figcaption><p>System alert after Parachute Deployment</p></figcaption></figure>

* Verify that the drone status reflects the parachute's deployment and you would be able to see the last known location of the drone indicated by the coordinates on the map.

<figure><img src="/files/fZBxX8Kr9WfOaJdyCIg6" alt=""><figcaption><p>Last known location of Drone on Map</p></figcaption></figure>

* Once the drone is rescued confirm the Mark drone as rescued acknowledgement and then the map, alerts and launch panel with be reset to default.

<figure><img src="/files/WyRA72GJQxEmqLzd1rYn" alt=""><figcaption><p>Drone Rescue Acknowledgement</p></figcaption></figure>


# Reviewing Your Flight Logs

A guide for assisting in detailed mission logs for operators to analyze and troubleshoot mission issues with the ability to download and share logs for further review.

FlytBase provides detailed Flight Logs that consist of several sections such as Overview, Playback and Media. With these Flight Logs, the operator can get a comprehensive view of the entire mission and review important information such as flight path, altitude, speed, device information, and more. Additionally, the Media section allows the operator to view images and videos captured during the mission Finally, the operator can download and share the Flight Logs with other flight logging software or other team members for further analysis and review.

## Accessing Flight Logs

* Navigate to the **Logs** <img src="/files/c5235vTLCMPWHapsErCC" alt="" data-size="line">tab on the Operations Dashboard, then select **Flight Logs**<img src="/files/ANdC6ckZLEVtgiHOX7g8" alt="" data-size="line">**.** From there, they can view a list of the drone's flight history, mission name, time stamp, and the linked docking station.

<figure><img src="/files/GiBb8WVXlGRTRIXvYqz2" alt=""><figcaption><p>Flight Logs</p></figcaption></figure>

### Flight Logs features:

These **Flight Logs** give the operator an outline of how the mission was performed and all the relevant information that they would need to create a better analysis for every mission that took place using the FlytBase dashboard.

### Overview

* This section gives a run-through of what device was used during the mission, its device ID, the docking station's name, and its station ID.
* Under the mission section, the name of the mission and its total duration is shown.
* In the flight details section, the operator can view some important features like:
  * Total distance traveled during the mission.
  * The drone's completion time.
  * The maximum altitude & speed reached during the flight.
  * The take-off and landing times also get registered with what mission type and final action were set with respect to the mission.
* The operator can also notice the drone's initial and post-mission battery percentage.

<figure><img src="/files/9G9GEnpyE7JapTXv3nZW" alt=""><figcaption><p>Overview Section</p></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
The map offers three distinct viewing modes: Transit, Terrain, and Satellite. Map overlays are also displayed within these views.
{% endhint %}

### Playback

* This section displays the drone and remote controller's telemetry data, including basic drone information. Missions are recorded and can be replayed as videos, enabling precise tracking of the drone's position at any given moment.
* This playback functionality allows for comprehensive post-mission analysis.

<figure><img src="/files/qJpLyCnnG8xFMRThPSTg" alt=""><figcaption><p>Playback Section</p></figcaption></figure>

### Media

It previews media files captured or recorded during the mission using the FlytBase dashboard. It can be filtered by type (images, videos or panoramas).

<figure><img src="/files/Qq7R4yCqJJoJUIj4MMeX" alt=""><figcaption><p>Media Section</p></figcaption></figure>

### Downloading Flight Logs:

* FlytBase lets you download your flight reports from the 'Flight Logs'. These reports can be downloaded in GUTMA (Global UTM Association) format or as a PDF file and include the following essential flight information as follows:
  * Report Details
  * Overview and Flight Details
  * Flight Path consisting of map and satellite view

<figure><img src="/files/5mPIlcopDorJ4FbxgMGa" alt=""><figcaption><p>Downloading Flight Logs</p></figcaption></figure>

* To download flight logs for multiple missions at once, return to the logs page, select the desired missions, and then click the download button specifying your format.

<figure><img src="/files/MHXxfxABtNmuGHifFPD1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Gallery

A guide for accessing and managing media files captured by devices operated through the FlytBase Dashboard.

## Accessing the Gallery

To access the Gallery from the FlytBase Dashboard:

1. Click on <img src="/files/r1zb2nrHxVj16WSG1fpG" alt="" data-size="line"> to open the **Navigation Drawer**
2. Scroll down the list, and click on **Gallery**

## Gallery Layouts

In the **Gallery**, you can view media files in two distinct layouts:

* **Files (default)**: This layout displays all media files. The files are grouped by their unique Flight ID and sorted by the date they were captured. By default, the media is arranged in *reverse chronological order*, i.e., photos and videos from the latest flight are displayed first.
* **Folders**: This layout shows all folders, each corresponding to a unique Flight ID, and arranges them in a reverse chronological order.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/anMICMOl200>" %}
Video guide to navigating to Gallery from FlytBase Dashboard, and Gallery Layouts
{% endembed %}

## Managing Media

### Searching and Sorting

* **Search:** Use the search bar to locate specific media files or folders by **file name** or **flight ID**.
* **Sort Media:** Use the <img src="/files/Z7nHBheFnnkIbPnlVAYI" alt="" data-size="line"> button to sort media by date, from newest to oldest or vice versa.

### Filters

You can refine what you see in the Gallery using several filters:

* **Date:** Select a specific date or a date range.
* **Site:** Filter and show media files for selected Sites only.
* **Flight type:** Choose between automated missions or manual flights.
* **Mission:** View media related to specific missions.
* **Device:** Media files associated with a Device (Dock-Drone setup) can be viewed using this filter.
* **Camera:** This filter allows you to sort files by the camera used to capture them, which is particularly useful for drones equipped with swappable imaging payloads.
* **Media type:** Choose to view only images, videos, or panoramas.
* **Lens type:** Filter by lens type used to capture media, such as wide-angle, zoom, or thermal.

{% hint style="info" %}
In the **Folder** layout, the **Media type** and **Lens type** filters can be **applied within a selected folder**, while other filters are available to organize and sort the folders.
{% endhint %}

To clear all filters and revert to the default view, click on **Reset**.

### Media Interactions

* **Refresh Gallery:** Use the refresh button to update the gallery contents.
* **Export or Delete:** Select media files or folders to export via email or delete them.

{% hint style="info" %}
Use the Export Media feature to download multiple media files together as a collection.
{% endhint %}

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/Iv_DXiyJ2S0>" %}
A video illustrating filters and sorting tool available to manage media in **Files Layout**
{% endembed %}

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/ykJbQJ_GveQ>" %}
A video illustrating filters and sorting tool available to manage media in **Folders Layout**
{% endembed %}

### Media Details and Downloading Media

Click on any media file to see its detailed view. The details include:

* **File name**, which can be edited
* **Flight details** such as the Flight ID, latitude, longitude, flight type, etc.
* **Camera** or the imaging payload used to record the media
* **Media** properties such as its size and date of creation

To enlarge the file, click the <img src="/files/Fw2QOumV4dJpT5FngvCJ" alt="" data-size="line">. To navigate to the next or previous media file, use the![](/files/tORYJ41i9FyfsCTwLrK7) or ![](/files/yftc4cbeUsMlCnRlhAOO) buttons. Additionally, you can download the media file with the ![](/files/MrwDhU1xMbTWaLZ3Tit2) button or remove it using the ![](/files/DEzBRMRiEtFEUhEjvpFz) button.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/yMI4b6c_LSc>" %}
A video guide to details associated with a Media file, and tools to manage it
{% endembed %}




---

[Next Page](/llms-full.txt/1)

